#jimin insert reader

[jjungkookislife]

Navigating Tides

♡ pairing: ex-boyfriend!jungkook x f. reader

♡ genre: exes to lovers, angst, fluff, smut [18+]

♡ summary: A cruise is the last place you expect to see your ex-boyfriend, Jeon Jungkook. You broke up six months ago, and your best friends Jimin and Yoongi assured you your ex wouldn't even remember this cruise that you booked a year in advance. However, on your first night on board, you discover your ex isn't only on the cruise ship, but there are no rooms available for him to stay in other than yours.

♡ wc: 18.9k

♡ warnings: alcohol use/mention, food mentions, mention of murder on cruise ship documentaries, threats of violence, sexual thoughts, jealousy, making out, marking (hickeys, biting, scratching), hair pulling, oral sex (f. giving and receiving), fingering (f. receiving), unprotected sex, creampie

♡ a/n: a huge thank you to the anon who suggested the title ❤

♡ date: September 1, 2024

“Jimin, I don’t think this is a good idea,” you sigh heavily as you adjust your sunhat. Your large sunglasses keep the sun out of your eyes and make it easier to take in your surroundings.

Passengers stand around you, some checking their tickets, others counting their luggage, and your best friend scoping out your next boyfriend while he checks his phone for messages regarding his beloved cat, Moon.

“Come on! You bought the ticket in advance! You know Jungkook isn’t going to show. You broke up six months ago, he wouldn’t come on this cruise if you paid him!” Jimin exclaims trying (and failing) to ease your worries. 

“He’s right,” Yoongi chimes in once he gets a photo of his cat from his parents. “Jungkook wouldn’t leave his office to come on a cruise his ex and best friends booked a year in advance. He probably doesn’t even remember it.”

“Yeah, you’re right,” you give in as the line moves forward. You pull your luggage beside you. “There’s no way he’d be here.”

Jimin nods as Yoongi moves their luggage. You stand in line with your ticket and passport in hand as Jimin rattles on about all the things he wants to do for the next seven days out on the ocean. You half-listen, looking around at the passengers,  hoping for a relaxing time. 

“We’re a few doors down,” Jimin continues, “but we’ll come get you for all our meals and we can figure out what to do that day. There’s a casino and a karaoke night.”

You nod, smiling as the line moves again. The breeze ruffles your hair beneath your hat and you close your eyes momentarily. 

A vacation was just what you needed.

Jeon Jungkook is a strong man. He’s got a lean body and hands that could rip open a pineapple with ease. He normally doesn’t demonstrate his great strength, but the women are eating it up at the bar closest to the dock. 

His assistant had reminded him about his vacation last week. A cruise, she had informed him as she showed him the next ten days blocked off his calendar. 

Jungkook had denied taking the time off but his assistant had insisted he go. When he tried to protest again, the assistant threatened to call his mother. 

Jungkook took a bite of the pineapple before throwing a handful of bills on the bar. 

“Gotta go!” He yelled over the ruckus he had caused and grabbed his suitcase with his sticky hands. The women were sad to see him go, but Jungkook had minutes before the cruise ship left the dock. 

“Welcome,” Jungkook is greeted before his ticket and passport are checked. He was directed to his floor but Jungkook headed straight for the bar, where more passengers were gathered to get their vacation started.

By the time you get to your room, you’re pleased to see your luggage waiting for you. You head to the balcony, admiring the view as the ship pulls away from the dock. 

You take a few minutes to fix your makeup and grab your sunblock before shoving your suitcase under your bed. Yoongi had insisted you cram everything into one large suitcase and he’d bring an extra one for souvenirs. Jimin had allowed you to sneak some more outfits into his luggage since Yoongi knew better than to try to limit his clothing options.

“That should do it,” you say to yourself as you head out of the cabin, just to spot Yoongi and Jimin heading your way.

“Let’s get something to eat and hit the pool,” Jimin grins as he takes your hand and Yoongi’s in the other.

Meanwhile, Jungkook has finished his drink at the bar and heads toward his cabin. 

He’s glad to see his suitcase has been delivered and he slides it under the bed easily. He takes his room key and heads back out to see what there’s to do on this cruise.

He wishes he had paid more attention to the details when you had booked it.

Yoongi is soaking wet, shaking his long black hair, making you and Jimin scream. He laughs, his gummy smile makes Jimin melt.

“You’re drying yourself off like a dog,” you comment as he sits in the chair with Jimin. 

Yoongi shrugs, leaning forward to take a large bite of the watermelon slice Jimin holds out for him. 

Jimin had slathered the three of you in sunblock, lecturing on the dangers of the UV rays and whatnot. You knew better than to ignore his advice, seeing as he was a dermatologist and Yoongi was a plastic surgeon.

“Are either of you going to get in the pool?” Yoongi asks as he cards his fingers through his wet hair. Jimin bites his bottom lip as he watches Yoongi with a look that’s all too familiar.

“Don’t you dare!” You swat at Jimin with your book. The couple laughs.

“You promised I wouldn’t be a third-wheel,” you remind them.

Yoongi nods. “We promised.”

Jimin nods. “Of course, we’re just teasing.”

“More like setting up foreplay,” you mutter but they ignore you as Jimin hands you a slice of watermelon and a cube of pineapple. The two of you were waiting for this evening’s dinner to have drinks, though the cocktails of the passengers around you looked delicious.

“Since we’re on vacation, are you gonna be seeking a dance partner?” Jimin asks wiggling his eyebrows.

“You know, for the horizontal hula?” Yoongi smirks, earning a swat to his arm.

“No! I’m here to relax!” you insist as you open your book. You clasp your kitten bookmark before it can slip out of the worn pages. 

Jimin sighs dramatically as he falls over onto your chair. “Come on! You don’t have to marry anyone, just flirt.”

“Min,” Yoongi warns, noting the shift in your posture. 

Jimin mimes zipping his lips as he sits up. 

“I just worry about you.”

“There’s no need, Minnie. If it happens, it happens, okay?” you ask as you close your book once more, giving up on getting any reading done.

Yoongi places his hand on Jimin’s shoulder, tugging him to their chair. Jimin goes easily, placated for the moment.

You steal a grape from Jimin’s plate before lying back on the chair with your hat covering your face.

Jimin smiles as he grabs his book and lies back to read, his fruit plate long forgotten. 

As Yoongi reaches for a grape, his eyes catch a familiar tattoo sleeve but when he blinks, it’s gone.

Must have been the heat playing tricks on him.

Dinner had been a blast.

Yoongi and Jimin had gotten every cocktail that you had eyes on earlier in the day. You danced, laughed, and forgot all about Jungkook.

“We’ll see you in the morning,” Jimin said as he walked you to your cabin. Yoongi waited out in the hall outside of theirs’ to make sure Jimin was in his eyesight. He’d seen too many documentaries on shit going sideways on cruises to leave either of you unsupervised.

“Goodnight, Minnie. Love you,” you hug him tight before he leaves you with a kiss to your temple.

Once he’s gone, you kick your shoes off in your cabin. It’s just as you left it. 

You let your hair down as you begin to unbutton your blue dress, allowing the thin straps to fall off your shoulders.

You’re startled when the bathroom door swings open, steam flooding out of it, obscuring whoever is there.

You scream!

The steam clears and out walks a man with a colorful tattoo sleeve on one arm, his other hand holding the white towel around his waist.

His doe eyes widen as he spots you.

“What are you doing here?!” you shout at the same time. “Me?! YOU?! Stop that!”

You both stomp a foot at the same time. 

Water runs down your ex’s sculpted chest and abs—you can’t help but stare. You remember tracing those delicious abs with your tongue, ending up on your knees with his cock down your throat.

A shiver rolls down your back.

“What are you doing here, Jungkook?” you huff, stomping your foot. You hope your next-door neighbors don’t complain about the noise.

“I’m on vacation,” he answers in a duh tone.

“In my cabin?” 

“I didn’t know you were going to be here! We haven’t talked since…” Jungkook trails off, sighing heavily. He feels the knots in his throat, the ache of holding back tears.

“You never take vacations. Why did you come?” you demand answers as you cross your arms over your chest, eyes widening when you realize your bra-clad tits are exposed. You immediately turn around, fixing your dress before facing him once again.

Jungkook rubs his nape awkwardly. He grabs the robe from the bathroom and puts it on.

“I know. My assistant insisted. I never canceled the vacation request and she made plans,” Jungkook shrugged. 

“Well, you can’t stay here!” you exclaim, pointing toward the door sharply.

Jungkook says your name, but you glare at him. He raises his hands in defeat.

“At least let me get dressed, okay?” 

“Fine,” you grumble as he grabs his suitcase from under the bed. You head to the balcony to sit while Jungkook gets dressed.

This was not how you wanted to spend your vacation. Was it too late to fly home from the next port? You couldn’t be stuck on the same ship with Jungkook for the next seven days and six nights. Just knowing he was on board would drive you up the wall.

Five minutes later, Jungkook is dressed as you reenter the cabin. You go with him to the front of the ship, flagging down someone who could help you.

Jungkook explains the situation, and the cruise worker listens while searching for any available rooms.

“I apologize, but there are no other rooms available. We’re fully booked. You’ll have to stay in the room, sir.”

“But-” You go to protest but the worker cuts you off.

“There’s nothing we can do, ma’am. I apologize but we’re in the middle of the ocean, hours from our first stop.”

“Thanks for checking,” you state in defeat as you turn on your heel with Jungkook behind you.

Back in your cabin, you go to the bathroom to shower. You come out in a robe, going for your suitcase to grab your pajamas before going back into the bathroom. 

Jungkook stays out on the balcony until you’re getting into bed.

“I’m sorry. If I had known-”

“Just don’t,” you stop him. He shuts up immediately. “I just want to get through tonight, okay?”

Jungkook nods as you pull the covers over your body. You tug the pillows and place a few between you and the spot where Jungkook will have to sleep.

Silently, Jungkook climbs into bed.

“Goodnight.”

“Goodnight,” Jungkook whispers as you turn out the lights.

Heat stifles you as you arouse from your sleep. You moan as you push the covers but the pillows’ warmth is still making you hot. You push at them, trying to shove them off the bed, but a grunt greets you instead.

“Quit,” a familiar sleepy voice wakes you up in an instant. 

You scramble to sit up, but you’ve wrapped yourself around Jungkook, who is shirtless. His bed head looks adorable as he whines at the loss of warmth before he tugs the covers toward him, sleeping some more.

Quickly, you get dressed and storm out of your cabin.

You could not deal with this without a stiff drink and your best friends.

Part of you hoped you were dreaming.

~

“He’s here!” you yell when you reach Yoongi and Jimin’s table. Plates of fruit, eggs, and pancakes greet you along with glasses filled with water, some with various types of juices, and mimosas.

You plop down on a free chair, reaching for a mimosa and then Jimin’s. Both men watch you with wide eyes as Yoongi offers you his drink.

“Who’s here?” Jimin asks, befuddled.

Jimin and Yoongi exchange a look. They had watched you go to your room before they retired for the night.

Who could you have run into?

“Jungkook!” You hiss in explanation. “He’s here!”

Yoongi frowns. “I thought that was him.”

You whip your head to face him. “You knew?!”

Yoongi rapidly shakes his head. “I thought I saw him yesterday but when I blinked, he was gone. I thought the heat had gotten to me.”

You cackle, nearly losing your mind. “Well, he’s fucking here! And he’s staying in my room!”

Jimin and Yoongi’s mouths drop open wide in shock.

“He’s what?!” Jimin recovers first as he waves down a waiter and orders more mimosas for the three of you. This revelation demanded a drink.

“Can’t he get a room for himself? Lord knows he can afford it,” Yoongi grumbles as he picks at his buttery toast.

“No, it’s booked solid,” you sigh as you cover your face with your hands.

“Good morning, everyone!” Jungkook greets you before he takes the empty seat beside you. He helps himself to some fruit and some of your mimosa.

Jimin and Yoongi stare at him with wide eyes. So you weren’t lying to go home. 

“Hey,” Jimin waves weakly. “Surprising to see you out of the office.”

Jungkook ignores the jab at him. “You look good, Jimin. Very good.”

“Watch it,” Yoongi growls. “Just because he’ll be amicable doesn’t mean I won’t wipe the table with your face.”

Jungkook raises his hands in defeat. “Just being friendly. We are spending the week together after all. Isn’t that right, roomie?” 

Jungkook nudges you with his elbow.

“Eat dirt,” you respond as you ignore him and grab a stack of pancakes. You drown them in syrup and ignore Jungkook and Jimin catching up. Yoongi glares at him the whole time before breakfast ends and you head back to your room to get ready to reach the first port.

The first two days on board, you manage to avoid Jungkook after his appearance at breakfast that one morning. 

You were three days into your cruise when you were hanging poolside with Jimin and Yoongi once again. The warmth of the sun felt nice on your skin, even with Jimin’s nagging about flipping over and reapplying sunblock.

Your swimsuit was something sexy Jimin had picked out to accentuate your favorite features of your body. He had picked out a few outfits for you and Yoongi to match his. You looked more like a polytriad than a group of friends, but you liked the outfits.

Your sun hat and sunglasses kept out the gazes of any men who would have the slightest interest in you, much to Jimin’s annoyance.

Jimin sits on his sun lounger slathering more sunblock on his skin while Yoongi goes off to get the three of you drinks. You’ve been busy the past few days shopping, eating, dancing, laughing, and enjoying life away from the claws of capitalism.

Shade casts over you, and you look up to see Jungkook’s smiling face, dimples and all.

“What do you want, Jeon?” you huff as you sit up, removing your sunglasses. 

Jungkook stands over you, checking you out in your swimsuit. He briefly remembers the times he held you in his arms, when his touch aroused you, not repulsed you.

Jungkook sits down at the end of your seat. His body glistened as if he had just gotten out of the pool. You’re sure there’s at least a gaggle of men and women staring at the both of you. Jungkook attracted attention wherever he went. His glorious body, tattoos, hair, and a radiant smile broke more than just your heart.

His piercings catch the sun, the glint hitting your eyes.

“Yeah,” Jimin pipes up. “This zone is for loading future husbands only.”

You roll your eyes at Jimin but lean back as Jungkook’s body freezes.

“Husbands?” 

“Yes,” Jimin retorts, “Husbands.”

“I didn’t know you were looking,” Jungkook said as he looked at you, perplexed. 

You shrug.

“I figure the next person I date will be the one.”

Jungkook remains silent. He cards a tattooed hand through his wet hair, and you curse him in your mind. He knew how hot he looked, he just wanted to make you suffer.

You weren’t going to give in to his tricks though.

You move your legs toward you, pretending you don’t want to get hit with water droplets but you can’t ignore the rapid heartbeat between your legs. 

“JK!” Yoongi shouts as he approaches, squirting Jungkook with a water gun. 

“Hey!” Jungkook shouts as he chases Yoongi, quickly catching up to the older man. A fight ensues as both men try to gain control of the water gun before Jungkook acquires one from a bystander.

“Fuck,” you groan as you put your sun hat back on.

“He’s fucking hot,” Jimin groans as he lies back. You look at each other and burst out laughing.

“He’s a menace,” you sigh but your heart flutters as you spot him in the pool with Yoongi. The two are splashing each other and some of the other passengers but they don’t seem to mind as they join in.

Jimin is silent for a few minutes before he turns to face you.

“Be honest with me, babe. You still love him?”

“Do you even have to ask?” you respond as you watch Jungkook shake the water out of his hair before he pulls himself out of the pool.

Jungkook ignores the way his cock throbs at the sight of you in your sundress as you walk down the hall to meet Jimin and Yoongi. He nearly drools at the sway of your hips as your body shows off all your best assets.

His thoughts easily wander, you were the only one he ever felt like he could be himself. You were his best friend and he’d lost you over a heated argument about him working so much. He had said some things he had regretted, especially when he lost you.

He had spent the last six months thrown into work, avoiding any socialization wherever possible. He didn’t want to meet someone new, he wanted you. But you had blocked him, made it clear that you wanted nothing to do with him and now you were confined to a cruise ship and he would do whatever it took to get you back.

You turn when you hear your name being called, and heat rushes to your cheeks when you spot the captain, Kim Namjoon. 

He looks divine in his crisp white uniform, his hat tucked under his right arm. 

“Good evening,” he greets you with a dimpled grin. You smile brightly at him, asking him about his day. 

He had heard about your predicament with Jungkook the following morning and had invited you to a special dinner with him tonight as an apology for the inconvenience.

Normally, you would have denied any sort of offer, not wanting to inconvenience anyone but Namjoon was hot, smart, and funny. 

Namjoon offers you his arm, which you take giddily as he escorts you to your private dinner. 

Within five minutes he had you laughing, wine threatening to shoot out of your nose. 

Jimin had encouraged you to go to dinner after he spotted the captain later that day, and now that Namjoon’s schedule allowed, you sat in front of him in a candlelit room with a spectacular view. 

A white ceramic vase sat in the middle of the table with fresh pink peonies. Soft music played from a speaker overhead, and the sound of the ocean filled the background. 

Namjoon’s eyes lit up every time he shared a snippet of his tales from the sea. You listened intently, batting your lashes whenever he’d smile with his dimples on display. 

You know this wasn’t a date, and it would never work out with how long Namjoon had to be out at sea, but it was nice to get back into the game after such a long time. You never imagined being tossed back into the dating pool after Jungkook.

The thought makes your smile waver for a moment, and you reach for your glass of wine instead. 

Two silver-covered trays arrive shortly, stopping Namjoon mid-sentence as he smiles proudly. 

“I caught tonight’s dinner. I had our chef cook it with a special sauce that you’ll enjoy,” Namjoon states as your tray is set in front of you and you nod excitedly.

All excitement vanishes as you see two little beady eyes staring back at you.

Jungkook looks immaculate. His undercut is on display, his tattoos pop against his white-button shirt, and his smile can dazzle just about anyone… except Min Yoongi.

Yoongi is the first to spot Jungkook heading to the table where he sits beside his boyfriend. Yoongi had loved Jungkook, still did but his loyalty to you made him pull away from the younger man. An annoyance brewed where he held brotherly love for him once. If you decided to get back with him, it would take Yoongi a while to thaw out. 

Jungkook looks around the area, finally asking Jimin where you are.

“She’s on a date,” Yoongi smirks as Jungkook’s hopeful smile turns into a frown. The younger man toys with his lip piercings worriedly. 

“With the Captain,” Yoongi continues, ignoring the jab of his boyfriend’s sharp elbow to his ribs. “So she’ll be late coming to bed tonight… if she goes to bed at all.”

Jungkook’s heart deflates further as he twiddles his fingers. His eyes shine as he blinks back tears. Jimin scowls at Yoongi. 

Perhaps, he had gone too far. Yoongi slouches into his seat, abashed.  

“It’s just dinner,” Jimin tries to assure Jungkook. “They’re on the balcony by the lobby.” 

“Jimin!” Yoongi hisses before Jimin elbows his ribs again. 

“What? He loves her!” Jimin exclaims, gaining the attention of a few patrons. 

Jungkook feels his ears burn from the attention as he thanks Jimin quietly before leaving the couple to enjoy dinner. 

Heartache is quick to consume Jungkook despite Jimin’s poor assurance of you and the captain’s night. He remembered how mesmerized Captain Kim had seemed when he offered his apologies before asking you to dinner right in front of Jungkook. As if he were invisible!

Okay, maybe Jungkook was jealous. He never wanted to end things, and he didn’t mean any of the things he said that awful night of your breakup. He had taken steps to fix himself, working less, going home more, and prioritizing himself and his family. He was a new man, even his mother had noticed the change. She was hopeful you and him would get back together. 

Jungkook wallows in his sadness as he heads down one hallway and down another. He ignored the conversations around him and anyone who tried to strike up a conversation. 

Before he knows it, he arrives at the kitchen with the swinging doors. He’s about to turn away when he gets grabbed by a man in a white hat with a stern look. 

“Why are you just standing around?!” The man shouts as he hands Jungkook a silver tray with a thick lid that reflects his befuddled expression. 

Jungkook looks at the name tag on the man’s white coat that reads, Soobin.

“Listen,” Jungkook tries to protest but he’s shoved in the direction of the other doors that lead who-knows-where. Jungkook stumbles before righting himself as the staff in the kitchen zoom back and forth adding garnish, stirring bubbling pots, and plating elaborate dishes in pristine white ceramic plates 

“Hurry!” Soobin shouts from across the kitchen, his scowl sends a shiver of fear down Jungkook’s spine. He balances the tray in one hand as he pushes the black doors in front of him. 

Jungkook’s not even sure where he’s going, or how he got into this situation from just losing himself in his thoughts but now he had to deliver whatever was under the tray and look for an exit. 

Perhaps he could scale the side of the ship to get on another floor. 

There was no way he’d be facing Chef Soobin’s wrath again. That much he was sure of. 

“We’ve been waiting on you,” someone else hisses at him once he goes through the swinging door, biting his lip when one of the doors smacks his back and jolts him forward. 

“I don’t-” Jungkook tries to explain but is interrupted as someone apologizes to a man clad in white. 

Jungkook’s heart sinks as he recognizes you with every step he takes. 

“Here is dessert,” the person grins as Jungkook sets the tray on the table.

Your eyes widen in surprise when you see him, confusion forming on your brow. 

Jungkook looks to the side where the waiter is placing the remains of your dinner on a cart, and two black beady eyes seem to follow his movements as he shifts his weight from foot to foot. 

“Kookie?” You ask in surprise and his heart flips at the nickname he’d only allow you to use. 

However, before he can bask in the sweetness of it, you clear your throat and correct yourself, using his full name instead. 

“What are you doing here?” 

Jungkook bites his lip. This looks bad from all angles. The truth sounds like a fabricated lie and a lie would sound worse. 

Namjoon raises a brow at the two of you, quickly putting the pieces together. 

“Join us for dessert,” Namjoon smiles warmly as he waves over the waiter to ask for another chair but Jungkook shakes his head. 

“No, that’s okay! I just got lost is all,” Jungkook blushes as he cards a hand through his hair nervously. You follow the action closely, studying Jungkook and the way his fingers twitch at his side. He avoids your gaze and Namjoon’s, apologizing as he takes a step back. 

“I’ll go find my way back to Jimin and Yoongi. Please, don’t let me interrupt any further,” Jungkook can taste the vileness of his words but he’s at odds with his words and his thoughts. 

“Why don’t I walk you back,” you offer, surprising him and Namjoon. 

“Oh, no that’s not necessary,” Jungkook shakes his head but makes eye contact with the little beady eyes from before. 

Had Namjoon tried to feed you that prawn? Did he not know food with eyes freaked you out? How long had you stared at those bead-like eyes before the plate had been removed from the table?

“Of course it is,” you say as you rise from your seat. Namjoon remains silent as you thank him for dinner.

“It was a pleasure,” Namjoon responds as he stands. He takes your hand in his and kisses it, making you smile bashfully. 

“I’ll be going now!” Jungkook squeaks, his face red like the prawn still staring at him. Why hadn’t the waiter taken that abomination back to the kitchen yet?

Was he hiding out of Chef Soobin’s wrath too?

“Kook!” You huff, flustered as you take his arm to link with yours. Jungkook stays silent as you lead him out of the private dining quarters through a door he could have easily spotted if he hadn’t been so flustered by the events. 

Weakly, Jungkook waves at Namjoon, who watches the two of you leave.   

Jungkook gets a good look at the captain, admiring the long, thick hair that sits at his shoulders. He looks dapper in his uniform and hat, with thick arms and thighs to die for. 

Jungkook was glad he had appeared just in time, or you’d be Captain Kim’s wife before the end of the cruise. 

Hell, Jungkook would vie for Namjoon.

You remain silent as you drag Jungkook by the arm. He goes willingly as you lead him toward the giant dining room with the rest of the passengers.

You come to a halt before entering, ignoring the hunger pangs in your belly. 

“What exactly is it that you are doing, Jungkook!” You ask as your anger bubbles over now that you’re alone with him. 

Jungkook steeled himself, biting his lower lip in the way you love. 

“I apologize,” Jungkook says sincerely, though the words taste like poison. “I didn’t mean to interrupt your date.”

“It wasn’t a date,” you respond automatically, cringing at the speed of your words. 

Jungkook visibly perks up.

“Don’t go getting any ideas,” you mutter as you cross your arms over your chest, drawing Jungkook’s saddened gaze for a moment. “Though I did need some rescuing, so thank you.”

Jungkook perks up again, smiling cutely. 

Before any more words are exchanged, your stomach rumbles loudly. Jungkook bites back his laughter as you cover your face.

“Oh my!” Jungkook giggles when your tummy rumbles again. 

“Kook!” You whine, stomping your foot. “Stop laughing!”

Jungkook continues to laugh, broad shoulders shaking as he does so. You pout, flipping him off.

“Come on, let’s get you something to eat,” Jungkook smiles as he takes your hand to lead you to the buffet. You thank him sheepishly as he hands you a clean plate to fill with food. 

You ignore the rumble of your stomach as you sit beside Jungkook in a booth.  The dinner rush has come and gone, only you and a few stragglers are left behind as the servers clean tables and stack dirty dishes a few tables away. 

“How long did you have a staring contest with that thing at the table?” Jungkook asks midway through dinner as he chews his food. For a moment he looks upset as he chews but you know it’s just him enjoying his meal. 

“Hey! Namjoon is a nice guy!” You retort as you move your mashed potatoes around your plate. 

Jungkook blinks owlishly, his cheeks stuffed with food. He resembles a cute little chipmunk.

He swallows, pounding his chest with his fist before he speaks. “I meant the prawn.”

“Oh!” you squeak as your body heats with embarrassment while Jungkook bursts into laughter. 

His eyes crinkle at the corners, his pretty nose scrunches and his teeth make an appearance. Your heart flutters in your chest, his laughter healing the wounds he’d left behind. 

No matter how much you tried to deny it, you were still hopelessly in love with him. 

You’re up bright and early the next morning. Jungkook snores softly beside you, cuddled to the pillow between the two of you. 

His hair is splayed on the pillow, one arm tucked under it to support his head. 

His broad back is on display, the covers hanging on his hips as he rolls over an inch. You had spent several mornings waking up beside him, cuddled up, sharing kisses and each other's bodies. Mornings filled with happiness and love, memories you held onto, wishing to relive. 

Instead, you get ready for the day. Jimin and Yoongi are excited to get to the port. There will be tons to do today before coming aboard for dinner and a show.

You put your swimsuit on under your sundress. You pack a change of clothes, sunblock, sunglasses, wallet, water bottle, mini first aid kit, and lip balm in your bag before heading out. 

Jimin waits for you in the hallway, informing you that his other half has gone to secure a table in the dining room before the early risers can fill up the area. 

“Soooo,” Jimin wiggles his eyebrows as the two of you sit down with Yoongi. Your plates are filled with eggs and sausage, fruits, and muffins. 

“So what?” You ask as you eat a slice of an apple Jimin cut for you, the only way you could easily eat fruit. 

Jimin is exasperated as he rolls his eyes at you. 

“What happened on your date?” Jimin asks as he takes a sip of his iced coffee. 

“It wasn’t a date,” you shake your head. “Just dinner.”

“Dinner with the cruise ship captain,” Yoongi cuts in. “That’s a big deal.”

“A private dinner with the cruise ship captain,” Jimin rephrased as he gave you his undivided attention. 

A heavy sigh escapes your beeswax-sticky lips. Should lip balm tingle?

“He served prawns,” you whisper, looking around to make sure Namjoon and his staff are not around. 

“Oooh,” Jimin smiles. 

“No, they had beady little eyes like marbles. They stared into my soul,” you shiver at the memory. 

“Yikes,” Yoongi shakes his head in disdain. He knew how much eyeballs freaked you out. 

“I couldn’t eat it,” you continue as you munch on a grape. “Then Jungkook came in and I didn’t have to.”

Jimin and Yoongi exchange a bewildered look. “What do you mean Jungkook came in?”

“Yeah,” you nod as you stab a cube of watermelon with your fork. “He brought dessert? The whole thing was odd now that I think about it.”

“You didn’t ask him?” Yoongi questions but you shrug as you finish eating. 

“We came to have dinner and it didn’t come up,” you explain with a second shrug. 

Yoongi raises a brow at you. It wasn’t normal for you to be so nonchalant about this, especially with how you’d reacted to Jungkook interrupting your vacation so far. You always had a quip or snide attitude when it came to your ex, so interrupting your not date was major. 

“Your ex-boyfriend interrupts your date and you don’t ask him why?” Yoongi is blunt with his question, seeking a direct answer. Jimin would have toed around it all day but Yoongi wanted to enjoy his cruise, plus he needed all drama set aside when he proposed soon. 

“It wasn’t a date,” you remind him in a sing-song tone. “I didn’t want to eat the eyes, sue me if I was grateful he showed up.”

“Jungkook aside, how was dinner with Namjoon? Do you like him? Do you wanna go on a date date?” Jimin inquires, hopeful that his friend may move on from Jungkook at last. You seem to want to but he knows you still love the dark-haired, tattooed man. 

“No,” you shake your head firmly. “He’d be away too much. That’s why Jungkook and I didn’t work out. Why go get involved in the same situation?” 

“Fair,” Yoongi agrees as he clears his plate. “Come on then, we have a city to explore.”

“Yeah!” Jimin cheers as he takes your hand in his to lead you toward the exit with Yoongi in tow. You smiled brightly as you headed for the port, excited to spend the day with your two best friends. 

No matter what life threw at you, they’d be by your side always. 

Jimin was excited as he watched the waves crash against the boat. 

You had stripped down to your bathing suit, and gotten lathered up in sunblock thanks to Jimin. 

Your sun hat sat on your head and your sunglasses nearly covered half your face as you laid back enjoying the breeze. 

You were doing your best to ignore Jungkook’s shirtless body. Jimin had rubbed his back with sunblock after he’d done you. 

The three of you had been surprised to see Jungkook jogging toward you at the pier, making it just in time to join you for your scheduled scuba diving session. 

Great.

Okay, so you were a little happy to see him. After all, you had planned this excursion with the four of you in mind. 

Though after the breakup, you never imagined it would be the four of you here in the ocean breeze. 

Music plays softly from Yoongi’s speaker. He’s got a thick book in his lap, as his sunglasses cover his shut eyes. He takes a cat nap, lulled by the sound of the waves crashing. 

Beside you, Jungkook puts his life jacket on, tightening the straps to keep himself safe but all it does is draw attention to his tiny waist, a waist you used to trace with your tongue. You flush at the thought, memories of you on your knees licking him up and down, teasing him just to hear him whimper and cry out your name…

“Hmmm?” You look up when you realize someone is calling your name. 

“I asked if you needed help with your life jacket?” Jungkook asks as he holds out the red monstrosity. You doubt it would look as good on you as it did him. You always felt like they were choking you. 

“I’ve got it, thanks,” you say as you take the jacket from him. Cordial. You could do this. It was your vacation, you should enjoy it to the best of your abilities. You should be relaxing, and thankful to be away from the world of work. 

The boat stops soon after and a tall, lean man comes to join you. Yoongi yawns as he awakens from his nap at Jimin’s prodding. He’d be damned if his boyfriend spent the entire vacation snoozing. 

“My name is Taehyung or Tae. Whichever you prefer,” the man introduced himself with a boxy grin. His dark curly hair moved with the breeze and his sun-kissed skin seemed to glow beautifully under the early morning sun. 

“Today we’ll be scuba diving in one of my favorite spots. We’ll be using the buddy system for this excursion, break for lunch, and then sail until four pm.”

You groan. The buddy system. You were shit out of luck as Jimin grabs Yoongi and leads him to the edge of the boat as Taehyung goes over a few more rules. 

Your two best friends hold hands as they get into the water, laughing as they resurface. 

Taehyung approaches you, smiling. “Let me know if you have any questions or if there’s anything specific you’d like to see today. The weather seems to be cooperating with us this morning.” 

“Thank you,” you say graciously as you begin to snap the buckles of your life jacket. You cry out when your hair gets caught in one and Taehyung is quick to unsnap the buckle and release your hair. 

“Here you go,” he coos gently as he pulls your hair upward to tie it in a loose bun. “Safety first.”

You lock your gaze on him as he easily ties your hair. He’s so close it makes your heart flip. His minty breath brushes your skin as he leans in closer to make sure he’s got all of your hair in one hand before tying a scrunchie around it. 

“There we go,” he muses as he takes a step back to admire his handiwork. “Perfect.”

Jungkook glares at the back of Taehyung’s head, cursing him in his mind. Would pushing Taehyung off his boat be rude? Jungkook didn’t think so. However, he didn’t need to be charged and stranded overseas. So he’d play nice. 

For now.

“Can we get in the water now?” Jungkook huffs as he puts his goggles on. “We came here to scuba dive.”

“Yeah,” you nod as you put your goggles on with Taehyung's help, much to Jungkook’s indignation. 

“There we go, love. Don’t want you getting hurt,” Taehyung smiles warmly as he helps you into the water. 

“It’s cold!” You exclaim, giggling as Taehyung dips into the water only to resurface moments later. He brushes his wet hair back, and you bite your bottom lip as he shakes the excess water off. 

Jimin notices the interaction and swims toward you, easily escaping Yoongi’s attempts to stop him from playing Cupid in the middle of the ocean. 

“Tae, can we go down now?” Jimin asks pleasantly, ignoring the death flares from

Yoongi and Jungkook. 

“Sure,” Taehyung responds as he leads the group to an area a few feet away from the boat. He gives them some information about the sea creatures lurking about, warning them to be careful as all are not friendly.

Jungkook sticks close to you, grinning when you go underwater with him. 

The two of you take photos with his camera, giggling at the bubbles that escape underwater before coming up for air. 

“This is amazing!” You grin as you float on your back for a moment. Jungkook watches you, his heart fluttering giddily in his chest. 

All he wanted was for you to be happy. How could he have allowed his work to consume him to the point of breaking up? He always swore to himself he’d be nothing like his workaholic father, and now here he was recreating his old man’s mistakes. 

Never again, Jungkook swears to himself. He would not lose the love of his life over the company. You mattered more, you always would. He had lost sight of that but never again. Being without you these past six months had been torturous. 

Somehow he had spent days in bed, wearing ramen-stained pajamas to go with his red-rimmed eyes. Jungkook didn’t know your eyes could hurt so much from crying, that the ache would almost rival that of his broken heart. 

He didn’t want to imagine what you had gone through. The pain he had caused. 

“Earth to Kook! Are you there?” Jungkook is startled out of his thoughts as you wave your hand in front of his face. “We’re going to the boat for lunch.”

Jungkook follows you as you swim back to the boat. Taehyung helps you out of the water, offering you a towel to dry off with before joining Jimin and Yoongi. 

Taehyung gives the four of you space as the boat hits the waves once more. 

“I’m so hungry,” Jimin hums as he takes a seat to look at the spread on the table. 

“Ooh, guacamole, tacos, and burritos,” Jungkook nearly drools as you grab a plate for him and one for yourself. 

The four of you enjoy lunch before Jimin falls asleep with Yoongi’s head on his lap. You dab some sunblock on their faces, and hope the sun doesn’t hit them.

“Today was fun,” Jungkook said as he sipped his beer. He sets it between you, and you reach for it to sip it. You weren’t a fan of beer but now and then you’d enjoy a sip of Jungkook’s. Old habits die hard apparently. 

Jungkook remains silent at the indirect kiss. However, on the inside, he’s giggling to himself. 

“It was,” you agree as you lie back, moaning as your muscles relax. You could easily fall asleep right there with the waves gently rocking the boat. 

“I’m sorry for crashing your vacation,” Jungkook apologizes after a moment of silence. “I wouldn’t have come if I knew you’d be here.”

“Gee, thanks,” you huff, offended. 

“No, no!” Jungkook shakes his head quickly. “I meant because I know you wouldn’t want to see me after…”

Your heart sinks in your chest as you toy with the edge of the towel to distract yourself. The wind ruffles your hair as you stare out into the ocean. 

“Despite everything that’s happened, I’ve had fun on this cruise. We can be cordial, right?” 

“Yeah,” Jungkook nods, ignoring the crack in his heart. “Of course.”

You turn to face Jungkook, his dark brown eyes locked on yours. For a split second, you consider leaning in closer, kissing him for old-time’s sake but you don’t. No matter how many times you fantasized about being with him, he wasn’t yours. Not even the cute mole under his lip could tempt you enough to kiss him, and you loved that mole!

“I accept your apology,” you say, focusing your eyes on his instead of the mole beneath his lip or his tongue tracing his piercings like you used to. 

Fuck, why were you denying him again? 

“Friends?” Jungkook asks as he offers his tattooed hand for a handshake. 

Your eyes flit from his to his hand and back before sighing. “Friends.”

Jungkook smiles brightly, fireworks going off in his chest. 

“But try anything fishy, and you’re out of here!” You inform him. 

Jungkook chuckles but agrees nonetheless. “I’m not planning on feeding you beady eyes or anything.”

“Good,” you stuck your tongue out at him and lay back on your towel. Jungkook lies beside you as you stare at the sky. 

You’re dozing off, and you swear it’s just your imagination playing tricks on you when you hear a whisper, “I missed you. I still love you.”

“They’re adorable,” Jimin cooed quietly as he looked at you curled up with Jungkook. 

“We should take a picture of them,” Yoongi agrees as he hands his phone to Jimin. Eagerly, Jimin takes a handful of pictures from different angles, all blackmail material for later. 

Once the photos are taken, Yoongi kicks Jungkook’s butt. “Get up! We’re here!”

Groaning, Jungkook stirs before Yoongi kicks him again. This time harder. 

“Hey!” Jungkook grunts as he swats Yoongi’s foot away. His shout wakes you, an annoyed frown on your face. 

“What is it?” You ask as you rub your eyes. The life jacket is still tied to your chest as you sit up. You probably shouldn’t have slept in it. 

“We gotta get back on the ship. We’re having dinner and a show, remember?” Jimin offers you his hand to help you up. You nod as you gather your belongings and Jimin helps Yoongi gather his. 

“I hope you enjoyed your time,” Taehyung bows as Jimin and Yoongi climb off the boat and onto the dock. 

“We did!” Jimin assured him as they waited for you. 

“Oh, need some help?” Taehyung asks as you struggle to undo the buckles of the life jacket. They had gotten tangled while you slept. 

“Please,” you pout as you try to untangle one strap only to tangle it more. Taehyung chuckles softly as his fingers make quick work of the buckles, setting you free in moments. 

“There we go, love. All set,” Taehyung smiles warmly at you as he helps you out of the life jacket. You thank him sincerely as you put your sundress over your bathing suit. 

“Thank you so much for today, Taehyung. I had a great time,” you say as you take his hand to get off his boat. 

Taehyung kisses your hand gently. “I hope to see you again, love. Take care.”

You giggle as you wave goodbye to the curly-haired cutie. 

Jungkook grunts as he gets off the boat last, rolling his eyes at Taehyung. 

He knew he had no right to be jealous but that was easier said than done. 

When you got back on the cruise ship, you were still smiling whilst looking at your hand. 

Jungkook was beyond jealous.

“What was that between you and Taehyung?” Jimin clasps his hands at dinner. 

You giggle at his excitement, knowing you’re gonna nip any hope of finding a man at sea in the bud. 

“It was nothing,” you assure him. “He’s just friendly.”

Jungkook scoffs from his seat, his eyes glued to his menu. 

Yoongi kicks him under the table. 

The three men are dressed to the nines. Jimin wears a black tuxedo with a white button-down shirt and skinny black tie. Beside him, Yoongi looks just as hot in a matching tuxedo with a black bow tie. 

Next to you, Jungkook is in all black. He looks delectable, and it takes all your willpower to keep your eyes off him. He had the same problem earlier when you stepped out of the bathroom in your maroon A-line dress with the deep v-cut that made your breasts look fabulous. He nearly proposed to you then and there.

“Looked like something was blooming,” Jimin insists as a server brings a basket full of fresh rolls and butter. 

“We had a few conversations while I booked the excursion,” you shrug, nonchalantly. “Nothing came of it.”

“Until he kissed your hand,” Jungkook grumbles into his menu.

“Ow!” He yelps when Yoongi’s foot kicks him again. 

“Anyway, he kissed your hand,” Yoongi grinned devilishly. “Could mean something.”

You wave him off. “He’s just being friendly.”

“He wasn’t that friendly with me,” Jungkook muttered.

You ignore him. 

You take a roll from the basket, cut it in half, and share it with Jungkook out of habit. You don’t notice the surprised look on your friends’ faces. 

“Who’s headlining anyway?” You ask as you spread butter on your roll. “I heard the act had backed out and someone else took their place.”

“Kim Seokjin,” Yoongi responds as he sips his whiskey. “I looked him up before dinner. He’s got an amazing voice. You’ll like him.”

You nod, eager to get to the show after dinner.

Jungkook looks up Seokjin on his phone, pouting when he sees an image of him on the screen. 

Did everyone you came in contact with on this cruise have to be so fucking attractive?

The lights dim as the last member of the audience takes their seat. Jungkook pouts beside you, not the least bit enthused about the handsome man who will be serenading the crowd in a few moments. 

Jimin is excited, chatting your ear off as he looks through the set list on the table. A few waiters come and go with trays filled with drinks and tiny napkins. 

The candlelit tables are the only form of light until the spotlight comes on and the first few notes of a song fill the air. 

“Welcome everyone,” a sultry voice greets the crowd from his spot at a piano. His hair is long and curly, it reaches his shoulders. He wears an all-white suit with a pink shirt underneath, the first few buttons undone to show a bit of his chest. 

His lips are plush and look oh-so kissable. He’s gorgeous, more so than his pictures. He is truly a vision that your eyes are blessed to behold. 

“Wow!” You breathe in awe as he sings a beautiful song about loving oneself. Jungkook frowns, what are the chances of him being able to steal the microphone and serenade you instead?

Nobody pays him attention as he watches Seokjin both in awe and jealousy. You seem enamored with the man as he dances with a group, never missing a note, and never sounding out of breath.

On top of it all, he’s funny too. After the first three songs, he takes a seat on a stool set out for him. He has a guitar beside him, and Jungkook wonders if there’s anything Seokjin can’t do.

“This one goes out to all the loves that could have been, the broken hearts, and the ones hoping for a second chance,” Seokjin introduces the next song as the lights dim and he strums his guitar. 

“And it feels like you’re getting further away,” Seokjin croons as his eyes mist with tears but he continues to sing.

Jungkook sits up in his chair, turning to look at you. You’re focused on Seokjin but tears are rolling down your cheeks as you take in every lyric, feeling as if it’s being engrained into your heart.

Gently, Jungkook wipes your tears with his monogrammed silk handkerchief. You gasp in surprise but soon smile through your tears, thanking him. Jungkook nods, remaining silent as the song comes to an end, and you take a shaky breath.

The show goes on, and after a few more songs, Seokjin rises from his seat. He does a few upbeat songs, getting the crowd clapping and singing along with him.

Seokjin pulls members from the audience to join him, teaching them simple choreography before he has them perform alongside him.

Yoongi and Jimin get pulled on stage, and they do amazing beside Seokjin. You cheer the loudest for them as they do body rolls all while sending flirty gazes to the audience. They both enjoy the attention, smiling as they thank Seokjin once the song ends.

Jimin blushes once he’s back in his seat. You hug him tightly, kissing his cheek. “You’re wonderful!”

“That?” Jimin giggles. “That was nothing.”

“Please,” Jungkook adds. “You were made for the stage. The both of you!”

You nod in agreement, smiling when people stop by your table to compliment the couple. Seokjin takes the stage once more, sitting on the stool for a moment while he introduces the last song.

“I’d like to end this night on a higher note,” Seokjin states as he looks out into the crowd. “Feel free to grab a partner and dance.” 

Seokjin heads to the crowd while singing. A few couples head to the dancefloor, swaying slowly to his beautiful voice. 

Jimin and Yoongi join the other couples shortly after, whispering sweet-nothings to each other as they go.

Awkwardness bubbles inside you, as you look down at the tablecloth. Would it be possible to leave the show unnoticed? Seokjin was nearby, surely nobody would notice if you made a hasty exit.

You rise from your seat sharply, surprising Jungkook. He stares at you with wide eyes, wondering where you’re going. 

However, before Jungkook can ask, Seokjin chooses that moment to take your hand, dancing with you at your table for a moment.

“When I’m with you, there is no one else,” he sings beautifully. Your heart skips a beat as you place your hand on his shoulder, smiling bashfully as he spins you once.

Jungkook is ready to head back to the cabin, not wanting to see another man fall for you just as he had. He knew when it was time to throw in the towel, and you may have accepted his apology and agreed to be friends, but how often did that actually pan out? Would you still talk to him once you weren’t stuck on a cruise ship? Jungkook wasn’t sure.

He wasn’t going to stand around and watch you fall for someone else. That much he was sure of.

Seokjin stills you once he finishes spinning you. He then places your hand in Jungkook’s before leaving to another table.

Jungkook’s doe eyes are wide with surprise. You look shocked, but lead him to the dancefloor beside Jimin and Yoongi.

“You were shining towards me, the only light found in the darkness,” Seokjin sings wholeheartedly as Jungkook holds you close. It’s been so long since the last time he held you like this; since he realized how perfect you fit in your arms. He promised if you gave him one more chance, he would make sure to never ruin it. He’d never hurt you again. He’d be more mindful of his words, he’d prioritize you over his company. Jungkook would make sure you never felt like you were an afterthought. It saddens him to think he had made you feel like that, and that it took losing you for it to snap him into reality.

How long had you been unhappy at his side? Was he selfish in wanting you back? In pursuing you still? Had his appearance on this cruise been a divine intervention or a simple coincidence? 

Jungkook forces himself to focus on you and not the downward spiral of despair brewing in his mind. You rest your head on his shoulder, swaying with him as he holds you closer.

Perhaps tonight the two of you could have a private moment to talk things out. Or maybe he’d be asking for too much?

Too soon for Jungkook’s liking, the song ends. He blinks his unshed tears away as you take a step back, clapping with everyone else.

“I’m going to head to the bar,” you inform him as you leave as quickly as possible. Jimin and Yoongi watch you go, and Yoongi places his hand on Jungkook’s shoulder.

“Tough break, man.”

Jungkook nods as he watches you squeeze through the crowd, disappearing soon after.

Jimin and Yoongi leave him by himself, the two enamored with each other after a romantic evening, both eager to get to their room for some privacy.

Jungkook is a little envious.

“Screwdriver, please,” you tell the bartender once you reach the bar. You need something to take the edge off, just a few minutes away from Jungkook and your array of emotions.

“I’ll have the same,” the voice beside you says. The bartender nods as he goes to make the drinks. You turn to your left to see Seokjin.

“You were wonderful,” you compliment, smiling genuinely. You hope you’re not bothering him. Surely he has people circling him at all times, especially after his shows.

“Thank you,” Seokjin bows his head, his ears turning red. 

The bartender places the drinks in front of you on black napkins with a gold border. You thank him before sipping your drink.

“Fuck, I needed that,” you muttter as you take a second sip.

“Trouble in paradise?” Seokjin asks as he sips from his glass. 

“You don’t know the half of it,” you respond sadly stirring your drink with your paper straw.

“I’m all ears,” Seokjin smiles, disarming any protests you might have had. 

“Don’t you have another show?” You ask with wide eyes, surprised this stranger would want to hear about your woes.

“Nope, that was the last one for the night,” Seokjin informs you. He holds out his hand for you to shake as he introduces himself. You shake his hand after giving him your name.

The two of you scoot to the end of the bar with your drinks. It takes you a few more sips of your screwdriver before you fill in Seokjin about your trip thus far and how you were stuck sharing your cabin with your ex.

“Sounds to me like there’s a lot of love there,” Seokjin responds after you’re done telling your tale. He waves down the bartender, asking for two glasses of water before he continues. “If you’ve forgiven him, what’s holding you back?”

You bite your bottom lip as you try to make a list of your doubts. 

“What if he hasn’t changed? What if we get back together and I’m brushed aside again?” 

Seokjin thanks the bartender as he pushes a glass of water toward you. He clicks his tongue before shrugging. 

“There’s no way to find out unless you try. Second chances are few and far between. Some people don’t get second chances, most try to make it work the second time. If at first you don’t succeed, try and try again,” Seokjin grins as he chugs his water. 

“So you do greeting cards on the side, huh?” You tease, playfully bumping into Seokjin. He laughs wholeheartedly, his eyes turning into half-moons. 

“I could, couldn’t I,” he says after his laughter has subsided. “But on a serious note, the two of you looked great on the dance floor. I didn’t know you were broken up when I danced with you.”

“Why do things have to be so complicated?” You huff as you finish your water. 

“They don’t have to be,” Seokjin assures you. “They’re only complicated if you make it so. You love him, he loves you, what more is there to it?”

You sigh heavily, you know Seokjin’s reasoning is a little half-baked but it makes sense. What’s keeping you from giving it a second shot? You love Jungkook so much, and despite Jimin’s attempts at fixing you up with someone, you always compare them to Jungkook. He was the love of your life, knew it from the moment you laid eyes on him in your flower shop. He had walked in looking frazzled. His black suit was well fitted and his broad chest showed from the few buttons left undone at the top. His hair had been brushed back, his undercut on display. 

Frazzled, he’d asked you for a custom bouquet. His mother’s birthday dinner was that evening and though he had a birthday present for her, he didn’t want to show up without flowers. She adored flowers, he’d informed you. All kinds, any color, any array. He never went empty-handed but the last floralist he’d ordered from had sent him nothing but stems and wilted roses. 

After that day, he made daily appearances, until eventually he asked you out. 

On your third month of dating, he had you meet his mother, her house filled with flowers from your shop. 

“It’s so nice to meet the woman responsible for my new garden,” she joked as she welcomed you into her home with a tight hug. 

Jungkook had blushed, hiding his face in his hands. 

His mother adored you right off the bat, and that’s when Jungkook knew he couldn’t live without you, didn’t want to. 

Your relationship had been perfect at first, something out of a fairytale. You spent a lot of time together, went on dates, spent the night, and tried his hobbies which involved rock climbing, kayaking, and bungee jumping. He tried yours, cooking, baking, painting, candle making. However, as your relationship wore on, Jungkook spent more and more time at work at his company. Business trips overseas, meetings late into the night, days off spent sleeping or moody. 

You understood at first. You were supportive and gave him space when he needed it but soon came the canceled dates, the forgotten anniversaries, and the forgotten birthdays. 

“I’m tired of coming second all the time, Jungkook,” you told him one day in his office after another canceled dinner. 

“I have to work, babe. I can’t put it off for dinner,” he said as he sat at his desk, barely looking up from his laptop. 

“It wasn’t always like this, Kook. You used to make an effort to come home,” you frowned as you placed your hands on your hips. 

“You know I would of I could,” Jungkook huffs as he rubs his face with his hands. He had a knot in his shoulders from the stress and a headache was building rapidly. He didn’t have time for this argument. The longer you interrupted him the longer it would take for him to finish and go home to your shared apartment. 

“Kookie,” you sigh, defeated. “I’m tired of waiting for you.”

“Nobody asked you to!” He exclaims as he shuts his laptop. 

His words shattered your heart and a knot formed in your throat. You held back tears, simply nodding. 

“Don’t worry, I’m done waiting on you.”

You had walked out of his office without another word. You headed straight to your shared apartment to pack up your belongings and crash on Jimin’s couch. 

Jungkook had gone home late that night exhausted from his day at work. He had been put off by the complete silence. The lights were all off which was unusual since you were scared of the dark. You always had one light on, whether it was the living room lamp or the light over the stove. 

Jungkook called out for you but got no response as he made his way to the bedroom. 

The silence was eerie, just like the darkness. When he flicked the light switch, his eyes widened and his heart sank in his chest. 

Drawers were open and emptied. Your half of the closet had nothing but empty clothes hangers. 

Jungkook shook his head, this couldn’t be happening. 

He rushed to the bathroom to see your makeup, face products, and toiletries were gone. He heaved, resisting the urge to puke as cold sweat beaded on his forehead. 

Jungkook went to the kitchen, opening cabinets to see if your favorite mug was gone. There wasn’t an item left that belonged to you in the apartment. 

You truly had grown tired of waiting for him. 

Jungkook fell to his knees on the cold kitchen floor. His heart felt like it was cracking into tiny pieces. He had lost you. He was sure of it. 

You were gone.

“Hello?” Seokjin waves his hand in front of your face when his question goes unanswered.

You apologize before he repeats his question. “What more is there to it?”

Seokjin had a point. What was keeping you from making amends? Jungkook was here, you’d forgiven him, and secretly his mother had called you throughout the six months to check on you but also fill you in on Jungkook’s change. No longer was he missing dinner, he was at her home promptly at six every evening. He had his days off, and spent more time with her, which she loved but she missed the shine in her son’s eyes, the little sparkle he got when he was with you.

Fear wasn’t a good enough reason to stay away, not anymore. 

“You’re right,” you give in with a small smile. 

“I always am,” Seokjin chuckles as he reaches into his suit pocket and hands you a card. “Here, call me when you need a singer for your wedding. I’ll give you ten percent off.”

You laugh, shaking your head. “Thanks, Seokjin.”

Seokjin shakes his head. “Think nothing of it. Now go, get your man back.”

“You only want us together so we’ll book you,” you laugh as his cheeks turn pink. 

“Hey, I gotta make a living somehow,” he winks at you to make you laugh. “Now quit stalling and go!”

“All right! All right! I’m going!” You laugh as you hug him goodbye, promising to update him before the cruise is over. Seokjin waves as you go, hopeful that you and Jungkook will make amends. 

Seokjin orders a shot, raising it in your honor before downing it. 

Perhaps his next endeavor would lead him to matchmaking. 

You’re filled with nerves by the time you reach your cabin. You use your bracelet to let yourself into the room, hoping the butterflies in your stomach will settle. 

However, your nerves are for naught as you spot Jungkook asleep in your bed. 

Disappointed, you head to the bathroom to change and wash your face. 

Jungkook opens his eyes once he hears the bathroom door shut. He looks at the time and notes you’ve been gone a little over an hour. 

He hopes you and Seokjin will be happy together. 

The next morning you’re up bright and early. You roll over expecting to see Jungkook, but instead, you find his spot empty and the sheets cold. 

Frowning, you get out of bed to get ready for the day. 

You were hoping to talk to him before reaching the next port. 

“Good morning!” Jimin sings as he enters your bedroom after knocking incessantly while you get dressed. 

“Morning,” you mumble as you grab your purse and sunglasses. Another sundress covers your body, this one purple with white flowers. Your bathing suit hides beneath the cool fabric, riding up a bit as you bend down to fix the strap on your sandal. 

“What’s got your panties in a twist?” Jimin raised a brow at your response. “I thought you and Seokjin hit it off last night. At least it looked that way when we were heading to bed.”

“Nothing happened,” you roll your eyes at Jimin’s nosiness. “We talked about Jungkook.”

“Ew, talking about an ex on the first date is such a downer,” Jimin comments as he follows you out of the cabin and into the hallway. 

“It wasn’t a date,” you insist as you face forward. “Have you seen Jungkook? He wasn’t in bed this morning.”

“He’s probably at breakfast with Yoongi. I sent him ahead to get us a table,” Jimin explains. 

“Oh,” you say dejected. “So you haven’t seen Kookie?”

“Kookie?” Jimin’s eyes widen in surprise. “You’re calling him Kookie again? He’s not a dick anymore?” 

“Jimin,” you huff. “Have you seen Jungkook or not?”

Jimin shakes his head. “Not since last night.”

You frown. You wanted to speak with him sooner rather than later. Tonight was one of the last nights on board, and if he was nowhere to be found you’re not sure if you’d have the courage to reach out to him once you went back home. 

“Let’s have breakfast and go about our day. I’m sure he’ll show up at some point.” 

“What if he doesn’t?” You bite your lip nervously. 

Jimin scoffs. “Please, this is the man who somehow found you in the captain’s private dining room. He’ll find you.”

You giggle as you take Jimin’s arm in yours, feeling much lighter as you head to the dining area.

“Yeah, you’re right.”

“Aren’t I always,” Jimin states cheekily.

However, Jungkook isn’t at breakfast and he’s nowhere to be seen when you get off the ship at the next port.

“Don’t worry about him, babe,” Jimin links his left arm with your right. “He’ll show up.”

“I hope you’re right,” you sigh. “I need to talk to him.”

Yoongi shrugs. “Don’t let him ruin your day. We’ve got a whole day at the beach.”

You smile as you go with the couple to check out the market on the way to the beach. You fill your bag with souvenirs for your family and friends. Jimin buys you snacks, trying them all on the way to the beach.

“This weather is so nice,” you sigh happily as you rest on your lounger under a large blue umbrella Yoongi had set up for the four of you, despite Jungkook being nowhere to be found.

“I’ll go get us some drinks,” Yoongi volunteers as Jimin mentions wanting a blue drink with an umbrella that the person a few feet away from you was sipping on.

“Get me one too!” you call after him as he raises his hand over his shoulder to assure you he heard your request.

The sand is hot on Yoongi’s feet as he reaches the bar. There’s a crowd at one end of the bar, cheering as some shirtless dude rips open a watermelon with his bare hands. Yoongi rolls his eyes as he orders your drinks and a bottle of water for himself.

“JK! JK! JK!” The crowd cheers. Yoongi whips his head to the crowd, spotting Jungkook’s tattooed arm dripping with watermelon juice. He pours the juice into a few shot glasses, while the bartender adds vodka.

“Cheers!” Jungkook grabs a shot as do a few of his fans.

“Thanks!” Yoongi pays for the drinks, sliding the cold water bottle into the pocket of his swim trunks. He barrels through Jungkook’s onlookers, earning a few angry looks as he grabs Jungkook’s shoulder.

“Hey! No touchy!” Jungkook exclaims before he realizes it’s Yoongi grabbing his shoulder.

“Oh! Yoongi! What’s up?”

“You know your girl’s been looking for you all morning?” Yoongi raises a brow as he tugs Jungkook away from the bar, ignoring the onlookers’ protests.

“She’s Seokjin’s girl now,” Jungkook shrugs.

“You’re an idiot! You know that?”

“I do,” Jungkook agrees easily and Yoongi hands him his water. 

“Drink this and come join us. I’m proposing to Jimin tonight and I don’t need you ruining this for us.”

Jungkook’s eyes widen. “Oh shit! You’re proposing! Congrats! Does he know?!”

Yoongi’s forehead vein twitches. “I haven’t done it yet.”

Jungkook nods, smiling. “You should.”

“I’m gonna.”

“Good,” Jungkook grins. “You should.”

“I’m gonna,” Yoongi rolls his eyes at the younger man.

“You should.” Jungkook bobs his head.

“I’m gonna,” Yoongi insists before carding a hand through his long black hair. “Will you shut up?! Let’s go!”

Jungkook chugs the bottle of water before following Yoongi to where you and Jimin chat under the large umbrella.

“Hey stranger,” Jimin greets Jungkook as Yoongi hands you and Jimin your drinks. 

“Hey,” Jungkook waves weakly as he takes a seat on the end of Jimin’s chair. Jimin eyes Yoongi, silently asking him what gives. Yoongi answers with a shrug.

“Okay…” Jimin grins. “Glad we’re all here.”

You nod as you sip your blue drink, not knowing what to say or do. Yoongi sits on your chair, stretching out. You poke his chest, and he pouts.

“Be good,” he swats at your hand, making you laugh as you and Jimin talk about the drink. Jungkook remains silent as he watches the ocean, wondering what he can do to make things between you less awkward.

Hours pass, and soon it’s almost sunset.

“It’s right over here,” Yoongi says as he leads Jimin by the hand to a place further down the beach.

“Hello!” A bright voice greets the four of you along with three giant horses.

“Horseback riding?” Jimin squeals in delight. He kisses Yoongi on the cheek. 

“I’m Hoseok,” the man introduces himself. “I’ll be giving you a tour.”

You all introduce yourselves.

Hoseok has Jimin and Yoongi meet their horse, becoming familiar with the steed before helping them onto Pepper, a beautiful black stallion.

“All right you two, you’re on Sugar,” Hoseok states as he hands you and Jungkook sugar cubes for the horse. “She’s the sweetest I own. Be good to her and she’ll be good to you.”

Hoseok helps you onto the horse, his hands gently guiding you forward so he can get Jungkook on behind you. 

“Place your hands around her waist and place them here,” Hoseok instructs before telling you where to place yours.

“Aren’t you a good girl?” Hoseok coos, and you giggle.

Hoseok pets Sugar, but winks at you before he gets on his horse, a beautiful sandy brown mare named Cinnamon.

Unknowingly, Hoseok is leading you to the spot Yoongi will propose. However, he takes the long way around, showing you as much of his beautiful city as possible.

Hoseok hangs beside you and Jungkook. He’s very outgoing, filling any awkward pauses with jokes, and information you’re eager to hear. 

“Why don’t you two hang back a bit?” Hoseok raises a brow, winking at you once more before he goes to Yoongi and Jimin. Sugar comes to a stop, and Jungkook jolts forward, his chest hitting your back.

“Sorry,” he apologizes as he grips your waist tighter to keep himself on the horse. 

“What’s going on?” you ask as you watch Hoseok lead Yoongi and Jimin further up before he hands Jimin a blindfold. Hoseok calls for Sugar, and she goes willingly.

“Whoa!” you hold tight to the horse and Jungkook, scared you’ll fall off and get a mouthful of sand in the process.

Soon, lights appear in the sand in the shape of a heart. Rose petals are spread perfectly throughout, spelling out the words, Will you marry me?

“Oh my god,” you whisper, tears immediately filling your eyes. 

“What’s going on?” Jimin asks as Hoseok helps him off the horse once Yoongi gets into position. A photographer and videographer stand nearby, waiting as Hoseok leads Jimin to Yoongi. Hoseok then comes for you and Jungkook, helping you off the horse before leading you to the side.

“You may remove your blindfold,” Hoseok instructs as he grabs the three horses' reins to get them out of the photos.

Jimin is confused but does as he’s told. His heart is racing in his chest, his hands have grown sweaty from nerves, and butterflies swirl in his tummy.

A gasp escapes him as the silk blindfold flutters to the sand. His hands cover his mouth as he looks at Yoongi kneeling in front of him with a black velvet box containing a perfect amethyst ring.

“Will you marry me?” Yoongi asks with hope in his eyes. 

Jimin nods, “Yes. Yes!”

You grab Jungkook, shaking him in your excitement as your two best friends kiss. Yoongi places the ring on Jimin’s finger, and you allow them to have their moment, waiting for the happy couple to turn to you and wave you over.

You wrap your arms around them both, squeezing them until they tell you they can’t breathe. You release them, admiring Jimin’s ring, giggling in your excitement as you begin talking about wedding plans.

“Congratulations,” Jungkook tells Yoongi as he watches you and Jimin bounce ideas off each other as Hoseok approaches with the horses.

“Thanks,” Yoongi smiles brightly, love in his eyes when he looks at Jimin.

“We should get going before the ship leaves without us,” Jimin turns to face the two, urging them onto the horses. Hoseok helps you back onto Sugar, his hand lingering on your waist as you settle. You laugh at something he says, gently swatting him as he laughs before he goes to help Jimin and Yoongi.

Jungkook gets on Sugar without any help, his hands gripping your waist as Hoseok gets on Cinnamon and leads the four of you back to his office.

Jimin and Yoongi are all smiles at dinner. Champagne glasses in your hands as you toast their engagement before they go off on their own.

“I’m so happy for them,” you grin as you watch your best friends leave. 

Jungkook nods in agreement. 

“What should we do now?” 

“Want to check out the party on deck?” You ask as you see fireworks going off in the distance. Jungkook nods as he follows you out onto the deck.

The two of you haven’t had a chance to have a serious conversation due to all the excitement but now with Jimin and Yoongi gone, you were unsure how to approach the subject.

More fireworks go off as you find a spot for the two of you to watch the rest of the show, amazed by the beautiful colors and patterns of the fireworks.

Jungkook smiles as the last few go off before the passengers clap and disperse.

“Should we head back to the room?” you ask Jungkook as a chill runs down your spine, your hands rubbing your arms.

Jungkook nods. He takes his jacket off to drape over your shoulders as he follows you back into the ship, going down the halls until you reach your cabin.

“I’m gonna take a shower,” you inform him as you set his jacket on the bed before going to the bathroom with your pajamas in tow. Jungkook nods, as he hangs his jacket in the small closet. 

He cards a hand through his hair before he heads out to the balcony to watch the waves. Something about the endless ocean at night made him uneasy but he couldn’t stand the tightness he felt in his chest being in such a small room feeling somewhat awkward.

“Bathroom’s free!” You call twenty minutes later as you climb into bed before Jungkook can see you wearing one of his old t-shirts to bed. You had packed it with the thought that he wouldn’t be joining you on this cruise and now you were stuck hiding under the sheets.

“Thanks!” He responds before he heads into the shower. You scroll on your phone absentmindedly, humming until he comes out. He’s shirtless as he does his nighttime skincare routine, singing a song softly to himself.

You stare at his perfect abdomen, wishing you could run your hands over his broad shoulders and tapered waist. Your lips ache to kiss every mole and scar on his body, to taste him once more. 

“Jungkook, can we talk?” You ask as you muster all the courage you can. 

Jungkook's eyes widen in surprise, his toothbrush hanging from his mouth.

He nods as he rushes to the bathroom sink to spit out the toothpaste. 

You wait patiently for him to finish before he sits on the edge of the bed. 

Jungkook waits apprehensively for you to speak as you play with the sheets. 

“I’ve been talking to your mom these past few months,” you say, avoiding his gaze. 

“My mom?” Jungkook is surprised at the revelation. “Why?”

You shrug. “I didn’t break up with her.”

You’ve got him there. 

“She says you’ve changed a lot these past six months,” you continue as you finally meet his gaze. “That you’re different now.”

“I am,” Jungkook nods eagerly. “I swear.”

“I want to believe you,” you respond honestly as you focus on the sheets, tugging them to peaks. “I’m just scared of getting hurt again.”

“I know,” Jungkook sighs heavily. “I’ve been kicking myself for how I treated you back then. I was an idiot. I said things I didn’t mean. I missed so many events and dinners. I’m truly sorry.”

“I still love you, Jungkook. I never stopped,” you admit sheepishly as you feel heat rush to your cheeks. 

Jungkook moves closer, his hand gently cupping your face. He waits patiently until you meet his gaze. 

“I never stopped loving you, baby. I want to be the man you deserve. I want to be everything I wasn’t. You are my priority. I’m sorry it took me losing you to figure it out,” Jungkook gently caresses your cheek. Tears well in your eyes as you try to blink them away. 

When one rolls down your cheek, Jungkook tenderly wipes it away with his thumb. 

“I never meant to hurt you, love. And I swear that I never will,” Jungkook promises as he hooks his pinkie with yours. You smile through your tears, wrapping your arms around him to hold him close. 

Jungkook rubs your back softly, holding you tight, afraid to let you go. He can feel your tears land on his shoulder as he holds you, whispering assurances and sweet nothings until you’re sniffling instead of crying. 

When you let go, you wipe your eyes and smile at him sheepishly. 

Jungkook holds your hands in his, kissing each of them before pressing his lips to yours. His forehead rests on yours, and your gaze meets his hopeful one. 

“You are my everything,” Jungkook whispers. “Today, tomorrow, and for the rest of my life. I love you.”

“One last kiss before we head out,”  Jungkook pouts as he stands in front of the door to your cabin, his back pressed to it. 

You roll your eyes playfully, but lean in close to kiss him. Jungkook’s large hands grip your waist, tugging you closer as he deepens the kiss, making you moan when he sucks on your bottom lip. 

“Fuck,” you curse when you take a breath. Jungkook smirks, his hand moving higher on your back. 

“We could say we’re sick,” Jungkook wiggles his eyebrows suggestively at you.  

“Please,” you scoff. “You know Jimin would break the door down if he thought I was sick.”

Jungkook pouts, “But we just got together. I want to make up for lost time.”

You run your hands over the smooth planes of his chest. You have lunch plans with Jimin and Yoongi, some wedding planning, and more celebrating you’re sure. It’s why you’ve decided not to announce your relationship to the happy couple just yet. 

Your plans for the day are very relaxed for your last night on board, until the farewell party this evening. Seokjin will be performing at dinner once again, and then the passengers will get to have one last big hurrah before going home in the morning. You were apprehensive about going home, would Jungkook keep his promise? Could you put yourself through a second breakup if things didn’t work out?*

Should you just come clean to your two best friends and ask for their advice?

“We can do all that tonight,” You assure Jungkook as you kiss the corner of his mouth and reach for the doorknob behind him. 

Jungkook smiles, nodding as he steps aside to let you by. 

“I was about to go banging on your door!” Jimin huffs as you and Jungkook sit at the table with Jimin and Yoongi. 

“So dramatic,” you mutter as you stab a cube of watermelon from Jimin’s plate. 

Yoongi looks at Jungkook with a frown. “I see you’re still here.”

“Where else am I supposed to go?” Jungkook asks with a raised brow as he reaches for a roll.

“Kinda hoped our girl here would have pushed you over the balcony by now,” Yoongi huffs, a disappointed look on his face as he turns to you. “I guess there’s always tonight.”

“Yoongi,” you roll your eyes. “Be nice. This is a happy time for the two of you. We should celebrate!”

“We have been,” Jimin giggles, ignoring Yoongi’s rosy cheeks. 

“Did you bring your wedding binder?” You ask Jimin as you sip your mimosa. Jimin shakes his head but hands you his phone where he keeps a digital copy just in case. 

“Of course, you’ll have to be my maid of honor!” Jimin exclaims as he shows you his ideas for themes and colors. 

“Duh,” you grin as you scroll onto the next page on his phone. The two of you are lost in wedding planning mode but Yoongi is watching you.

Something about you seemed different and he can’t quite put his finger on it. 

Jungkook eats his lunch quietly listening to you and Jimin chatter about the wedding. He keeps one hand in his lap as he tries not to look over at you too much. It’s harder than he thought pretending you weren’t back together. He wanted to hold your hand, to lean his head on your shoulder, or to even hold a conversation with you but he knew it would be too risky. 

If it were up to him, he’d announce it to the whole ship, so that they knew you were his once again. 

However, instead, he eats his lunch and keeps to himself. 

Yoongi can’t shake the feeling. As lunch ends and the four of you head to the pool, Yoongi keeps his watchful eye on you. 

He notes the way you laugh at Jungkook’s jokes, how you seem to lean into him more as the day goes by, sharing snacks and drinks when you would have poured them on Jungkook at the start of the cruise. 

Jungkook’s longing stares are almost nonexistent. He seems to have regained the sparkle in his eye as he laughs with you and Jimin. His nose is scrunched, and his eyes are closed into pretty little half-moons. 

“Something’s off,” Yoongi whispers to himself before the four of you split to get ready for the last evening on board. 

Music played softly in the background as dinner was served to the passengers. Everyone wore their best gowns and suits. Diamonds, pearls, rubies, and all other colorful gems were in abundance on passenger’s necks and ears. 

The candlelit room gave a softer, more romantic feel to the evening as you awaited your waiter to get to your table. 

“I’m so sad it’s our last night,” Jimin pouts as he places his hand over his fiancé’s. 

“I know,” you frown. “I wish we had more time on board.”

“You can always honeymoon on a cruise,” Jungkook suggests as he reaches for his glass of water, trying to ignore Yoongi’s intense gaze. 

“Ooh, what a marvelous idea!” Jimin chirps as he claps. He turns to Yoongi with a smile, “What do you think, babe?”

Yoongi blinks once. “You’re fucking him.”

Jimin’s eyes widen as Jungkook chokes on his water. 

“What?!” Jimin is scandalized, protests sitting heavy on his tongue. He was most definitely not fucking Jungkook or anyone else for that matter. 

Yoongi looks pointedly at you, “I’m right, aren’t I?”

“Of course not!” You hiss, shaking your head as Jungkook coughs repeatedly. You pat his back gently, asking if he needs anything as his face turns red. 

“There’s something up with you two,” Yoongi states as he stares into your soul. He quirks his head to the side as he notes the way you gently rub Jungkook’s back, offering him your glass of water and checking on him again. 

“You’re back together!” Jimin exclaims as he looks at Yoongi, who is frowning now. 

“Ew, I wish you two were just fucking again,” he spits. 

“Oh, you love me,” Jungkook laughs but doesn’t deny Jimin’s allegation.

“Can we not do this right now?” You ask as you smile at the waiter approaching the table. 

Surprisingly, Yoongi and Jimin remain quiet as your dinner is set on the table. 

Jungkook stuffs his mouth with food, nearly choking so he can avoid speaking. 

Once the waiter leaves, Jimin smirks. “So, are you two back together?”

Jungkook chews noisily beside you, looking at nearby tables instead of Jimin. 

“Technically,” you answer, giggling when Jungkook pokes your side. 

“Kookie!”

“Oh, no! They’re going to be insufferable again!” Yoongi whines as he pouts. 

“I know,” Jungkook chirps. “Isn’t it wonderful?” 

Yoongi groans, but despite his outward displeasure of your revelation, inside he’s delighted to have you happy once again. 

Though he will tear Jungkook a new one if he breaks your heart again. Jimin and you won’t be able to hold him back again…

“I’m so exhausted,” you groan as you kick your heels off in your cabin. 

Jungkook is fresh out of the shower, drying his hair with a towel on his way to the bed as you unzip your dress before scurrying into the steamy bathroom with Jimin’s gift tucked behind your back. 

Jimin had insisted you walk him to his cabin despite his confused fiancé being at his side. 

“Go away, Jungkook! I’ll walk her back,” Jimin had pushed Jungkook towards your shared room, insisting he needed to talk to you. 

“What is it, Jimin?” You ask as you follow him into his room. Jimin waves you off as he lugs his suitcase in front of you.

He searches through his clothing and some of yours that he’s packed for you. He pushed everything out of the way until he finally came out with a pretty bubblegum pink gift bag. 

“What is it?” You ask with wide eyes as he hands it to you. 

“You’re welcome!” Jimin grins as he stuffs everything back into his suitcase. 

“Jimin!” You're scandalized as you see the tiny pieces of black fabric he expects you to wear for Jungkook tonight. 

Jimin shrugs. “I had hoped you’d meet some hottie on the ship and bang his brains out. The fact that it’s Jungkook works for me.”

You turn to Yoongi who shakes his head, chuckling. “Leave me out of this.”

“Go,” Jimin pushes you gently towards the door. “Fuck his brains out. Get an orgasm or six, was that the record?” 

Jimin looks over at Yoongi who holds up seven fingers. 

“Ooh, seven like that song we like. Fuck him to that,” Jimin snickers as he leads you out of his cabin and walks you to yours. 

“What if it’s too soon?” You whisper as you reach your door. 

“Only do what feels right. Whether it’s on the cruise or later on,” Jimin says. “The gift is yours regardless.”

You unlock your bedroom door, leaning against it. You hug Jimin tightly, kissing his cheek.

“Thanks, Jimin. I appreciate everything you’ve done for me,” you squeeze him once more. 

When you part, you spot Yoongi waiting for Jimin in the hall, you blow him a kiss and step into your cabin.

“Thank you, Jimin,” you whisper as you look at yourself in the mirror. You admire the way the ruffles are soft on your skin, the lace not itchy like some sets you’ve worn before. You’re thankful Jimin cut the tags off because you don’t even want to imagine how much your best friend spent on something to get you laid.

You smile, tugging on Jungkook’s shirt that you stole from his suitcase while he showered before dinner and hid in the bathroom for this moment. 

It felt surreal to be back together, and you swore you’d take things slow this time around but tonight had been so lovely. From dinner with your favorite people in the world to dancing the night away under the stars. 

Jungkook was just as he was, and you hoped he kept true to his word. You love him so much, sometimes it feels overwhelming but you’re sure he’s your person and you are his. 

Your love knows no bounds, and being back together makes your heart sing. 

“You can do this,” you tell yourself, trying to hype yourself up but it feels like the first time all over again. You had been nervous that night, spilled wine on his pants, and bonked his head with yours when you both reached for a napkin to dab at the wine. 

Jungkook ended up wearing some of your Kuromi pajama pants while his pants were in the wash. Who knew he’d look so good in them? 

Jungkook is in bed when you finally open the bathroom door. He’s shirtless, scrolling on his phone until he hears the door.

“Oh,” his doe eyes widen when he spots you in his t-shirt. You climb into bed beside him as he sets his phone on the nightstand.

“Hi,” you whisper shyly.

“Hi,” Jungkook giggles in response as you get under the covers with him. He lies on his side so he can face you, his hand rests on your hip while the other gets tucked under his pillow.

Silence envelopes the two of you, shy smiles on your lips. Your heart beats in tune with his as he pulls you closer. Your forehead rests on his, your noses brushed, and Jungkook breathed you in. 

It only takes a moment or two before his lips meet yours, kissing you softly. Slowly, your lips move with his feeling the slight pressure from his lip rings. 

You moan, gripping his bare shoulders as he tugs you over him, making you straddle his tiny waist. 

“I’ve missed you,” he breathes in between kisses and light touches. “So much.”

“Jungkook,” you whisper, afraid that speaking too loudly will pop this bubble of comfort. 

Jungkook hushes you with a finger to your lips, shaking his head befo he moves his hand to the back of your head to pull you towards him. Fiery lips meet yours as desire pools in your abdomen. 

“Fuck,” he curses gripping you tightly, afraid to let you go lest he lose you again. He’s not sure he could survive it one more time. 

“I’ve missed you. I love you. I need you.” Jungkook states as he kisses his way down your jaw towards your neck. Your fingers thread in his thick black hair, tugging as he nips at your neck. 

“I missed you,” you confess in a heady tone as he tugs the collar of the shirt to the side. He’s eager to kiss any bit of you within reach, wanting to familiarize himself with your body once more and hopefully hear those dulcet sounds he loves so much. 

Just hearing you moan his name might be enough to send him into the stars, dispersing among the sky. 

“I love you,” you admit. Jungkook pauses, his gaze locked on yours as his heart flits in his chest, a sweet grin on his lips. You kiss him. You kiss the mole on beneath his lip, the mole on his nose, the scar on his cheek, and the mole on his neck; your favorite. 

Perhaps later you’ll kiss the scar on his shoulder, the one on his ribs, and any new ones acquired in your time apart. You’ll familiarize yourself with his body once again, and become one just like you were always meant to. 

Jungkook’s hand cups your face, moaning your name as his hands grip the shirt you’re wearing. “Let’s get you out of this, love.”

You nod, raising your arms to aid him. 

“Wow!” Jungkook exclaims, admiring the lace that barely covers your body. He tongues his lip rings, his eyes dark and hooded as you grab his hands to place on your hips. 

“Don’t just stare, baby.” 

Jungkook nods, smiling as he pecks your lips before you guide his hands to your breasts. 

His fingers toy with the string tying the two cups together, knowing he could easily get this undone. 

Without a second thought, Jungkook easily flips the two of you over. You giggle when your head meets the pillows, your body caged between Jungkook’s broad shoulders and deliciously thick arms. You run your hands over his bicep, clenching around nothing when he flexes for you. 

The list of things you’d love to do to him is endless but right now all you can focus on is him and the needy whimper that escapes him when his cock rubs against your cunt. 

“I don’t want to rush,” Jungkook admits but a roll of your hips has him seeing stars. 

Your hand laces with his, your thumb gently stroking his skin. “We can go slow, babe.”

Jungkook nods as he kisses you again, his hand cupping your cheek as your legs wind around his hips to pull him closer. Your name escapes him in a groan, the sound shooting straight to your cunt. Your eyes flutter shut as you curse, kissing him hungrily as your nails drag down his back. Jungkook kisses you feverishly, his tongue meeting yours, sucking it into his mouth. He pulls back, nipping your lip before he kisses his way down your body until he settles between your tits. 

“I’ve missed these fucking tits,” Jungkook grunts as you tug his hair.

“Kook!”

He smirks, “Soon, baby. Be patient.”

“It’s been six months,” you whine as you tug his hair again, earning a tiny bite on your wrist. 

“I know,” he responds, kissing your sternum. “But we have all night and I want these in my mouth.” 

Jungkook grabs the black string between his teeth and tugs until the bow comes undone. Your breasts are exposed as the thin lace material goes in opposite directions. 

It feels like heaven when his lips meet your heated skin. His soft lips draw out the sweetest moans from your parted lips with each kiss pressed to your skin. 

“So beautiful,” Jungkook whispers as his eyes meet yours for a brief moment. He grins when you whine his name, begging him to keep going. 

Jungkook aims to please as he takes a hard nipple into his mouth. He swirls his tongue around it slowly, gently tugging on it to make you groan before he sucks it into his mouth. 

His hand grips your other breast, rolling your nipple between his fingertips before he switches. 

Your nails scratch at his scalp, gripping his hair to hold him closer to your tit. He sucks until your legs clamp around him, your hips writhing as you grind against him. 

You’re soaking wet, dripping through your lingerie and soaking his sweatpants. 

“Stop teasing me,” you plead as you arch into him, head lolled back as your hair splays on the pillow. 

Chuckling, Jungkook releases you before he licks and sucks his way down your body until he’s gripping your hips with his hands. He tugs you onto his lap.

“I love you so much, baby,” Jungkook says as runs his hand over your mound. He pressed his index finger to your pussy, teasing you for a moment before he undoes the bows on your hips. 

You lay bare underneath him. He’s transfixed by your arousal slick on your thighs, and he licks his lips. Fuck, he’s missed you so much. 

“I love you, Koo,” you respond as he grips each of your thighs in his hands. He lies flat on his stomach as he drags you closer, draping your legs over his shoulders. 

His tongue is flat as he licks a stripe on your folds. His tight hold on your thighs makes you moan as he teases your clit with his tongue. 

A sigh escapes you as you stare at the ceiling, thighs trembling as Jungkook buries himself in the apex of your legs. Your hand reaches for his, fingers laced as he continues to feast on you. The sounds that escape the two of you are lewd, and if you weren’t so focused on the pleasure you’d be embarrassed by how loud you were being. 

“That’s it, baby. Pull my fucking hair,” Jungkook encourages as you do as he’s asked. You squeeze his head between your thighs as his experienced tongue makes you cry out his name, covering your mouth with your hand to muffle your pleasurable cries. 

“Don’t,” Jungkook huffs as he licks his lips. His dark gaze makes you clench around nothing as you focus on him. His lips and nose shine with your arousal, his hair is in disarray from all your tugging and pulling, and his eyes darken further as he moves your hand off your mouth. “I want to hear how good I make you feel. I want all your moans. I want everything.”

You nod, cursing as he slides two fingers into you and you arch, moaning when his thumb rubs your clit in circles. Jungkook kisses your thighs, his lips joining his fingers soon after. 

Heat races through your veins as Jungkook curls your fingers, watching you intently as you begin to unravel. Your breathing has changed, your moans have risen in octave, and you dig your nails into his shoulder as your orgasm hits, and your back arches off the bed as a loud moan of his name fills the room. 

Jungkook rubs himself on the mattress, your moans going straight to his cock as his chest fills with pride. 

“Kookie,” you whine when the last tremors of your orgasm leave you feeling overstimulated.

Giggling, Jungkook kisses your clit before sitting up between your legs. His hands move up and down your thighs, settling on your hips. 

“It’s been so long,” he admits in a soft tone. “Way too long.”

You sit up, cupping his face in your hands. Your noses brush as you look him in the eyes. 

“Let’s make up for lost time.”

Nodding, Jungkook kisses you gently, falling deeper in love, if that were possible. With each kiss, he promises to be a better man for you, to be the one you deserve. 

“Lie down for me, baby,” you instruct as you get on your knees to allow your “beefcake” of a boyfriend to take your spot. Perhaps you should have laid down a towel before ensuing your activities but it was too late now. 

With Jungkook beneath you, your hands are free to roam where they please. You straddle him, your bare cunt on his erection with only the sweatpants keeping you from feeling him. Soon, you promise yourself. Soon.

A kiss here, a kiss there. You kiss each of his moles, licking and sucking his skin beside his neck mole to leave a pretty little mark. Perhaps you’d be more cautious, knowing he’d have work soon but you don’t care in the moment. You’d cover him in love bites from head to toe if you could. 

Your finger traces the scar on his shoulder, and Jungkook watches you with bated breath. When you kiss it, he gives a quick anecdote of how it happened before you move across his chest to the scar on his ribs. You trace it as Jungkook fills you in on what occurred. 

Your hands run over his chest, feeling the strong muscles beneath. Jungkook’s always had a wonderful body. Such a beautiful man, inside and out. Everything about him makes you fall for him even more. 

Your lips trail kisses down his taut abdomen, leaving hickeys on his hips, near his navel, and below his scar. 

Teasingly, you stroke his hard cock over his sweatpants. He moans your name, begging you not to tease him. You giggle, kissing his cock over the sweatpants before slowly tugging them down his thighs. 

You help him take them off before wrapping your hand around him, but your fingers still don’t meet. You smile as you stroke him, his soft whimpers making you wet. 

“So pretty like this,” you coo, and Jungkook gasps when you spit on his cock. 

“Please, baby,” he pleads as you lower your mouth, kissing the underside of his dick. 

“You can beg better than that, can’t you?” You smirk.

Jungkook nods hastily, begging for you to touch him and stop teasing him. You reward him by wrapping your lips around his cock, your tongue swirling around the leaking head. 

“Fuck,” Jungkook groans as you slowly bob up and down his length. His hand finds its way into your hair, gently gripping it to steady himself. 

You start slow, ignoring the ache in your knees as you slurp and tongue at his slit. His moans flow prettily from his pretty pink lips as you take more of him in your mouth. You do your best to take all of him but you gag, spluttering around him as you focus on breathing through your nose. 

“Don’t push yourself too hard,” Jungkook breathes as his eyes roll back when he hits the your throat and you choke on him before pulling off. A bridge of saliva connects your lips to his cock as your eyes water before you take him back in. 

You spit on him, using your hand to stroke him while taking his balls in your mouth. Jungkook curses, eyes squeezed shut as the knot in his stomach tightened. Fuck, if he didn’t know any better, he’d be sure you were torturing him to get back at him. 

But you want to please him, you’ve missed having him just like this. 

His whimpers encourage you as you release him, kissing the head of his cock once more before you bob up and down his length.

It’s Jungkook who stops you with a tug of your hair, wiping the tear that rubs down your cheek. 

“I’ll cum down your throat if you keep going, my love,” he chuckles as you release him petulantly.

“But I want more,” you pout as Jungkook kisses you, his hand on the back of your head as yours winds around his neck. 

“So greedy,” he chuckles before kissing your nose. “Don’t worry, I am too.”

“How do you want me, Koo?” You ask bashfully as you sit back on your knees, ready to get into any position he desires. 

“Lay down for me, baby. I want to look at you while we make love again,” Jungkook helps you lie down beneath him. 

His fingers lace with yours when you settle under him. Your heart races in your chest as he kisses you gently.. 

You spread your legs further for him, wrapping them around his waist to pull him closer. Jungkook lines his cock at your entrance, moaning when he slides home.

“Fuck,” he grunts as you curse against his lips. “Fuck, love.”

“I know,” you sigh as you take all of him, the stretch delectable as you remember. Your eyes roll to the back of your head as you free your hand from his to grip his forearm. “Fuck, Kook.”

Jungkook tongues his lip piercings as he watches pleasure overcome you. He gives you a moment to adjust to his length. Your nails dig into his arm for a moment before your lustful gaze meets his.

“More,” you plead in a whisper as Jungkook pushes a little deeper, bottoming out when you feel like he’ll reach your throat.

Fire blooms in your belly, desire swirling deep inside you as you kiss Jungkook.

Jungkook pulls out nearly all the way before sliding back into you. Your back arches as he sets a pace that makes you moan incoherently. He kisses you, all teeth and tongues, and dulcet moans.

His lips trail kisses to your neck, sucking and biting, leaving marks behind as he moves his greedy lips to your breasts.

Jungkook’s broad frame cages you beneath him, his hips meeting yours as the lewd sounds of your lovemaking fill the room. 

“Jungkook!” you cry out as you drag your nails down his perfect back. 

“Baby,” he moans, slamming into you again and again, enthralled by the way your tits jiggle with each of his thrusts. You tighten around him, biting back a guttural moan as fire courses through your veins.

“So fucking wet for me,” Jungkook praises. His hand moves between your bodies to rub your clit while his lips find your tits. 

“Love you. I love you,” you gasp as he grabs your hips, squeezing as he pulls you onto his cock.

“I love you,” he responds, groaning when your thighs quiver at his sides. You whimper, eyes fluttering shut as his name rolls off your tongue in a heady tone that makes his head spin. 

“Jungkook, fuck,” you can’t think straight, too overwhelmed with pleasure to warn him of your approaching orgasm, but this is Jungkook, he knows you better than you know yourself.

“I know, baby. I’ve got you,” he assures you as your hips meet his, and his lips meet yours in a messy kiss that swallows your moans as you hit your high. Your body tightens for a moment, your cunt milking Jungkook as he moans your name into your neck.

“Fuck, fuck, fuck!” he whines as he fucks you through your orgasm and then through his. Sweat beads on your forehead and his. His black hair sticks to his face as he rocks his hips, sure he’s fucked you full of his seed before he pulls out and lays at your side.

Silence envelopes you two for a moment before you’re giggling with each other.

“Fuck, that was amazing,” you grin foolishly as you roll onto your side to face Jungkook, who is already watching you.

“Definitely,” he agrees, his hand pushing your hair out of your eyes. “You’re amazing.”

“Don’t get cheesy with me,” you poke his chest, smiling when he bites your finger playfully.

“You love it when I’m cheesy,” Jungkook responds as he pulls you to his chest. You’re both hot, and sticky with sweat but you’re willing to ignore it for now, at least until you can drag yourself up to use the bathroom and shower again.

“I love you,” you confirm as you place your hand in his. He laces your fingers together, moving your joined hands over his heart, kissing them.

“I love you too, baby. I always have, and I always will.” Jungkook swears as you lay your head on his chest, beside your joined hands, falling asleep to the sound of his heart beating for you.

The next morning is a haze.

You wake with Jungkook draped around you, his leg over your hip as he snores by your ear. You hate to wake him, but after you fell asleep, Jungkook had to wake you to shower, clean up, and change the sheets.

“Don’t get up,” Jungkook whines in his sleepy tone. “Stay with me.”

“We leave in a few hours and we haven’t packed,” you remind him. Jungkook groans as he clings to you.

You kiss him, morning breath not bothering you. “You’ll get more kisses if you get up.”

Jungkook whines. “No up, just kiss.”

“That’s not how this will work,” you laugh as you wiggle out of his grasp. Jungkook sighs as he sits up, his adorable bedhead makes you smile.

Lazily, Jungkook gets out of bed, yawning as he heads to the bathroom to brush his teeth and style his hair.

“I don’t wanna leave,” he says, well, you think that’s what he said with his toothbrush in his mouth. You shake your head when he spits into the sink as you pack your belongings in your bag, including the tiny pieces of fabric Jimin gifted you.

“We can vacation again soon,” you tell him as you shut your bag, and tug on the zippers to close it. It’s funny how you didn’t even want to come on this cruise, and now you weren’t sure you wanted to leave. However, you’d come without Jungkook and now you were leaving with him at your side.

Perhaps this trip hadn’t been so bad after all.

“I’ll hold you to it, babe. Now, when are we having breakfast? I’m hungry as hell after last night,” Jungkook wiggles his eyebrows suggestively. “And this morning.”

You laugh at him, throwing a shirt at him.

Jungkook ducks out of the way, cackling as he shuts the bathroom door.

Jimin and Yoongi meet you for breakfast. The two are in their bubble as you approach with Jungkook at your side.

You sit beside Jimin, kissing his cheek. “Thanks for the gift.”

Jimin brightens, “You used it?”

Jungkook and Yoongi look at each other confused.

“Used what?” Jungkook asks as he takes a biscuit from the basket on the table. He bites into it before Jimin answers.

“The lingerie.”

Jungkook chokes on his biscuit, hitting his chest with his fist before he forces himself to swallow. Yoongi hands him a glass of juice, and Jungkook thanks him with a thumbs-up.

“You’re so back together!” Jimin cheers as he hugs you tightly. Yoongi rolls his eyes in annoyance, but a pleased smile appears on his lips.

“Can we stop talking about them fucking and move onto our wedding plans?” Yoongi asks as he stifles a yawn.

“How about a destination wedding?” you offer as you rub Jungkook’s back soothingly. He smiles weakly at you, his cheeks pink.

“I like the way you think,” Jimin grins as he rattles off ideas with you and Yoongi. Jungkook is too focused on breakfast to offer any input, but he’s sure you’ll catch him up on the way home. 

Things were looking up for him.

Jungkook would have to give his assistant a bonus upon his return. 

~

“Do we have to go?” Jungkook whines as he wraps his arm around your waist. 

Jimin and Yoongi are packing the bags into the trunk of your airport shuttle. 

“We do, work awaits,” you remind him as he frowns. 

“What if we take a few days for ourselves? Just the two of us?” Jungkook questions. 

“Oh?” You raise a brow. “What did you have in mind?” 

“It’ll be a surprise until we get to the airport,” Jungkook smiles brightly. “I want you all to myself for just a little longer.”

“Then I am all yours,” you rest your head on his chest as he leads you to your friends. 

“Ready to go?” Yoongi asks as he shuts the trunk. 

“Definitely,” you answer as you take Jungkook's hand in yours. 

You’re not sure what the future holds for the both of you, but you’re hopeful it’ll be bright with Jungkook at your side once more. 

© jjungkookislife - I do not allow reposts or translations of my work on any platforms, this includes Youtube.

[faebled-stories]

Unbroken Connection

Kinkvember Day 18: Voodoo Magic

Aespa Karina (Yu Jimin) x Male reader

11.5k words

The house was everything you and Karina had dreamed up over whispered conversations and late-night plans—a beautiful, old-fashioned structure with a story in every corner, as if each creak and crack held its own memory. The red brick walls were cloaked in ivy, its tendrils winding upward in lazy spirals, giving the house a sense of timelessness, like it had stood for centuries, watching quietly as generations came and went.

“This place is perfect,” Karina whispered as she stepped onto the wide porch, running her fingers lightly along the railing. The wood was cool under her touch, its carvings faint but intricate. “Can you imagine the kind of lives people must have lived here?” Her voice carried a mix of wonder and nostalgia, as though she could already feel the house’s history soaking into her skin.

“Long ones,” you joked, gesturing to the ivy. “Look at this stuff. It’s practically holding the bricks together.”

She smiled, her eyes tracing the ivy’s twists and turns. “I like it. Feels alive.”

In the gentle evening light, the porch radiated a kind of quiet charm, the sort that made you imagine warm cups of tea and conversations that lingered long into the evening under skies painted by the sunset’s last, tender hues. A faint scent of lavender drifted in the air, subtle yet persistent, as if it had seeped into the walls, lingering from some long-forgotten garden nearby.

Inside, each room seemed to come alive with your presence. The wooden floors groaned in protest beneath your feet, their creaks echoing through the empty halls, creating a melody of movement that felt almost like the house was speaking to you, welcoming you home. The walls, bare and waiting, seemed to listen as you and Karina unpacked, your laughter filling the rooms and softening the house’s quiet, almost eerie solitude. Together, you unearthed each piece of your shared life from the cardboard boxes, placing cherished objects on shelves, letting them claim their new spaces.

“Do you think this place will feel like ours?” Karina asked as she set a stack of books on the mantle. She glanced at you, her head tilting slightly. “Or will it always feel… I don’t know. Like someone else’s?”

“It already feels like ours,” you replied. “But maybe I’m just biased because of how much we’ve already carried in.” You gestured at the half-empty boxes, trying to lighten the mood.

She laughed softly, but her eyes lingered on the empty space around her. “I guess we’ll see.”

Shadows began to settle into corners as the evening light faded, casting the rooms in a dim, golden glow. By the time most of the boxes were empty, you felt an irresistible pull to explore. The house, despite its warm charm, held an air of mystery, as if there were stories yet untold in the very walls.

Wandering from room to room, you found yourselves by the staircase, where a small, unassuming door, almost camouflaged within the dark wood paneling, caught your eye. Its handle was worn, gleaming slightly in the low light, and the door itself was so inconspicuous that you might have missed it if not for the slight draft that seemed to drift from the tiny crack at its base.

Karina frowned. “That’s… odd. Did you know this was here?”

You shook your head. “Nope. Maybe a closet? Or a pantry?” You reached for the handle, but her hand shot out, stopping you.

“Do you think we should? I mean, what if it’s locked?”

“It’s not,” you said, testing the handle and feeling it give way easily. A narrow stairwell descended into darkness, carrying a faint, musty smell that hinted at old things left undisturbed.

“I don’t like this,” she muttered, her fingers brushing through her hair in that nervous way she always did when something felt wrong. “This is how horror movies start.”

You grinned. “Come on, Jimin. It’s probably just storage. Let’s take a quick look.”

Her sigh was audible, but she nodded, reluctantly following as you descended. The steps creaked loudly underfoot, and with each groan of the wood, your own confidence waned just a little. At the bottom, the basement unfolded before you—a space cool and dim, filled with shadows that seemed to stretch and shift in the weak light. Dust motes floated through the air, and rows of shelves lined the walls, each one crowded with jars of indeterminate age, filled with strange, murky substances.

“What is this stuff?” Karina whispered, her voice barely audible over the stillness.

“Looks like… I don’t know. Old preserves? Or potions?” you joked, though your tone carried none of the confidence you were aiming for.

She shot you a look but didn’t respond. Her attention had shifted to the center of the room, where a table stood oddly clean amidst the dust-coated surroundings. Something on the table caught her eye—a doll.

The figure lay whole on the table, its shape unmistakably human yet profoundly unsettling. Its smooth, seamless form lacked any definition—no fingers, no toes, no musculature. The limbs and torso were entirely featureless, as if sculpted from an unbroken piece of clay, leaving an eerie impression of incompleteness. This blank, unformed body served only to emphasize the haunting precision of its face.

The skin of the face was painted with disturbing realism: faintly flushed cheeks, delicately drawn veins, and a subtle sheen that mimicked the warmth of living flesh. Its eyes were closed, the lids resting softly as if in peaceful slumber. The stillness of its expression, paired with the intricate detail of its features, gave it an unnerving lifelike quality that felt profoundly out of place against the blank canvas of the rest of its body. The contrast between the intricate face and the featureless form created an aura of quiet, disquieting intent, as though the doll were waiting to be brought fully to life.

“Who would leave something like this in a basement?” Karina murmured, her voice breaking the silence, sounding small and uneasy against the stillness of the room. Her gaze lingered on the doll, her hand tightening instinctively around your arm. “It’s… wrong.”

“It’s just a doll,” you said, though your voice wavered. “Probably an old collector’s item. Some people are into creepy things.”

“Some people need better hobbies.” Karina reached up and ran her fingers through her hair, the motion an automatic gesture of unease. Her fingers caught on a stray tangle, and she tugged lightly, smoothing the strands into place. A few locks cascaded back over her shoulder, catching the dim light as they settled. She took a step back, her face pale. “Let’s just leave it.”

You nodded, slipping your hand into hers. “Yeah. Let’s go.”

As you turned to leave, you didn’t notice the way her hair shimmered faintly, glimmering in the dusty glow of the basement light. The strands that had fallen from her fingers seemed alive, slipping from her shoulders and moving against gravity. They floated as if drawn by some invisible force, a deliberate motion that defied the stagnant air. The golden threads stretched toward the doll, weaving through the stillness like a gossamer pulled by an unseen hand.

The faint draft that had ushered you down reversed, the air now tugging gently in the opposite direction. It brushed past you with a quiet insistence, carrying Karina’s drifting hair closer to the doll. The motion was subtle, almost imperceptible, but unmistakably deliberate, as though something in the room had claimed the strands for its own.

The strands seemed to hover just above the doll’s porcelain surface, quivering slightly, as though testing the boundary between the living and the inanimate. Then, one by one, they disappeared. They didn’t land or settle—they were absorbed, sinking seamlessly into the doll’s cold skin. The process was slow, almost reverent, each thread vanishing into the porcelain as if it were feeding on them, consuming their essence. The doll’s surface showed no disturbance, no trace of the hair’s presence, yet a strange energy began to ripple faintly through the room, subtle but undeniable, as if the very walls shivered in recognition.

Upstairs, the laughter you shared was nervous but genuine, both of you clinging to it like a lifeline to push back the tension left in the wake of the basement. Karina wrapped her arms around herself as she stood in the hallway, her gaze darting toward the closed basement door. Her unease lingered, etched into the slight furrow of her brow and the way she shifted her weight from one foot to the other.

“Next time,” she said lightly, her attempt at humor wavering in her voice, “let’s stick to exploring things with actual light switches. Maybe some windows too.”

You chuckled, trying to match her tone, but the unease clung to you as well. “Agreed. No more basements. Definitely no dolls.”

She gave a half-smile, though her eyes lingered on the door a moment longer before she turned away. The house seemed quieter now, its warmth tempered by something you couldn’t quite name.

But below, in the still, heavy air of the basement, the doll’s porcelain surface began to glow. The light started faint, a barely perceptible pulse deep within its core, like the flicker of a distant flame. It ebbed and flowed in slow, deliberate beats, each pulse growing stronger, its glow intensifying with a sickly greenish hue that cast long, jagged shadows across the shelves and floor. The air in the basement thickened, heavy with a strange, metallic tang, as if the space itself were reacting to the doll’s transformation.

The doll’s eyes, closed in serene stillness, caught the flickering light in a way that made the lids seem faintly translucent. At first, it was a subtle effect—a play of shadows beneath the painted lashes. But as the glow swelled, the closed eyes appeared to hold a deeper presence, as though something beneath the surface stirred. The lids, once simple and lifeless, seemed to press outward faintly, hinting at a restless energy concealed behind them.

The strands of Karina’s hair, now fully absorbed, had vanished without a trace. Yet, the doll’s features began to shift. Its porcelain skin, once flawless and cold, took on a faint warmth, a suggestion of pliability that hadn’t been there before. The faint blush on its cheeks deepened, almost imperceptibly, as though the glow from within was kindling something beneath the surface. The contours of its face grew more defined, softening subtly, as if sculpted further toward perfection with each pulse of light.

The house seemed to hold its breath. The faint creaks and groans of its old structure stilled entirely, leaving an oppressive silence in their wake. Even the distant hum of the wind outside faded, as though the world itself had paused. In the suffocating quiet, the rhythmic flicker of the doll’s eerie light became the room’s heartbeat, steady and deliberate, an ominous reminder of its growing presence.

Its aura now exuded a quiet, watchful energy—no longer dormant but active, as though waiting for something. The shadows cast by its light danced across the walls, twisting and shifting unnaturally, their movements disconnected from the flicker of the glow. And deep within the stillness of its closed eyes, there was a stirring—fragile yet undeniable, an unsettling whisper of awareness beginning to take shape. The doll no longer felt like an object but a vessel, and the silence of the room seemed to anticipate the moment when its transformation would be complete.

------

The next morning, warm sunlight slipped through the bedroom curtains, casting a golden glow over Karina as she stretched and let out a contented sigh. You had left early for work, leaving her alone in the quiet intimacy of the morning. The scattered, unpacked boxes around the room hinted at new beginnings, but her thoughts kept circling back to the basement—to the doll. Despite the unease it stirred in her, a peculiar curiosity tugged at her thoughts. It was like a whisper, faint but insistent, calling her back.

After tidying a few last things, Karina found herself descending the narrow stairs once more. The wooden steps creaked softly beneath her feet, their sound amplified in the heavy stillness of the space. Cool, stale air wrapped around her as she stepped inside, carrying the faint tang of dust and metal. Shadows clung to the corners of the basement, stretching ominously toward her as the dim light flickered. She shivered slightly, her gaze drifting over the jars, cobwebs, and forgotten relics lining the shelves before settling on the table in the center of the room.

There it was. The doll lay silent, unmoved from the night before, yet somehow it felt different—like it was waiting for her.

Her steps slowed as she approached, her fingers hovering just above its surface. She hesitated, taking in its vague, incomplete features. The blank, mannequin-like body contrasted starkly with the face, which, though detailed, felt unfinished. Its closed eyes added to its unsettling stillness. Slowly, Karina extended her hand, her fingertips brushing against the surface.

She froze. The material wasn’t cold and lifeless as she’d expected. It was warm, soft, and faintly pliant—almost like skin. Her breath hitched as she instinctively pulled back, her heart pounding, but curiosity rooted her in place. Tentatively, she touched it again, her fingers trailing across its surface. A faint warmth blossomed under her touch, sending ripples through her skin, as though she were brushing her own body.

Her hand moved down its neck and across its vaguely defined chest. As her fingers lingered, the contours began to shift, the undefined surface molding into shape. Karina gasped, her hand trembling as she watched the doll begin to change. Her breath quickened, and she pressed her palm against its shoulder, marveling as the smooth joint took on a lifelike slope.

She trailed her fingers down one arm, the surface firming and refining beneath her touch. The blank limb transformed into something natural, each joint and curve forming with startling precision. The doll’s hand became delicate and human-like as her fingers brushed its palm, her pulse quickening with the impossible reality of it all.

Her movements grew more deliberate, her hand gliding across the torso. The blank plane of its chest yielded to soft ribs and a curved stomach. Karina lingered, pressing lightly into its sides as though testing its reality. Each pass sharpened the details further—faint muscles, a subtle navel, even the texture of skin. Each touch sent an echo of warmth spreading through her, a mirrored heat that made her shiver.

Her hands drifted lower, trembling as they explored its hips and thighs. The surface molded seamlessly beneath her fingers, becoming impossibly lifelike. She ran her hand down one leg, tracing the length as a knee, shin, and the curve of an ankle appeared. Each detail emerged with precision, her breath hitching as her fingers brushed its inner thigh. The texture was so warm, so realistic, that it sent a wave of heat coursing through her.

Karina swallowed hard, her hand returning upward, her touch almost compulsive now. Her trembling fingers brushed the doll’s chest again, the faint curves she’d noticed earlier now fully formed into soft, rounded breasts. She hesitated, her hand hovering over the surface before tentatively pressing against it. The material shifted under her fingers, warm and pliant, as though responding to her touch.

As she lingered, the blank surface of the doll’s chest changed further. Subtle lines formed beneath her fingertips, the soft material shaping into peaks that were unnervingly lifelike. Her fingers grazed the newly formed nipples, her breath catching as warmth surged through her, sharp and electric, as though she’d touched herself. Each gentle brush sent a thrill rippling through her, leaving her trembling and flushed.

Her breath hitched as her hand hovered over the last undefined part of the doll’s form. Slowly, she pressed her fingers to its lower torso. The blank surface beneath her touch shifted and molded, forming folds and curves with startling precision, mirroring her own. Her legs shook, and a low moan escaped her lips as an intense warmth radiated through her body, her cheeks burning as she clutched the edge of the table for support.

When the transformation was complete, Karina stumbled back, her chest heaving with shallow breaths. The doll no longer looked like a lifeless figure. It was her—exactly her. Every curve, every line, every detail was replicated in unsettling perfection, a hauntingly accurate reflection that left her rooted in place.

Her heart raced as vulnerability crept over her. Seeing her own body laid bare in such an intimate, uncanny way sent a shiver down her spine. She hugged herself instinctively, as though shielding her body from her own gaze. Desperate to cover the doll, she turned away, her hands trembling as she rifled through one of the boxes on the floor. Her fingers brushed over soft fabrics until she pulled out one of her favorite dresses—a pale, flowing piece she hadn’t yet unpacked.

Karina carried the dress back to the doll, her hands shaking as she slipped it over its shoulders. The fabric fell into place with unsettling ease, fitting the doll’s body as if it had been made for it rather than her. The way the dress hugged its frame sent an eerie shiver through her, the intimacy of the moment uncomfortably surreal. She stepped back, catching sight of herself in the mirror across the room.

Her reflection stared back at her, but so did the doll’s. It sat upright on the bed, its face now fully hers. Its closed eyes seemed more deliberate, its lifelike features so vivid they felt alive. The uncanny mimicry unsettled her, daring her to look away—but she couldn’t. Her breath came in shallow gasps, the air in the room heavy with an unnameable energy.

The doll, now clothed in her dress, sat motionless, yet its presence filled the room entirely. For a moment, Karina thought she saw the faintest movement—a slight tilt of its head, a shift of its hand—but when she blinked, it was still.

Her knees brushed against the edge of the bed as she backed away, her mind spinning. The longer she looked, the more the doll’s presence seemed to mirror her own. It wasn’t just wearing her dress—it was wearing her.

-----

The days following that intimate reveal of the doll Karina had hidden it in her room unsure of what to do with it, she decided to brush it off and distract herself from another full day of being an idol. After an exhausting but exhilarating practice session filled with music, laughter, and sweat, Karina and the other Aespa members gathered in the conference room, their energy palpable. The lingering rhythm of the studio beats still hummed in her mind as she followed her bandmates, feeling the collective excitement that seemed to bubble just below the surface. Giselle, ever the source of contagious enthusiasm, nudged Ningning with a teasing whisper that sent them both into quiet giggles. Minjeong leaned forward, her curiosity piqued, her eyes darting between their manager and the others as they settled into their seats.

The manager entered the room with his usual steady presence, his hands folded and his smile warm. The girls instantly hushed, their attention snapping to him in anticipation.

“Your recent comeback has been a huge success,” he began, his voice beaming with pride. “You’ve topped charts and we couldn’t be prouder of each of you.”

A ripple of pride swept through the group. Minjeong shot Karina a thumbs-up, her grin as wide as ever, while Giselle reached across the table to squeeze Ningning’s arm, the two of them laughing in disbelief. Karina couldn’t help but smile, soaking in the joy that filled the room. It was moments like these that reminded her of why they worked so hard, pouring themselves into their music and performances.

But the manager wasn’t finished. “That’s not all,” he added, his excitement unmistakable. “We have even bigger news for you—you’re going on tour!”

The room fell still for a moment as the weight of the announcement sank in, then erupted into a cacophony of celebration. Minjeong let out a delighted squeal, practically leaping from her seat as she clasped her hands together. Giselle’s mouth hung open for a second before she broke into laughter, her eyes shining with disbelief. Ningning gasped, her cheeks flushed with exhilaration, and she turned to Karina with a wide-eyed look of joy.

Karina’s heart raced as she imagined the roar of crowds, the thrill of stepping onto stages in cities around the world, and the energy of fans who had waited so long to see them perform. It was everything they had dreamed of, everything they had worked for. The thought of sharing their music on such a grand scale filled her with a rush of adrenaline and anticipation.

But as the manager began listing the tour dates, Karina’s excitement faltered. Her mind snagged on a detail she wished she could ignore: the tour would overlap with her anniversary with you. A pang of guilt and regret twisted inside her, dulling the edges of her happiness. She forced herself to stay present, laughing and celebrating with her friends, but part of her was already mourning the time she’d lose with you.

That evening, Karina returned home with a whirlwind of emotions swirling within her. She couldn’t wait to share the incredible news with you, but the weight of the tour dates pressed heavily on her chest. As she stepped into the warm comfort of your shared space, she found you waiting for her on the couch, your face lighting up at the sight of her. The familiar scent of home—a mix of her favorite lavender candle and the faint aroma of dinner—embraced her, soothing her nerves, if only slightly.

“So,” she began, setting her bag down and fidgeting with her fingers. Her voice wavered as she tried to balance the excitement bubbling within her and the regret tugging at her heart. “There’s some big news.” She paused, drawing a steadying breath before the words tumbled out in a mix of pride and hesitance. “The album’s doing amazing, and… we’re going on tour!”

Your face broke into a smile, your genuine happiness for her shining through. Relief flooded her, but the feeling was fleeting. She hesitated, her fingers brushing the edge of the table as she continued. “But,” she added softly, her eyes dropping to the floor, “the tour overlaps with our anniversary.”

Your smile faltered for just a heartbeat, a flicker of disappointment crossing your face before you quickly masked it. “That’s… not ideal,” you said, your voice tinged with understanding. “But baby, when I asked you to be my girlfriend, I signed myself up for all of this. I’d never want to hold you back from that.”

She looked up at you, her eyes shimmering with gratitude as you reached out and brushed a strand of hair from her face. “Thank you,” she whispered, her voice heavy with emotion. “I hate that it’s on that day, but… thank you for understanding.”

You pulled her close, wrapping her in a firm embrace. For a while, neither of you said anything, letting the silence hold the depth of your love and the ache of the separation that loomed ahead. The soft beat of your hearts seemed to sync as you held each other, anchoring yourselves in the present.

The lead up to Karina’s departure were a mix of sweetness and sorrow, a countdown neither of you wanted to acknowledge but couldn’t escape. Each moment together felt heavier, charged with a need to make it last. You and Karina spent every spare moment with one another, finding solace in the routines and small joys of your shared life.

Mornings became sacred. The two of you would wake up early, savoring slow breakfasts at the kitchen table. You teased her about her favorite coffee mug—a chipped, mismatched thing she adored despite your insistence that you’d buy her a new one. Her laughter echoed softly, her smile brighter than the sunlight streaming through the window.

Evenings stretched late into the night. You’d sit tangled together on the couch, your conversations meandering through memories of your favorite moments together. She told you how your first kiss still gave her butterflies, and you shared how proud you were of everything she had accomplished. When the words ran out, you stayed wrapped in each other’s warmth, the quiet hum of your love filling the spaces between.

There were moments of vulnerability too—nights when you found her staring out the window, her thoughts far away. She confessed her guilt about leaving on such an important day, and you reassured her with soft touches and whispered promises. 

------

Karina’s departure day dawned with a quiet that felt unnatural, as though the house itself understood what was coming. The air seemed heavier, thick with an unspoken finality, and even the sunlight streaming through the windows felt subdued. Her footsteps on the hardwood floor carried an unusual weight, each one more deliberate as she made her way to the door. In her arms, she cradled a large, carefully wrapped box, its presence as significant as the moment itself. The neat bow atop it added a touch of care, and she carried it with a reverence that spoke of its importance.

Her cheeks were dusted with a faint blush, and her lips parted into a nervous smile as she looked at you. There was something shy and uncertain in her expression, a contrast to the confidence she usually exuded. She set the box down gently on the coffee table, straightening her posture before turning back to you.

“I… I wanted to give you something before I left,” she said softly, shifting the box slightly and holding it out to you. Her eyes flicked between yours and the package, searching your face for your reaction.

You took the box from her carefully, surprised by its weight. It wasn’t heavy, but it had a certain gravity that hinted at its significance. Curiosity mingled with apprehension as you placed it on the table and began to open it. Lifting the lid, you peeled back the soft protective wrapping, and your breath caught as you revealed what lay inside.

A nearly life-sized doll, sculpted with uncanny precision, stared back at you—or would have, had its eyes not been closed in a strange, serene expression. Its resemblance to Karina was startling. Every detail, from the gentle curve of its cheekbones to the cascade of long, dark hair that fell over its shoulders, mirrored her perfectly. The doll even wore one of her favorite dresses, the fabric draping over its form in a way that felt disturbingly natural.

You blinked, taking an involuntary step back as you tried to process the sight before you. “Honey… this is…” Words failed you for a moment as your eyes darted between the doll and her. “It’s… so real.”

Karina let out a soft, nervous laugh, brushing a strand of hair behind her ear. “I know, it’s a little unusual,” she admitted, her blush deepening as she shifted on her feet. “But I had it custom-made, just for you. Since I’ll be away for a while, I thought… maybe it would help you feel like I’m still close.”

You stared at the doll again, your chest tightening with an unplaceable unease. Its closed eyes made it look peaceful, almost restful, but its lifelike features made it feel as though it could wake at any moment. The dress only added to the strange feeling—a version of Karina that was simultaneously here and yet absent.

“Jimin…” you began slowly, glancing back at her. “I don’t know. This feels… like a bit much. It’s just… so realistic.” You tried to manage a smile, hoping to soften your reluctance. “Maybe too realistic?”

Her smile wavered slightly, and a flicker of vulnerability passed through her eyes as she stepped closer. “Please?” she asked softly, taking your hand in hers. Her voice was tender, her gaze imploring. “I know it might seem a little strange, but… I really want you to have it. Since I’ll be away, I thought it might bring you some comfort, knowing that even though I’m far away, you’ll still have something here with you. A part of me.”

Her hand tightened on yours, interrupting your thoughts. “I know it’s not the same,” she said quietly. “But I thought it could help. I just… I don’t want you to feel alone. Even if it’s a little strange, I want to leave you with something that reminds you of me.”

Her tone softened, and her eyes glistened with unspoken emotion. “Please, just try. It’s okay if it feels weird at first. I just… I really want this for you.”

You sighed, the tension in your chest loosening slightly at the sight of her vulnerability. Her intentions were pure, even if the gift itself unsettled you. “Alright,” you said gently, giving her hand a reassuring squeeze. “I’ll keep it.”

Relief washed over her face, and she broke into a warm smile, pulling you into a tight embrace. She lingered there for a moment before pulling back, gesturing toward the doll. “Go ahead,” she said, her voice a little shaky. “Look closer.”

You hesitated, then reached out. Your fingers brushed the doll’s cheek, marveling at its texture. The material was soft, warm, and faintly yielding—eerily lifelike. Your hand moved lower, skimming over its collarbone and down its arm. As you brushed against its hand, you glanced at Karina, noticing how her chest rose and fell more quickly than before. Her lips parted slightly, and she pressed them together as though to stifle a reaction.

“You okay?” you asked, watching her closely.

She nodded quickly, her blush deepening. “Yeah, it’s just… weird seeing you touch it,” she lied, her voice barely audible. “But go on.”

You turned back to the doll, curiosity tugging at you despite your discomfort. Your hand drifted lower, tracing the subtle curve of its waist. You couldn’t deny how precise it was—every contour felt real, natural, even though you knew it wasn’t. When your fingers brushed over its chest, you froze, startled by how soft and pliant it felt. The sensation made you glance back at Karina, who was standing rigidly beside you, her hands clenched at her sides.

Her breathing hitched audibly, and for a moment, her lips trembled as though she might speak—but she didn’t. She stayed quiet, her cheeks flushed as she visibly tried to steady herself.

“Jimin…” you said cautiously, watching her reaction. “Are you sure this isn’t too weird for you?”

“I’m fine,” she replied quickly, though her voice wavered slightly. Her body remained stiff, her fingers curling into her palms as she tried to mask her reaction. “Just… finish.”

You hesitated but continued, brushing over the doll’s arm again before moving lower. Your fingers trailed over its legs, the texture as lifelike as the rest of its form. Karina shifted beside you, her breaths uneven but controlled, her eyes fixed on your hand as though trying to focus on anything other than the sensation it might evoke in her.

Finally, you pulled back, letting out a breath you hadn’t realized you were holding. “It’s… impressive,” you admitted reluctantly, though the unease hadn’t entirely left you.

Karina nodded, exhaling shakily as she stepped closer. “Thank you,” she whispered, her voice thick with emotion. “I know it’s strange, but I wanted it to feel like I was still here with you. Even if it’s not the same.”

Her hand found yours again, her fingers lacing through yours as she rested her head on your shoulder. “I’m going to miss you,” she murmured, her voice soft and wistful.

You kissed the top of her head, your voice steady despite the ache in your chest. “And I’ll be here, counting down the days until you come back.”

-----

The days without Karina stretched endlessly, each one a slow ache that deepened the longer she was gone. Though you spoke every night, the absence of her presence—the warmth of her touch, the sound of her laugh filling the room—created a void that even her most loving words couldn’t quite fill. The doll she had left behind sat untouched, a silent reminder of her, but you hadn’t found the will to reach for it. Instead, the house felt emptier with every passing day, its stillness amplifying her absence.

When your anniversary arrived, it brought a bittersweet mix of excitement and longing. Determined to make the night special, you poured yourself into preparing the space, setting the table with flickering candles and the bottle of wine she had excitedly suggested weeks ago.

Her request had come during one of your nightly calls, her tone warm with affection. “Promise me we’ll eat the same thing,” she had said, her voice carrying an almost childlike excitement. “Same cuisine, same dishes. That way, it’ll feel like we’re together.” You’d agreed without hesitation, ordering her favorite dishes from a restaurant she loved back home. Unknown to you, she had gone a step further, arranging for someone she trusted to deliver a special instruction to the chef.

When her face appeared on the call that evening, it was as if the ache of her absence melted away for a moment. She looked radiant, her soft waves of hair cascading over her shoulders, her lips curving into the smile that always sent a warmth straight to your chest.

“Happy anniversary, love,” she said, her voice tender and filled with emotion.

“Happy anniversary, baby,” you replied, your tone matching hers. “You look… incredible.”

Her cheeks flushed a delicate pink, and she tucked a strand of hair behind her ear. “So do you.” Her gaze flicked to the setup behind you, and her expression softened with appreciation. “You really went all out. It’s beautiful.”

“Only the best for you,” you teased, pouring the wine and raising your glass. “To us.” “To us,” she echoed, lifting her own glass with a bright smile. The synchronized motion, small as it was, closed the miles between you, making the distance feel just a little less insurmountable.

The evening began with lighthearted conversation, her laughter spilling from the screen as she shared stories from her tour. She described the places she’d been with an almost childlike wonder, painting vivid pictures of crowded streets, twinkling cityscapes, and quaint cafés.

“When we were in Japan, there was this tiny café,” she said, her eyes lighting up. “They served these adorable matcha parfaits shaped like bears. It was so cute I almost cried.”

“You? Crying over a dessert?” you teased, laughing. “I would’ve loved to see that.”

“You would’ve teased me the entire time,” she shot back, giggling. “But it would’ve been worth it.”

As the dinner progressed, the playful chatter softened into something warmer, more intimate. The food, rich and flavorful, carried an unexpected heat—a subtle, lingering warmth that began to spread through your body. It wasn’t just the wine or the meal itself; it was the way Karina’s voice felt closer, her laughter sweeter, her gaze through the screen more magnetic. Every detail drew you further into the moment, as if the distance between you no longer mattered.

She leaned closer to the camera, her smile softening as her voice dipped into a quieter, more vulnerable register. “You know,” she said, her gaze holding yours, “this tour is amazing, but it’s nothing compared to being with you. I miss the way you hold me, the way you look at me.”

Your breath hitched, her words weaving a spell that wrapped around your chest. “Babe…”

“I mean it,” she continued, her voice dropping further, taking on a sultry edge. “I miss the way your hands feel on my skin. The way you touch me like I’m the only thing in the world.”

Her tone shifted, her words slowing as her lips parted slightly. “You don’t know what it does to me, being away from you like this.” Her voice dipped into a low, intimate whisper. “I think about it every night—your hands on me. How you feel. How you make me feel.”

Heat flared in your chest, her words igniting a visceral need that had been dormant for weeks. You shifted slightly in your seat, your voice thick with longing as you murmured, “Jimin, you’re not playing fair.”

“Who said I was playing fair?” she teased, her smile widening. She leaned back slightly, her eyes half-lidded as her voice took on a deeper, sultrier tone. “I’ve been thinking about you every single night. How your mouth felt the last time you kissed me, the way your hands made me forget everything else…”

She let out a soft, breathy moan, her cheeks flushing as she watched your reaction. “I wish you were here to touch me, to remind me what it feels like to be yours.”

You froze, the sound of her voice and the sheer intimacy of her words leaving you speechless. Your heart raced, the image of her filling your mind with every heated word, the space between you shrinking as her tone drew you closer.

“I need you,” you murmured, your voice barely above a whisper. “Jimin, I…”

“I need you too,” she replied, her voice dripping with longing. “I can’t stop thinking about you. About how much I want you right now.”

Her lips parted, her breath quickening as if she could feel the tension that pulsed through the screen. You leaned closer, captivated by the intensity in her gaze, your need for her overpowering the distance between you. The connection felt real, visceral, until the sharp ring of her hotel room phone shattered the moment.

She sighed, visibly frustrated, and glanced toward the phone. “Hold on,” she said, picking it up.

For a moment, you waited, unsure if she’d return quickly. But when she did, her expression was apologetic, her voice laced with regret. “The manager needs me for something urgent,” she said softly, her tone tinged with disappointment. “I’m so sorry, love.”

The flicker of frustration must have shown on your face because she leaned closer to the camera, her voice soft and reassuring. “I love you. More than anything. And I’ll make this up to you, I promise.”

Before you could respond, the screen went dark, leaving you alone in the charged stillness of your room.

You paced back and forth, your body still thrumming with the heat her words had stirred. The ache she’d left behind was relentless, her voice and the way she’d looked at you replaying in vivid detail. Your gaze drifted to your phone, lingering on the memory of her, when a notification lit up the screen.

A message from Karina.

Your heart leapt as you opened it. The photo hit you like a wave—a shot of her sprawled across the bed, her tousled hair falling in soft waves over one shoulder. Her skin glowed in the warm, muted light of her room, every curve illuminated with an alluring softness. Her lips were curled into a sultry, knowing smile, and her arms were draped in a way that hinted at modesty yet revealed enough to leave little to the imagination. Her bare chest was exposed, the subtle curves and smooth skin drawing your eyes helplessly downward. The photo was bold and intimate, a perfect balance of suggestion and revelation, pulling you deeper into her web with every detail.

The caption read: I hope this is the start of my apology.

You stared at the image, your breath catching as a mix of desire and longing surged through you. The ache of her absence felt sharper than ever, and now her words, her teasing smile, and this image stormed through your thoughts like wildfire.

Far away, Karina leaned back against her pillows, her lips curling into a sly smile as she imagined your reaction. She ran her fingers lazily through her hair, the satisfaction of her plan unfolding exactly as she intended. “Let’s see how long you last without me,” she murmured, her voice tinged with playful mischief.

Your room felt stifling, the air thick with tension as you lay on the bed beside the doll. Its lifelike features caught the soft glow of the bedside lamp, eerily close to hers yet unreachable. Karina’s voice echoed in your mind, teasing and sultry, her plan working perfectly as you struggled with the void she’d left behind. The space beside you felt impossibly empty, the absence of her touch a gnawing ache that the doll’s uncanny resemblance only amplified.

Your hand hovered over the doll’s face, brushing against the smooth, synthetic skin. The texture was startlingly lifelike, warm under your fingers, and as you traced its delicate features—the familiar curve of its lips, the softness of its jawline—it became harder to separate the illusion from the reality you craved. Karina’s name slipped from your lips in a quiet murmur, your chest tightening with longing.

Inside her hotel karina laid on her bed, her bare skin kissed by the cool air drifting through the room. She had orchestrated everything—the doll, the setup, even the lingering ache she hoped would drive you to her gift. She had imagined every step, every reaction, and her body hummed with anticipation as she pictured you succumbing to the desire she’d left behind.

Her lips curled into a smile as she ran a hand lazily along her stomach, letting her fingers trace idle patterns. She could almost feel your touch, phantom sensations that made her skin tingle. “Finally” she whispered, her voice low and breathy. Her thighs pressed together as the anticipation coiled tightly within her. She imagined your hands, your breath, and the way you’d surrender to the distance that had stretched too far.

In your room, you sat up, running a hand through your hair as the ache inside you became unbearable. Your gaze flicked to the doll again, its serene face illuminated in the dim light. Hesitation flickered through you before you reached for the nightstand, grabbing a small bottle of lube. The coolness of it sent a shiver through your body as you prepared yourself, the vividness of your desire making every movement feel charged with electricity.

Karina shifted against the sheets, her eyes narrowing as a pang of doubt crept into her thoughts. What if you didn’t use it? What if her plan had been too much, too bold? Her confidence wavered, and she sat up slightly, running a hand through her hair. Her chest rose and fell with uneven breaths as she whispered, “Did you stop? Was it too much?”

Her mind raced, imagining you hesitating, putting the doll aside. A ripple of frustration and sadness swept through her as she bit her lip, staring at her dark phone. “Don’t pull away from me…” she murmured, her voice laced with longing and desperation. She closed her eyes, trying to steady herself against the quiet ache of disappointment.

But then—she gasped, her body jolting violently as an overwhelming sensation ripped through her. Her eyes snapped open, wide and unseeing, as she clutched at the sheets. Her back arched as her entire body shuddered, an unmistakable pressure filling her completely, so vivid and intense it left her breathless.

“Oh my God,” she cried out, her voice trembling as her head fell back against the pillow. Her thighs quivered as the phantom sensation of your length pressed deeper into her, deliberate and slow, making her toes curl. Every nerve in her body was on fire, pleasure rolling through her in powerful, unrelenting waves.

Back in your room, you positioned the doll carefully, the weight of its form adding to the vividness of the illusion. Your body moved instinctively, your mind entirely lost in the fantasy Karina had spun around you. Each motion, each moment felt electric, her name a quiet mantra on your lips as you surrendered to the overwhelming need she’d left behind.

Karina’s chest heaved as her body adjusted to the sensation, her hands clutching the sheets so tightly her knuckles turned white. “Oh, fuck…” she whispered, her voice cracking as she felt you move inside her again, slow and steady, leaving her gasping for air. The intensity of it made her whole body burn, her skin tingling with the phantom connection that defied explanation.

“You’re… using it,” she whispered breathlessly, her voice tinged with equal parts triumph and desperation. Her lips parted as another moan escaped her, her head turning to the side as she let herself fall deeper into the moment. Her back arched as her body responded instinctively, her hips moving subtly, as if to meet the sensation halfway.

The thought of you, so far away yet so intimately close, sent another wave of pleasure crashing over her. She shivered, her breathing uneven as she whispered, “I knew you couldn’t resist…”

The air felt oppressive, thick with the heat and tension that had built throughout the night. Your body moved with a desperation that bordered on animalistic as you thrust into the doll. Its lifelike softness under your hands, the way its core clung to you with an almost pulsing grip—it all blurred the line between reality and fantasy. Every sensation was heightened, vivid to the point of overwhelming, and you couldn’t hold back.

Your hands roamed over the doll’s body, gripping its breast roughly. The synthetic material gave under your fingers, yielding in a way that felt startlingly real. Normally, when you were with Karina, your touch was controlled, measured, careful. She was an idol, and every step in your intimacy came with a layer of deliberation. But now, with the doll’s unyielding silence and perfect mimicry, you felt none of the restraint you would have with her.

Your palm struck the doll’s breast, the sharp sound echoing in the room. A red flush appeared on its synthetic skin, and you smacked it again, harder this time. The sight of your mark left your breath hitching, your body trembling as the roughness spurred you on.

Karina gasped as the sensation of your touch reached her. The sting of your hand on her breast sent jolts of pleasure and pain coursing through her, her back arching off the bed as her chest heaved. “Oh, my God…” she whimpered, her voice cracking with the vividness of it.

Her hands moved to her chest, instinctively covering the marks she felt there. The roughness of your touch, the sharpness of each slap, only heightened the pleasure building inside her. She could feel every movement—your palm squeezing her flesh, the sting as your hand struck her, and the pressure of your fingers digging into her skin.

Her thighs pressed together instinctively, a futile attempt to temper the overwhelming sensations radiating through her body. The motion only heightened the intensity, amplifying the heat that coursed through her. Her chest rose and fell with ragged breaths, her entire body trembling as she whispered, “You’re so rough tonight,” her voice tinged with disbelief and raw arousal. “I can feel all of it…”

In your room, your breath came in shallow gasps, your grip tightening on the doll’s hips as your thrusts grew more erratic. The lifelike core pulsed and tightened around you, gripping you with a vividness that blurred the lines between fantasy and reality. Each rhythmic contraction drew you deeper, coaxing every ounce of control from your body, the intensity building with each movement.

Normally, with Karina, you would use a condom. It was an unspoken rule—one born of mutual care and caution, knowing how carefully she had to protect her image as an idol. But now, the rawness of feeling completely bare was intoxicating. The doll’s warmth, its pulsing tightness—it all overwhelmed you in a way you’d never experienced.

You groaned her name, “Jimin,” your voice thick with desperation as you leaned over the doll. Your free hand came down on its breast again, the slap harder this time. The synthetic skin flushed under your touch, and you pinched its nipple, twisting with a force you wouldn’t dare use on Karina.

Karina’s back arched violently as her skin mirrored your actions. She could feel your hand gripping her breast, the sharp sting of the slap followed by the rough pinch. A cry tore from her lips as pleasure and pain mingled, the intensity leaving her gasping for air.

Her body burned, her skin alive with sensation as if you were truly there with her. Every motion was perfectly synchronized, every rough thrust and squeeze sending her closer to the edge. Her chest heaved as she clutched at the sheets, her voice breaking as she cried out, “Yes… just like that…”

The doll’s core pulsed around you again, gripping you tighter, almost pulling you deeper. The sensation was surreal, unlike anything you’d felt before. It wasn’t just the warmth or the tightness—it was the way it seemed to respond to you, as though it were alive. The rhythmic squeezing was enough to drive you mad, and you could feel your climax building with unrelenting intensity.

You buried yourself deep inside it, your release crashing over you like a tidal wave. The rawness of being bare, of releasing fully into the doll’s impossibly realistic core, sent shockwaves through your body. Normally the condom muted the sensation, a necessary precaution you’d both grown used to. But now, the sheer vividness of the feeling left you trembling. The pulsing tightness of the doll clung to you, each pump of your release magnified, each pulse drawing out the intensity.

“Ugh fuck,” you groaned, your voice breaking as your body gave in completely.

Karina screamed as the sensation of your release surged through her, a shockwave of impossible vividness that left her gasping for air. It was as if you were truly inside her, every pulse of your release tangible, every rhythmic pump filling her completely. The feeling was overwhelming, raw in its intimacy, breaking through every boundary she had known before. It was not just physical—it was all-encompassing, lighting up her senses in ways she had never imagined.

Her back arched violently off the bed, her legs trembling as the sensation spread through her. Instinctively, her thighs pressed together, her body desperate to contain the fullness, but it did nothing to slow the relentless tide of pleasure. The startlingly real pressure claimed every inch of her, leaving her utterly breathless. Her hands gripped the sheets so tightly her knuckles turned white, her body reacting instinctively to the connection that felt like nothing she had ever experienced.

Lost in the feeling, Karina’s hips began to move of their own accord, grinding upward in a desperate attempt to meet you. Her movements were met only with air, the stark reminder of your absence making the sensations even more surreal and maddening. The futile grinding only amplified her need, her body seeking a closeness that wasn’t truly there yet felt undeniably real.

“Oh, my God!” she cried out, her voice breaking as the intensity of it overwhelmed her. The rhythmic pulses of your release felt endless, each one sending another jolt of pleasure through her. It was as though her body recognized this as something forbidden, something she had never allowed herself to feel—a complete surrender to being filled, claimed, in a way that shattered her carefully controlled world.

The sensations opened something inside her, a deep well of vulnerability and raw, unfiltered pleasure. The feeling of being filled wasn’t just physical; it was emotional, a connection so profound it left her trembling. “I can feel you,” she gasped, her voice barely a whisper, the awe and disbelief clear. “Every bit of you…”

Wave after wave of pleasure crashed over her, each one more intense than the last. The fullness inside her heightened everything, making her body hyper aware of every nerve, every sensation. It was unrelenting, a tidal wave of ecstasy that consumed her completely. Her thighs quivered as her body tightened around the phantom sensation, her hips lifting instinctively as if to take more of you, to hold you closer.

Her climax ripped through her like a storm, an overwhelming, earth-shattering moment that left her crying out in ecstasy. The pulses of your release seemed to synchronize with her own, amplifying the pleasure as if you were truly connected. She could feel everything—the heat, the rhythm, the way you filled her completely. It felt endless, the connection between you growing stronger, the distance between you evaporating in that moment of shared release.

As the sensations finally began to ebb, her body collapsed back onto the bed, her chest heaving as she struggled to catch her breath. The aftershocks rippled through her, leaving her trembling and flushed. Her skin was damp with sweat, her hair clinging to her face as she stared at the ceiling, her mind reeling from the intensity of what had just happened.

A slow, satisfied smile spread across her lips as she whispered, “You couldn’t resist.” Her voice was soft, filled with triumph and affection, her body still buzzing with residual pleasure. Her hand trailed lazily over her flushed skin, the memory of the sensations lingering like a brand.

She closed her eyes, her mind swimming with thoughts of you. “Good,” she murmured, her voice a mix of possession and tenderness. “You’re mine… just like I wanted.” The feeling of being filled, of connecting with you so deeply, had changed something in her. It was more than just a physical experience—it was a claiming, a bond that would linger, no matter how far apart you were.

Karina felt boneless, her body trembling violently as wave after wave of aftershocks rippled through her. Her chest heaved with ragged breaths, her thighs quivering as she struggled to regain control. She could feel every inch of you—the impossible fullness, the lingering warmth of your release pooled deep inside her. Her entire body felt raw, too sensitive, and yet her arousal continued to build. Every slight movement seemed to push it deeper, a constant reminder of how thoroughly she’d been claimed.

Her hands gripped the sheets tightly, her knuckles white as she bit her bottom lip to stifle the sounds threatening to spill from her. Her inner walls throbbed uncontrollably, her body clenching as if unwilling to let go of the overwhelming sensation.

Her back arched off the bed as a sharp sting spread across her chest—a hard slap on her breast. The sound reverberated through the quiet room, and she cried out, her voice muffled as her face pressed into the pillow. Her nipples throbbed, hypersensitive as your grip returned, kneading roughly, tugging and twisting with no mercy. Another hard slap landed, and she gasped, her chest heaving as the pain blurred into pleasure.

Her mind spun as the sensations intensified. Her legs fell open wider, her body yielding completely as the rhythm grew more relentless. Each tug on her nipple sent jolts of heat straight to her core, and the fullness inside her felt like it was expanding, stretching her impossibly more. Her breath caught as she felt your tongue on her skin—wet, warm, and insistent. It circled her right nipple, the pressure teasing and building as you sucked hard, making her toes curl.

“No,” she whimpered weakly, her voice trembling. “No, I can’t—” But her body told another story. She arched into the phantom touch, her breaths growing faster as her nipple throbbed under the attention. The flick of your tongue sent shivers through her, the combination of pleasure and overstimulation pushing her closer to the edge. When suddenly.

Knock, knock.

Her heart leapt, panic surging through her. Minjeong’s voice came through the door, her tone hesitant. “Unnie? Can we talk for a minute?”

Karina froze. Her mind swirled in panic, her body still alight with your touch. She fumbled for her robe, struggling to gather herself. The fabric clung awkwardly to her damp skin as she tied it hastily, her trembling hands betraying her desperation. She forced herself to rise, but the moment she stood, an invisible grip tightened around her neck.

Her breath caught sharply, her head tilting back as the hold constricted her throat. She stumbled forward, her hand bracing against the wall as she gasped for air. The pressure made her lightheaded, yet it only amplified the arousal coursing through her. Her body betrayed her, her chest heaving as she struggled to take another step, each movement sending the fullness pressing impossibly deeper inside her.

“Oh, God,” she choked out softly, her knees wobbling as she reached the door. Her fingers gripped the handle tightly, and the constriction eased just enough for her to force the door open. She leaned heavily on the frame, her face flushed and damp with sweat, her breaths coming in shallow gasps.

“Minjeong,” she managed hoarsely, her voice barely steady.

“Unnie, are you okay? You look… really flushed,” Minjeong said, her brow furrowing.

Karina forced a tight smile, clutching her robe around her. “I’m fine,” she said quickly, her voice strained. “What’s up?”

Minjeong hesitated but stepped inside, her expression uncertain. “I just needed to vent,” she began softly. “I messed up during the performance yesterday. It’s been eating at me.”

Karina froze, her body still trembling as the sensations rippled faintly through her. “It wasn’t a big deal,” she said quickly, her voice higher-pitched than usual. “No one noticed.”

Minjeong sighed, sitting down on the bed beside her. “But it was during my highlight part,” she continued, her voice heavy with guilt. “I missed the cue, and I could feel everyone looking at me. I feel like I ruined the whole song.”

“You didn’t ruin anything,” Karina said sharply, her words tumbling out too fast. “The crowd loved it.”

Minjeong tilted her head, her eyes narrowing. “Unnie, you’re talking really fast. Are you sure you’re okay?”

“I’m fine,” Karina snapped, her voice cracking. She crossed her legs tightly, her thighs clenching as the lingering pressure inside her made her shift involuntarily. “I just… I think I left some medicine in my bag in the bathroom. Can you grab it for me?”

Minjeong hesitated, her gaze lingering on Karina’s disheveled appearance, but she eventually stood. “Okay, I’ll check.”

The moment the bathroom door clicked shut, Karina collapsed back onto the bed. Her legs fell open as her body gave in completely. The grip on her neck tightened again, and her head tilted back as she gasped for air. Her chest burned, her body trembling violently as the phantom rhythm built to a breaking point once more.

Her climax surged violently as your teeth grazed her nipple for the first time. Her back arched sharply as the biting sensation left her trembling, and the wet flicks of your tongue soothed the sting, coaxing her higher and higher. She grabbed the pillow, pulling it over her face as her voice escaped in a strained scream, muffled against the fabric as the grip on her neck tightened further.

Her entire body convulsed, the intensity overwhelming as she felt the fullness inside her deepen with every movement. Her cries turned into desperate, broken moans as wave after wave of pleasure consumed her, leaving her trembling and gasping for air.

When Minjeong returned, Karina barely managed to pull herself together. Her robe was haphazardly tied, and her face was flushed and damp with sweat.

“I couldn’t find anything,” Minjeong said, her tone skeptical. “Unnie, are you sure you’re okay? You look like you’ve been running a marathon.”

“I’m fine,” Karina said quickly, her voice shaky. “I just need to rest.”

Minjeong frowned but eventually nodded. “I’ll go down to the lobby and see if they have anything.”

As the door clicked shut, Karina collapsed back onto the bed, her chest heaving as she let out a shaky breath. A weak, triumphant smile spread across her lips as she whispered, “You’re impossible.”

Back at your house, you sat on the edge of the bed, the doll resting before you. The soft glow of the room illuminated it's eerily lifelike features, a testament to the unsettling craftsmanship. Its warmth radiated faintly under your touch, and its pliant texture added an almost unnerving realism. As you worked carefully to clean it, your hands moved methodically, though your mind couldn’t help but linger on how strange and lifelike it felt.

Your fingers brushed against its core, and the unexpected tightening startled you briefly. You shook your head, muttering to yourself about the doll’s unsettling realism. As you continued, your movements remained methodical—careful scoops to ensure it was thoroughly clean. Each curl and shift of your fingers felt oddly precise, the warmth and give of the material blurring the line between artificial and lifelike. You adjusted the angle instinctively, focused entirely on the task while marveling at how well-crafted it was.

Again, Karina jolted violently, her thighs clamping together in a futile attempt to contain the storm of sensations coursing through her. A broken gasp tore from her lips as her fingers twisted the sheets, knuckles white with tension, her back arching off the bed in a mix of helplessness and need.

Each deliberate motion of your hand, precise and unyielding, sent waves of overstimulation rippling through her. Your fingers pressing and curling inside her felt so real it made her toes curl. Her chest heaved with uneven breaths, rising and falling as she struggled to process the overwhelming intensity. She couldn’t escape the unrelenting pressure that pushed her to the brink, her body trembling uncontrollably beneath its weight.

“Stop…” she whispered faintly, her voice shaky and laced with desperation. Tears welled at the corners of her eyes, the overstimulation dragging her into a haze of pleasure and vulnerability. “Please…” she choked out, her plea barely audible as her hips moved restlessly against the bed, seeking relief but finding none.

The pressure built relentlessly, her inner muscles clenching involuntarily, her body betraying her at every turn. Her face pressed into the pillow, her muffled whimpers spilling freely, each sound tinged with a mix of desperation and surrender. Her body bucked slightly, her thighs quivering as she tried to resist the sensations flooding her, but every shift only drew her closer to unraveling completely.

Then, suddenly, the sensations eased, leaving Karina collapsing into the mattress. Her chest heaved with each ragged breath as relief mixed with exhaustion, her body trembling in the aftermath of the intensity. The storm had passed, but her emotions churned restlessly beneath the surface. The earlier anniversary dinner weighed on her heavily—a night cut short, the guilt of leaving the call unfinished pressing uncomfortably on her chest.

Unable to bear the feeling any longer, she reached for her phone. Her fingers trembled slightly as she scrolled to your name and pressed the call button. The line barely rang once before your familiar, warm voice answered.

“Babe?” you said, tinged with surprise and concern. “Is everything okay?”

Karina smiled faintly, her voice barely above a whisper. “I just… I just wanted to check in,” she began, hesitating. “About earlier. Leaving dinner like that—I felt terrible. I wanted to hear your voice… to make up for it.”

The soft chuckle on the other end sent a soothing wave of warmth through her chest. “I miss you,” you admitted, your tone gentle and full of affection. “It’s been hard without you here.”

“Tell me about it,” Karina murmured, her voice thick with emotion. “I feel it every second.”

A brief silence passed before you spoke again, hesitating as though deciding whether to share your next thought. “You know,” you started softly, “that doll you left behind… It actually helps. I don’t know who made it or how it’s so realistic, but holding it… it reminds me of you. It’s comforting in a weird way.”

Karina’s heart raced at your confession, but she kept her tone steady. “Then hold it,” she said gently. “Cuddle it, like you normally do with me.”

There was a pause on your end, followed by the faint rustle of fabric as you adjusted yourself. Karina closed her eyes, imagining you settling into the bed. Then, like a spark igniting, she felt it—an unmistakable warmth wrapping around her, soft and steady, just like your embrace. A quiet gasp escaped her lips, her body easing into the comforting sensation as her chest filled with an indescribable lightness.

She could feel the gentle pressure of your arms encircling her, the way they always seemed to ground her, pulling her close and making her feel safe. The phantom weight of your hand rested on her back, warm and reassuring, while the faint brush of your breath against her hair felt so real she could almost lean into it. Her body sank deeper into the mattress as she surrendered to the illusion, her heart swelling with a mix of longing and relief.

“It’s perfect,” you said after a moment, your voice rich with affection. “Almost like you’re here.”

Karina hummed softly, her mind drifting into a haze of peace and contentment. She tilted her head slightly, as though nuzzling into your chest, and the sensation met her as if you were truly there. The phantom pressure of your heartbeat against hers resonated, steady and soothing, its rhythm lulling her into a rare sense of calm. Her breaths deepened, syncing with yours as she felt the warmth of you—not just physically but emotionally—envelop her entirely.

Her legs relaxed against the bed, the earlier tension melting away as the embrace seemed to tighten around her. She could feel the way you would normally hold her, firm but tender, your hands moving subtly, like you always adjusted to make her more comfortable. It was so vivid, so intimate, that she couldn’t help but let out a quiet sigh. The connection she felt—the closeness—bridged every mile between you, anchoring her in a love that felt as tangible as the bed she lay on.

As the conversation shifted to lighter topics—your plans for the week, a funny story about something that happened at work, and little observations about the house—Karina hummed absently, her voice soft and dreamy. Her body felt lighter, weightless even, as if she were floating in the comfort of your arms. Her shoulders, always tense from the pressures of the tour, eased fully into the mattress as her lips curled into a faint smile.

“You should’ve seen it,” you said with a laugh. “The way it played out, it was like something out of a sitcom.”

Her hum grew fainter, the embrace and your voice working together to lull her further into relaxation. She could feel the warmth of your chin resting gently against the top of her head, the comforting sensation of being fully encased in your love. The faintest brush of what felt like your fingers grazed along her arm, and her body responded instinctively, her skin tingling as she leaned further into the feeling.

Unbeknownst to her, back in your room, you shifted closer to the doll, your body responding instinctively to the memory of Karina’s warmth. The moment reminded you of all the quiet times you’d shared before, when she’d curl into you, content and serene, indulging in the quiet intimacy.

It had always been her way of staying close, of feeling connected without urgency, and the thought tugged at your chest. Without thinking, you pressed deeper into the doll’s lifelike folds, its warmth enveloping you in a way that felt startlingly familiar. Pulling it impossibly close, you murmured into the phone, “Do you know how much I miss this? Just holding you like this.”

Karina didn’t answer; her hum had faded into a faint, contented sigh. But the moment you settled fully into the doll, she felt it—a slow, steady fullness building inside her, grounding her in ways words couldn’t describe. Her breaths deepened, your touch wrapping around her like a cocoon. The sensation of you filling her wasn’t just physical—it was emotional, a tether binding her to you.

Her legs shifted restlessly, her body reacting instinctively to the steady warmth coursing through her. The subtle pulsing from within deepened the haze of comfort and security enveloping her. It wasn’t urgent or demanding—just a steady, grounding presence that filled her with a connection she hadn’t realized she craved. She melted into the sensation, her body yielding completely as a quiet, contented sigh escaped her lips.

“I miss you so much” you murmured again, your voice tinged with longing and affection.

Karina didn’t answer; her body was too relaxed, too wrapped in the comfort of your embrace and the subtle rhythm inside her. Moments later, the faintest, most delicate snore reached your ears, and a warm chuckle escaped your lips.

“Sleep tight, baby,” you whispered into the phone, your voice brimming with tenderness. “I love you.”

Back at your house, you remained there for a while, holding the doll as the call stayed connected. The sound of her calm, even breaths filled the quiet room, creating a sense of closeness that bridged the miles between you. You smiled softly to yourself, knowing she’d finally found peace. It was the best sleep Karina had since the tour began—a sleep steeped in love, comfort, and the feeling of being wrapped in your arms, no matter the distance.

[creelson]

[Famous Boyband] x Y/N Wattpad Styled fic, where Y/N describes in 1st person POV how fragile she is and how hard her life is before the boyband of her dream comes and rescues her, NEVER disappoints, not even in the year of our lord 2024

[baelabong]

ʜɪᴅᴅᴇɴ

(ᴋᴀʀɪɴᴀ x ꜰᴇ���!ʀᴇᴀᴅᴇʀ)

rq: yes

Pairing: Knight! G!P! Karina x princess! fem reader

Note/warnings: multiple s*x scenes, swearing, this is all fiction gang, riding Next

“Y/N,” he begins, his tone one of authority. “Next week Wednesday is an important night, not just for our kingdom, but for you personally.”

You nod, trying to keep your expression composed. “Yes, Father.”

He walks over to you, placing a hand on your shoulder. His grip is firm, a reminder of the expectations that have always been placed on you. “Mark’s family is powerful, their influence extends across many lands. A strong alliance with them would benefit our kingdom greatly. It’s time you start thinking about your future… about marriage.”

The words hit you like a blow to the chest, but you force yourself to remain calm, nodding in agreement. “I understand, Father.”

He studies you for a moment, his gaze softening slightly. “I know this isn’t easy for you, Y/N. But as a princess, your duty to the kingdom must come first. Tonight, you must show Mark’s family that you’re ready to take on that responsibility.”

You swallow hard, your throat tightening as you suppress the emotions threatening to break free. “I will do my best, Father.”

He gives you a small, approving nod before turning back to the window. “Good. Now, go prepare yourself for the ball. Remember, the future of our kingdom rests on your shoulders.”

With a final bow, you leave his chambers, your composure intact until you’re out of sight. The moment you reach your own room, however, the dam breaks. You collapse onto your bed, tears streaming down your face as the weight of your father’s words crashes over you.

It’s not just the thought of marriage that tears at your heart—it’s the knowledge that you could never be with the one person you truly love. The unfairness of it all feels suffocating, as though you’re trapped in a cage with no escape.

The door to your chambers opens quietly, and you look up to see Karina standing there. Her expression shifts from concern to heartbreak when she sees you crying. She rushes to your side, kneeling beside you as she gently takes your hands in hers.

“What’s wrong, Y/N?” she asks softly, her voice filled with worry. “What happened?”

You can barely speak through your sobs, but the words tumble out in a broken whisper. “It’s so unfair, Karina. My father… he wants me to marry Mark. He says it’s my duty to the kingdom, but… but what about us? Why can’t we be together?”

Karina’s jaw clenches, and you can see the anger flicker in her eyes. She pulls you into her arms, holding you tightly as if she can shield you from the pain of reality. “You’ll always have me, Y/N. I’ll be by your side, no matter what. And if it comes to it, I’ll run away with you. We can leave this place, start a new life where no one can tell us what we can or cannot be.”

You pull back slightly, looking into her eyes, searching for any hint of hesitation. “You would do that for me?” you ask, your voice trembling.

Her eyes blaze with fierce determination as she cups your face in her hands. “I would do anything for you. I’d even get rid of anyone who stands in our way… even your father if it meant keeping you safe and happy.”

Your breath catches in your throat at her words, a surge of emotion overwhelming you. The world around you falls away, and all that matters is Karina—her love, her devotion, the way she makes you feel safe and cherished. Without thinking, you crash your lips against hers, the kiss filled with desperation and raw need.

Karina responds immediately, her arms wrapping around you as she deepens the kiss. You can feel the intensity in the way she holds you, as if she never wants to let go. Her hands begin to roam, pulling you closer until there’s no space left between your bodies.

You break the kiss, panting as you look at her with a mix of longing and urgency. “Karina… I need you. Please…”

She doesn’t need to be told twice. In a blur of motion, she lifts you into her arms, carrying you over to the bed. She lays you down gently, her eyes dark with desire as she hovers over you. The sight of her above you, her hair falling like a curtain around your face, sends a shiver of anticipation through you.

“Are you sure?” she asks, her voice husky, though you can see the tenderness in her eyes.

You nod, your hands trembling as they reach for her. “I’ve never been more sure of anything.”

With that, she kisses you again, her lips moving down your neck as her hands begin to undo the delicate ties of your gown. The fabric slips away, exposing your skin to the cool air and Karina’s burning touch. Her fingers trace over your curves, leaving a trail of fire in their wake as she explores every inch of you.

Your breaths become ragged as her hands move lower, teasing and caressing, until you’re a trembling mess beneath her. The composed princess, who stood so poised before her father, is gone. All that remains is a woman lost in the throes of passion, unable to hold back the moans and gasps that escape her lips.

“Karina… please…” you plead, your voice barely a whisper as you arch into her touch.

She doesn’t make you wait any longer. Her hand slips between your thighs, and you cry out at the sensation, your body reacting instantly to her touch. She watches you, her eyes filled with a mix of love and desire, as she brings you to the edge of ecstasy.

You can barely think, your mind clouded with pleasure as she continues to work her magic. Words fall from your lips, broken and breathless as you cling to her, your nails digging into her shoulders. “Karina… I… I’m…”

“Let go,” she murmurs against your skin, her voice soothing as she pushes you over the edge. “I’ve got you, Y/N. I’ll always have you.”

With a final cry, you shatter, your body trembling as waves of pleasure crash over you. Karina holds you through it, her touch never wavering as she guides you back down, her lips pressing gentle kisses to your flushed skin.

When it’s over, you collapse against her, your heart racing as you try to catch your breath. Karina pulls you close, her arms wrapping around you protectively as she whispers soothing words in your ear.

“You’re mine,” she whispers, her voice full of conviction. “And I’ll never let anyone take you from me.”

You smile weakly, feeling safe and cherished in her embrace. “And I’m yours,” you murmur, your voice filled with emotion. “Always”

——

The sun is beginning to set, casting a warm glow through the tall windows of your chambers. You stand before a large mirror, admiring the way your gown shimmers like stardust. The intricate embroidery catches the light, making you look like a vision of royalty. You smile softly at your reflection, but the flutter in your stomach isn’t just from the anticipation of the grand ball—it’s from the woman standing just behind you, her presence as electrifying as ever.

Karina, your ever-loyal knight, is supposed to be helping you get ready, but her touch lingers far longer than necessary, her hands wandering over the soft fabric of your dress and the bare skin of your shoulders. Her fingers trace delicate patterns on your back, her breath warm against your neck as she leans in close.

“You look stunning,” she murmurs, her voice thick with desire. “But you know, I could just as easily take this gown off you as I put it on.”

You feel a shiver run down your spine at her words, and you bite your lip, trying to maintain your composure. “Karina,” you whisper, your voice trembling with both excitement and a hint of warning. “We don’t have time for this… the ball—”

“Let them wait,” she interrupts, her hands sliding around your waist, pulling you back against her. “You know how much I hate sharing you with them.”

You laugh softly, though it quickly turns into a quiet gasp as she presses a kiss to the nape of your neck, her lips lingering there. “Karina, please,” you try to protest, but your resolve is already weakening under her touch.

She turns you around to face her, her eyes dark with longing as they meet yours. “Do you know how hard it is to keep my hands off you?” she asks, her voice low and husky. “To watch you parade around in front of all those nobles, pretending you belong to the kingdom when you’re mine?”

The possessiveness in her tone sends a thrill through you, and you can’t help the way your body responds to her, leaning into her touch. “I belong to you,” you whisper, your hands coming up to rest on her chest. “But we must be careful. If anyone finds out…”

She silences you with a deep, searing kiss, her hands sliding up to cup your face. The kiss is filled with a mix of frustration and need, her lips demanding as they move against yours. You melt into her, the worries about the ball and the court slipping away, replaced by the sheer intensity of her kiss.

When she finally pulls back, you’re both breathless, her forehead resting against yours. “I’ll never let anyone take you from me,” she vows, her voice rough with emotion. “You’re mine, Y/N. Only mine.”

Your heart swells at her words, and you nod, your hands tightening on her arms. “And I’m yours,” you reply, your voice soft but firm. “Now and always.”

She kisses you again, more gently this time, before reluctantly pulling away. “We should go,” she says, though the reluctance is clear in her voice. “Before I decide to keep you all to myself.”

You laugh softly, brushing a lock of hair behind her ear. “You always know how to make me want to stay,” you tease, giving her a quick kiss on the cheek before stepping back.

Karina watches as you turn back to the mirror, her eyes never leaving you as you finish preparing. She helps you with the final touches, her fingers brushing against yours as she adjusts your necklace, her gaze filled with both love and longing.

“Are you ready, my princess?” she asks, her voice a soft whisper in your ear.

You nod, turning to face her once more. “As long as you’re by my side.”

She smiles, a rare, tender smile that makes your heart skip a beat.

——

The grand ballroom buzzes with life, the music resonating through the space as the elite of the kingdom whirl about in their finest attire. You, Princess Y/N, are the center of attention, as always. Tonight, you're dressed in a gown that shimmers like stardust, catching the light with every graceful movement you make. You smile and nod politely at the courtiers and nobles who bow as you pass, though your heart is elsewhere—focused on the one person who truly matters to you.

From across the room, you feel Karina's eyes on you. Your knight, ever vigilant, stands close to the shadows, her gaze never straying far from you. She’s always been your protector, your confidante, and now, your secret love. The bond you share is a hidden treasure, known only to the two of you, kept safe from the prying eyes of the court.

As you continue to circulate through the room, your attention is suddenly drawn to Prince Mark, who approaches with an easy confidence. His charm is well-known, and the look in his eyes tells you that tonight, his interest is solely on you.

“Your Highness,” he says with a smooth bow, his eyes gleaming as they meet yours. “Would you do me the honor of a dance?”

You hesitate for a brief moment, your thoughts flickering to Karina. But you know that you must accept; refusing him in front of the court could raise unnecessary questions. With a composed smile, you place your hand in his. “Of course, Your Grace.”

As the two of you begin to dance, Mark pulls you slightly closer, his grip firm but still within the bounds of propriety. The two of you move together effortlessly, and for those watching, you’re the perfect picture of royalty. Yet, there’s an unease in the pit of your stomach, a feeling that only grows as Mark’s gaze lingers on you longer than it should.

“Princess,” he murmurs, his voice low enough that only you can hear, “you are even more beautiful up close than I imagined. It’s no wonder everyone speaks so highly of you.”

You offer a polite smile, keeping your expression neutral. “You flatter me, Your Grace.”

You nod, allowing him to lead you onto the dance floor. As you move together to the rhythm of the music, he watches you closely, his gaze intent. “You must have suitors from every corner of the kingdom, vying for your hand,” he begins, his voice low and intimate. “But I wonder, has anyone truly captured your heart?”

His question pulls at something deep inside you, and you can’t help but laugh softly, the sound tinged with the memory of the night before—a memory that flashes vividly in your mind.

---

It was late, the palace silent, the moonlight casting a soft glow through the curtains of your chambers. Karina, your loyal knight and secret lover, had entered your room with a look that sent a shiver down your spine. She closed the door behind her, sealing off the world outside, leaving only the two of you in the quiet intimacy of the night.

Without a word, she crossed the room, her eyes locked onto yours. You tried to maintain your composure, the grace and poise expected of a princess, but it all began to slip away the moment Karina reached you. She cupped your face in her hands, her touch gentle yet commanding, and leaned in to press her lips against yours in a kiss that was both tender and full of unspoken desire.

“Y/N,” she murmured against your lips, her voice a husky whisper that sent a thrill down your spine. “You drive me mad, you know that?”

You smiled against her mouth, your heart pounding in your chest. “And what do you plan to do about it, Karina?”

Her answer was to deepen the kiss, her hands moving to the laces of your gown, deftly untying them. “I’m going to make you mine,” she whispered, her breath hot against your ear. “I’m going to make you forget everything but me.”

You shivered at her words, a quiet moan escaping your lips as she pushed the gown from your shoulders, letting it pool at your feet. The cool air of the room brushed against your bare skin, but all you could focus on was Karina—her touch, her scent, the way she looked at you like you were the only thing that mattered in the world.

“Karina,” you breathed, your hands finding their way to the hem of her tunic, tugging it over her head. “I need you.”

She groaned softly, the sound vibrating against your skin as she kissed a path down your neck. “You’ll have me, Y/N,” she promised, her voice thick with need. “But first, I want to hear you say it. I want to hear you say that you’re mine.”

You gasped as her hands roamed over your body, her fingers brushing over sensitive spots that made you arch into her touch. “I’m yours,” you whispered, your voice trembling with anticipation. “I’m yours, Karina.”

She smiled against your skin, a wicked smile that made your pulse race. “That’s what I like to hear,” she murmured, her lips trailing down your collarbone, over the curve of your breast. Her hands gripped your hips, guiding you back until you were lying on the bed, her body hovering over yours.

“Tell me how much you want this,” she said, her voice low and commanding as she teased you with light touches, her fingers brushing over your thighs.

“I want this more than anything,” you moaned, your back arching as she continued to tease you, the ache between your legs growing with every passing second. “Please, Karina, don’t make me wait.”

She chuckled softly, a sound full of dark promise. “Oh, my princess, I won’t make you wait long,” she said, positioning herself between your legs. “But I need you to know that I’m the only one who can make you feel like this. Do you understand?”

You nodded frantically, your hands gripping the sheets as she finally entered you, a cry of pure pleasure escaping your lips. The sensation was overwhelming, her rhythm steady and deep, each thrust driving you closer to the edge.

“Karina,” you gasped, your voice breaking as she moved inside you, the pleasure building with each thrust. “Oh, gods, Karina—”

“Louder,” she demanded, her voice rough with desire as she quickened her pace, her hands tightening on your hips. “I want to hear you scream my name, Y/N.”

And you did. The pleasure was too intense, too overwhelming to hold back. You screamed her name as she brought you to your peak, your body trembling beneath hers as the waves of pleasure crashed over you, leaving you breathless and spent.

---

Back in the ballroom, Prince Mark’s words pull you back to the present, a soft, knowing smile tugging at your lips as you laugh lightly, your mind still lingering on the memory of Karina and the way she had completely unraveled you just hours ago.

The question catches you off guard, and for a split second, your mind flashes to Karina—her steady gaze, the way she always seems to understand you without a word. You quickly compose yourself, offering a practiced response. “As a princess, my duties to the kingdom come first, Prince Mark. Matters of the heart are secondary.”

Mark’s smile widens, but there’s a calculating edge to it. “Perhaps,” he says, leaning in just a fraction closer, “but even the most dutiful princess deserves someone who understands her, who can stand by her side through all challenges. I could be that person, Y/N.”

His use of your name, without the formal title, feels too intimate, too presumptuous. You maintain your composure, though inside, you can feel your frustration building. “Your Grace, you are kind to offer such sentiments, but I believe you overestimate your familiarity with me.”

Mark chuckles softly, undeterred by your cool response. “Perhaps, but I would very much like to change that. I see in you a strength, a wisdom that surpasses others of your rank. Together, we could do great things.”

The dance continues, but your thoughts are no longer on the music or the steps. You’re acutely aware of Karina, standing just out of sight, undoubtedly watching this interaction with a heavy heart. You glance briefly in her direction, catching her silhouette in the corner of your eye. The tension in her posture is unmistakable—she’s holding herself back, maintaining her knightly duty, but you know she’s struggling to keep her emotions in check.

As the music draws to a close, Mark tightens his grip on your hand slightly, as if he doesn’t want to let you go just yet. “Think about what I’ve said, Princess,” he says quietly, his tone sincere. “You deserve someone who sees you for who you truly are.”

You nod politely, withdrawing your hand as the dance ends. “I appreciate your words, Your Grace. Now, if you’ll excuse me, I must attend to my other guests.”

Before Mark can respond, Karina appears at your side, her presence a reassuring balm to your frayed nerves. She bows slightly, her voice calm but with an edge of urgency. “Your Highness, may I have a word?”

You nod, grateful for the interruption. As you walk away from the crowded ballroom, you feel Karina’s hand brush against yours—a brief, hidden touch that sends warmth through your entire being. Once you’re alone in a secluded corridor, Karina turns to you, her eyes searching yours.

“Are you alright?” she asks, her voice filled with concern.

You nod, though the encounter with Mark has left you unsettled. “I’m fine, Karina. But he was… persistent.”

Karina’s jaw tightens, and you can see the storm brewing behind her usually composed exterior. “I don’t like the way he looks at you,” she admits, her voice low and filled with barely-contained jealousy. “He doesn’t know you like I do, and I won’t let him think he can have you.”

You reach out, gently placing your hand on her cheek. “And he won’t,” you assure her softly, leaning in until your lips meet hers in a tender, stolen kiss. “You’re the one I choose, Karina. Always.”

Karina’s breath catches, her eyes darkening with a mix of desire and possessiveness as your words sink in. She tightens her grip on your waist, pulling you closer until your bodies are flush against each other.

“Then show me,” she whispers, her voice rough with emotion, as if daring you to prove your devotion.

Your heart skips a beat at her command, the intensity in her gaze sending a shiver down your spine. Without another word, you quickly glance around to ensure no one is watching, then take her hand and lead her down the dimly lit corridor. Your steps are hurried, the anticipation and need driving you forward until you find a door to a private room—one that you know will offer the seclusion you both crave.

You push the door open, pulling Karina inside before shutting it behind you. The moment the door clicks shut, Karina is on you, her lips crashing against yours in a kiss that’s both demanding and filled with raw passion. You respond with equal fervor, your hands tangling in her hair as you press your body against hers, needing to feel every inch of her.

She backs you up against the bed, her hands roaming over your curves, teasing the sensitive skin beneath your dress. You moan into her mouth as she grips your hips, lifting you slightly before laying you down on the bed. She hovers over you, her eyes devouring the sight of you laid out beneath her, your dress slipping off your shoulders to reveal more of your skin.

“You’re so beautiful,” she murmurs, her voice filled with reverence as she dips her head to kiss along your neck. Her lips and teeth work in tandem, leaving a trail of marks that you know will be hidden by your gown later, but for now, they’re a claim—her claim—on you.

“Karina…” you gasp, your body arching into her touch as she works your dress down further, exposing your breasts to her hungry gaze. “Please… I need you.”

She growls low in her throat, one hand sliding down your body, pushing up the fabric of your skirts until her fingers find the slick heat between your thighs. “I’m yours, Y/N. Only yours,” she whispers before claiming your lips again, her fingers slipping inside you with ease, making you cry out.

The way she touches you, with both tenderness and urgency, sets your nerves on fire. You grip her shoulders, your hips bucking against her hand as she works you over, her thumb rubbing against your clit in a way that has you seeing stars. But you need more—so much more.

“Karina,” you pant, your voice breathless as you pull her closer. “I want you inside me. Please… I need to feel you.”

She doesn’t hesitate. With a quick, deft motion, she undoes her belt and frees herself, her thick, throbbing cock springing to life. The sight of it sends a fresh wave of heat through your body, and you can’t help but reach out, your fingers wrapping around her shaft, feeling the way it twitches in your hand. She groans at your touch, her eyes nearly rolling back in her head as you stroke her a few times.

“Y/N…” she breathes, her voice strained with desire. “I need you.”

You release her, your hands shaking with anticipation as you pull her down to you, positioning her between your thighs. She lines herself up with your entrance, and you both let out a shared moan as she slowly pushes inside, stretching you in the most delicious way. Your back arches off the bed, your nails digging into her shoulders as she fills you completely.

“Oh god, Karina…” you whimper, your head falling back against the pillows as you feel her cock bulging in your stomach, the veins rubbing exquisitely against your inner walls.

She stills for a moment, allowing you both to adjust to the sensation. Her eyes are locked on yours, filled with a love so deep it nearly takes your breath away. “You’re so good to me,” she murmurs, her hands caressing your sides as she starts to move, her thrusts slow and deliberate. “How did I ever deserve you?”

Your heart swells at her words, tears pricking at the corners of your eyes as you meet her thrusts, the pleasure building with each movement. “Karina… you’re perfect. I’m the one who’s lucky… so lucky…”

She kisses you again, her movements becoming more urgent, more frantic as the need to claim you, to make you hers, overwhelms her. You can feel every inch of her inside you, the way her cock drags against your walls, the way she seems to hit that perfect spot with every thrust. It’s overwhelming, the pleasure bordering on pain as she takes you higher and higher, until you’re both teetering on the edge.

“Karina… I’m close…” you gasp, your hands gripping her arms as you feel the coil in your belly tightening, ready to snap.

“Me too,” she groans, her hips slamming into yours as she chases her release. “I’m going to fill you up, Y/N… make you mine…”

“You’re so perfect,” Karina breathes, her voice rough with emotion as she begins to move in earnest. Her hips rock against yours, creating a rhythm that has you gasping and moaning with every thrust. “I want to fill you up with my babies, Y/N. I want you to feel me inside you, to know that you’re mine in every way.”

The words hit you like a wave, and you can barely process them through the haze of pleasure. The thought of Karina’s claim on you, her desire to leave a mark, sends shivers through your body, making your pleasure even more intense.

“Karina… please,” you moan, your hands clutching her shoulders as you try to keep your composure. “I… I want it.”

“That’s it,” she murmurs, her breath hot against your ear as she leans in closer. “Take it all, Y/N. I want to see you filled with my cum, to know that you’re carrying a part of me with you.”

Her words are almost too much to bear, adding an extra layer of urgency to her thrusts. You’re so lost in the pleasure that the thought of what she’s saying only intensifies the feeling. You moan loudly, your hips bucking against her as your climax draws near.

Karina’s thrusts become more frantic, her cock driving deeper, hitting all the right spots inside you. She reaches down, her hand finding your clit, rubbing it in tight circles to push you closer to the edge. “Come for me, Y/N,” she commands, her voice a low growl. “I want to feel you come around me, to know that you’re mine completely.”

The combination of her cock filling you and her fingers working magic on your clit sends you spiraling over the edge. You cry out, your body convulsing as your orgasm crashes through you. You can’t think, can barely breathe as the pleasure overwhelms you. “Karina… I’m c-coming…”

“Good girl,” she murmurs, her voice filled with pride and desire as she fucks you through your climax. She speeds up her thrusts, her cock pulsing inside you as she chases her own release. “I’m going to fill you up, Y/N. You’re going to be so full of me, you won’t be able to forget who owns you.”

The force of her words pushes you even further, your orgasm extending as she continues to pound into you, filling you with her cum. You can feel her release filling you, the warmth spreading through your core as she moans and groans, her thrusts becoming erratic as she reaches her peak.

Karina finally stills, her cock twitching inside you as she spills her seed, the heat and pressure almost overwhelming. She collapses beside you, pulling you close as you both try to catch your breath. The room is filled with the sound of your heavy breathing and the faint echoes of your shared pleasure.

“You’re mine,” Karina whispers, her voice a mix of satisfaction and tenderness as she wraps her arms around you. “All mine.”

“And I’m yours,” you reply, your voice filled with a contented sigh as you snuggle into her embrace. “

Her words send you over the edge, your orgasm crashing through you like a tidal wave. You scream her name, your body trembling as the pleasure consumes you, your inner walls clamping down around her cock.

The sensation is too much for Karina. With a guttural moan, she thrusts deep inside you one final time, her cock pulsing as she spills her hot seed into you, filling you to the brim. The warmth spreads through you, and you can feel her cum seeping out around her cock, coating your thighs in a sticky mess.

———

The moment is brief, but it’s enough to reaffirm what you both know in your hearts. You pull back just as the sound of footsteps echoes down the hallway. With a shared look of understanding, you both step back into your roles—princess and knight, lovers hidden in plain sight.

“Tonight, we play our parts,” you say quietly, giving her one last lingering look before you return to the ballroom. “But never forget, it’s you who holds my heart.”

As you rejoin the festivities, Karina watches from the sidelines, her protective gaze never leaving you. And while the world may see you as a princess without a suitor, you both know the truth—a love that runs deeper than duty, hidden beneath the moonlight.

The grand ballroom is alive with laughter and the soft strains of music, guests swirling around in their finest attire. You move through the crowd, your thoughts occupied with the evening's complex dynamics and your secret affair with Karina.

After your quiet, intimate moment with Karina in the hallway, you return to the ballroom, your heart lightened by her presence and the secret you both share.

You exchange fleeting glances with Karina, whose eyes remain steadfast and watchful from the sidelines.

Just as you're about to engage in conversation with a group of nobles, Mark approaches you again. This time, his demeanor is more earnest, and he catches your hand gently, guiding you to a quieter side of the room.

“Y/N,” he says, his voice carrying a note of earnest sincerity. “I have something important to ask you.”

You look up at him, sensing the gravity of the moment. “What is it, Your Grace?”

Mark’s gaze is steady and filled with emotion. He reaches into his pocket and produces a small, elegant box. With a deep breath, he opens it to reveal a sparkling engagement ring. “Princess Y/N, I know that our time together has been short, but in it, I have seen the depth of your heart and the strength of your character. I cannot imagine my future without you by my side.”

He drops to one knee, his eyes locked on yours. “Will you marry me?”

The room seems to freeze around you. Mark’s proposal hangs in the air, the weight of his words heavy and poignant. The unexpectedness of the moment leaves you breathless, a thousand thoughts racing through your mind.

As you open your mouth to respond, a soft touch on your arm makes you turn. Karina’s presence, though discreet, is unmistakable. Her eyes, filled with a mix of pain and determination, meet yours across the room.

Mark’s gaze is unwavering, waiting for your answer, while Karina’s look speaks volumes—a silent plea, a promise of unspoken love.

Oh fuck.

[fillinforlater]

Mildly Unfair

Male Reader x Yu Jimin (Karina), Kwon Eunbi, Jang Wonyoung

Length: 1656 words

Tags: titfuck, titfuck, titfuck (?), cumshot, rivalry

TW: no editing and terrible analogies hahaha

Inspiration: @capslocked for the (meme) idea

(A/N: You literally voted for the ending to this and I wrote it accordingly. The idea came from @capslocked but I want to give @kaedespicelatte a shoutout for pushing the "Wony busty" agenda. Here is my take on it.)

"Wha-wha-what the hell?"

The sliding door is only half-way open when a wide-eyed Wonyoung is already eager to enter the room through the small gap. Her petite, long body easily passes through, something the two women before you might have struggled with. Unlike Wonyoung, they carry a certain package with them at all times—and said package has you groaning like a wild animal for a couple of minutes now.

"Stop it!" Wonyoung complains, deaf, lust riddled ears unwilling to let her two older friends know about her issue. You'd gladly help her out, really, but your eyes are glued on your erection which is in quite the predicament.

"Shut up," Karina hushes back at Wonyoung, dainty fingers circling your swollen cockhead, tits spilling out from her bra already. No surprise there, she usually wears clothes a size too small and with the bountifulness of her chest, the black lace can barely keep up. "You're not really needed here."

"She is right," Eunbi says softly, dress already around her ankles, lusty hands spreading warm lube over her breasts. She gets on her knees next to Karina and helps the younger to make everything a wet, glistening mess. "He wants something you can't give, Wony."

'Fuck' is all you have to contribute when your manhood is suddenly trapped from both sides in the soft grasp of two pairs of melons. Karina joins you, her moans a lot more unhinged, especially when Eunbi rids her of the tiny bra with a soft smile. 

Eunbi's smile is always soft, loving, and motherly. She is older and absolutely confident in her sexuality. It's this confidence that has gotten this friend group away from "just" hanging out, playing games and partying to a lot more intimate activities.

"Rina, your nipples are so hot, come and rub them over me," Eunbi urges her friend with a laugh that has Karina flushed even stronger than before. Long gone is the hesitant girl, unsure and self-aware of her cup size; she is already in heat and squeezes her tits together to arouse Eunbi with the hard, light brown nipples atop a large arolae. 

"Unnie, you're hot too, ahh!"

"Uhm, hello? I'm here too, you horny fucks!" Wonyoung shouts and climbs on the bed you're sitting on. "Hey you, say something."

That whine must have been directed at you, but you focus on Karina and the valley of her silky boobs rubbing along your sides, stimulating the skin of your shaft while Eunbi licks the slit stopping every now and then to teasingly blow on your tip. Enough reasons to throw your head back and completely ignore Wonyoung, who crosses her arms and looks down at you.

"Like I said," Eunbi addresses Wonyoung, still calm, unworried, your glands twirled between two fingers. "You can't help us. There is no shame in having small boobs, it's just that they can't do this."

"But I can!"

This is ridiculous, but when you look past it, all there is is Karina tit fucking her massive, gorgeous ballons up and down your entire length. Wet sloppy sounds become louder, messier when she sticks out her tongue and drools on your tip. You can't believe that your formerly abashed friend can rival Eunbi with the sluttiness of her expression and the things her mouth can do.

You groan and cup her face with your admittedly sweaty fingers. Karina locks eyes with you, never stops to fuck your cock silly and to get you even closer to heaven, she gets a wet kiss by Eunbi on her rosy cheek. You are ready to blast, early, but Karina has really earned a load on her pretty face and pretty fat tits. But suddenly Eunbi stops Karina's last surge for your climax.

"Okay, Rina, we'll let her do it," she says.

"Eh? What? You must be kidding!" a visibly upset and horny Karina groans. However, Eunbi has trained her well. She pulls away, reluctance only in her gaze. Eunbi gives her another of those motherly smiles and Karina settles next to her, away from your parted legs, away from your glowing, throbbing cock.

Wonyoung gleefully gets in front of you and presses her full, pink lips on what she often calls 'hers'. Yes, she tries really hard to get you to be only hers, but two equally beautiful women with other benefits are right there, sharing a few pecks and fondling each other's curves. 

"Look at me," Wonyoung proudly announces and places your shaft in between her tiny hills, pressing them together and almost making you feel a hint of softness. Almost.

“I am looking, but feel, I do nothing,” you mock her and from the corner of your eyes see Karina taunt the skinny girl—in before Eunbi cups her puffy pussy to make her forget the blazing rod she could be pumping right now. It is doubtful that she can fully forget it though, the amount of times she has thrown a horny gaze to your crotch puts your bank account to shame.

“Y-you’re lying!” Wonyoung whines, almost cries out, with an uncanny desolateness in her usually confident and demanding voice. You can’t help but pity her a bit. “Admit it: my boobs are the best.”

“They are great, but you don’t have to give me a titjob for that,” you try to reason calmly. Wonyoung is having none of that today. Again. 

“No. Tell them, tell everyone, even your weird friends on Discord that I am the bustiest, I have the biggest and bestest boobs of all of them.”

“Wonyoung,

“What the fuck are you talking about?”

This is getting out of hand, like Wonyoung’s mounds. She tries to squeeze them tighter against you, but repeatedly slides over them. Her palms smack your cock in a very unarousing manner. Combine that with the absolute lack of stimulation from her chest, you go limp quickly. Even Wonyoung’s adorable, fuckable expression isn’t enough to salvage this.

Luckily for you, Eunbi saves the day, like she did so many times. She quietly urges Karina to tackle Wonyoung while she takes the vacant spot in between your knees. In the blink of an eye, the mature face of your Noona replaces that of Wonyoung, which is now buried in Karina’s bazookas. 

“I’m sorry about this,” Eunbi whispers, her initial smile fading for something more sinister, still lewd, but in an imposing way that you know all too well. “I’ll fix this, if you’re ready or not.”

You’re never ready for the way she just spits in her hands, nails painted in some color that in no time will flash up and down when she jerks your cock beyond any reasonable stimulation. All the blood that has been rushing away from it turns around asap, getting you embarrassingly hard embarrassingly swiftly.

“N-no need to be sorry. Fuck.”

“I know you can’t resist me, not even my hand. You’d cum on my tits by just looking at them. That’s why I’m better than both of them.”

Is she right? Maybe. She is making a great case for herself, her soft hand suddenly stopping the up and down movement in favor of slaps against her milky meat bags. Eunbi knows you won’t loudly admit to her superiority, but she also knows how she can remove all doubt about it. Small hands move from a large cock to the largest, most perfectly shaped breasts in at least the radius of one meter (Karina is still right there after all—why is she choking Wonyoung—why are their fingers deep in their pussies?), and Eunbi makes sure your cock disappears in them. 

Warm and soft, somewhat like a pussy and still completely different. Eunbi looks at you, expectantly, threatening, you better have a good reaction to her—her titfuck starts violently and you crash back onto the bed with a gasp that has Karina and Wonyoung perking up from their fight (GONE SEXUAL). 

Sexual feels like an understatement for the way Eunbi’s boobies have you on the verge of insanity. She moves them up and down and has you reaching for something up, something down, but all you find are pillows (suspiciously smelling like Wonyoung) and Eunbi’s hair. Nevermind, the second is a great option. You pull on it like it’s the break to a crashing train and the Noona tries to kill you with a stare.

“What are you doing?” she growls.

“Y-you’re too fast, pl-please—”

“No.”

No, your hand in her hair does not matter, she is still absolutely destroying you with her melons. Eunbi’s fun bags are now murder weapons, slashing you, ready to make you release a liquid all over them. In all honesty (you can’t tell her that), it feels fantastic, and an orgasm will be a blissful ride on the clouds, but you don’t want to give it to her. 

“I want Karina.”

“No.”

“I want Karina.”

“No!”

“Unnie!” Karina shouts and stands up, her pussy leaking onto the floor. “He wants me. Your Wony-experiment failed, now I get my rightful load.”

“Ugh, fine.” Your cock is free, Eunbi is livid, though her face can never get rid of this motherly look. It’s endearingly cute in a wicked way. “Fucking take him, I don’t care.”

“I’m here.” Karina’s soft skin presses around you, so much more careful. Her face is bright, porcelain skin ready to be painted like a canvas. Her ears perk up when she hears your groan. Her full lips are slightly parted, her large eyes are dreamy, hungry, ready for you to burst. “Cum, please.”

Your cock erupts all over the perfect, angelic features, covering all but her beauty spot in a thick icing that gets eagerly lapped up. No one can resist the toppings of a great cake after all, not even Eunbi, who quickly falls back to her knees to help Karina clean off her face. Wonyoung joins in too, but she gets the least—they really do care about the age-order here, huh?

[smoothlikealikeasnake]

Strawberry Princess Chapter 10 ‘Promise?’

Pairing - OT7!BTS x Reader, Hybrid!BTS x Hybrid!Reader

Genre - Hybrid!Au , Hybrid BTS x Hybrid Reader, fluff, angst, eventual smut, slow burn? , alternative reality , strangers to lovers , strangers to friends, friends to lovers

Warnings - Riding Motorcycle, anxiety, lots of kissing, inappropriate thoughts, sexual tension, Chasing (as a game?), scent high, sexual content (not smut yet), biting, a mention of blood, prey and predator instincts, lots of fluff, lmk if there’s anything more 💖

Summary - When a certain hybrid starts to appear whenever Jungkook is at the gym, an immediate pull is felt between the two and their eventual friendship soon is spread to the rest of his pack.

Previous Next Overview

“You want to go for a drive?”

Those words had Y/n shooting up out of bed, not even bothering to change out of her soft pajamas, instead just putting on her Uggs and a warm teddy bear coat, putting her messy hair into a ponytail and replying to jungkooks message with a happy ‘yes!’

He was outside within a few minutes and walked up to her apartment, she was patiently waiting for his knock and when she opened the door they just took eachother in, he was in a grey tracksuit, the hoodie unzipped to show the tight white tank top he had on with a black leather jacket sitting over the top and he almost laughed at how cute Y/n looked, in her patterned pajamas and coat.

“I brought something different for us to try this time, do you trust me?” - Jungkooks words had Y/n’s heart racing in anticipation, wondering just what he meant. She nodded timidly and grabbed her keys before taking his outstretched hand and letting him lead her down to the car park. It was late at night, around 11 and pitch black outside, she never went out at this time but she gladly would with him.

A expression of confusion fell over Y/n’s face when she couldn’t spot his Mercedes anywhere, when she looked at him he nodded towards a motorcycle sitting next to his usual parking area, she had never been on one and her nerves were rising as she looked at him hesitantly.

“It’ll be fun, I’ll keep you safe princess”

“Promise?”

“I promise” - He lead her over, picking up one helmet and placed it over her head, making sure it was secured on and being careful not to hurt her ears before lifting her onto the bike, a bit further back from where he would sit, telling her to sit tight for a moment, keeping a hand on her thigh while his other put on his own helmet, sliding a leg over the bike to his own seat, leaning forward to grab the handles.

“Hold onto my waist tight and don’t let go princess” - He waited until she did so, feeling her almost hesitantly wrap around him, under her hands she could feel his defined abs and if she wasn’t so nervous she would have been a blushing mess and would of savoured it more.

Jungkook looked back to check her legs were in the right place after feeling her holding on like he told her too before placing one foot on the floor firmly, kicking up the stand and holding the weight on one foot until it was turned on.

“Ready princess?” - He only got a small and high pitched ‘mhm’ in response before starting it up with a loud rumble, taking off and repositioning his foot as they moved.

This isnt so bad, he’s not even going too fast - but of course that thought ended once they actually got out onto the roads, he had gone slow to get out the car park but the speed immediately picked up once on the road. The grip around his waist instantly got tighter and Y/n let out a little yelp as she thought she was going to fall off for a moment, pressing her entire front to Jungkook’s broad back and squeezing her eyes shut as the cold wind hit her harshly, not having adjusted to the pick up in speed. Jungkook only laughed a little at that letting out a ‘I’ve got you, your fine’ just loud enough so she could hear over the engine.

It took a minute before Y/n finally opened her eyes, adjusting to the speed and realising it wasn’t as scary as it originally had been, when she did it was a feeling she couldn’t describe, watching the city lights go by and the wind blowing against her, the warmth of Jungkook under her hands and instead of holding on like her life depended on it, her grip and body relaxed against him, head resting on his back and watching as he skilfully leant them slightly to the side to pull them around the corners. Giggles started to leave her as she enjoyed the feeling, it felt so free, so relaxing and so new in the best way.

“You like it?” - Jungkook felt her tense body relaxing and heard her sweet giggles, happy to feel her enjoying it like he did

“I love it”

“Hold on a bit tighter then princess” - She did as he said immediately, her hands pressing onto his abs to push herself impossibly closer but not tensing up this time. Jungkook picked up the speed again, the feeling making Y/n’s stomach flip but all she could do was happily giggle and watch the lights around her.

She felt secure, like she couldn’t possibly fall off and it sparked a bit of bravery in her, tightening her legs around the bike and slowly letting go of Jungkook’s waist, putting one hand out at a time, realising she felt nearly completely safe doing it she spread her arms out and leant back a bit to sit up straighter. The wind flowed through her body like electricity and it sparked a few happy shouts and giggles, hearing Jungkook laughing too and impossibly happy to hear and feel her having so much fun. She just took in the free feeling, eventually leaning back against Jungkook and slipping her hands around him again, resting them on his firm chest and sighing happily.

It took a while before Jungkook slowed down, at a point where he could stop and where they were they could see the lights of Seoul everywhere, the road was empty and even if someone drove past they wouldn’t care because they were on the side. After slowing to a stop, Jungkook flicked the stand back on and reached back, somehow picking Y/n up like she weighed nothing and swinging her around, pulling her infront of him and shuffling back just a little, sitting her on the raised hood infront of him. He took off her helmet before taking off his own, shaking out his hair and taking in her dreamy smile.

“Can we do this more often?” - Y/n’s words were light and airy, she felt like she was ontop of the world, never knowing something she saw as so dangerous could ever be so amazing to her.

“We can do this whenever you want too princess”

Y/n couldn’t help the sudden desire and admiration that took over after having built up while they were riding, she was level with Jungkook’s face in her raised position and instantly leant in, slipping her small hands onto his face and leaning forward. He’d slipped his hands to her thighs, holding her securely where she was and leant in too, connecting their lips passionately and quite harshly considering they were out in the open.

The kiss was hot and feverish, their lips moving against eachother quickly and more passionate than ever, Y/n’s hands leaving Jungkooks face to travel up and down his built chest and dragging her claws over his covered abs with a smile against his lips. It was fast and almost hard to keep up with, Y/n’s hands moved everywhere from his abs back up to tangling in his hair and over his neck making him shiver while Jungkooks hands rubbed up and down her thighs, getting dangerously high before squeezing hard and soothing them again. They couldn’t feel the freezing wind hitting them and they didn’t care that they were out in the open, too enthralled with eachother.

Eventually they had to part, out of breath and panting as they leant their foreheads together, staring at eachother with swollen lips and stars brighter than those shining over them in the sky in their eyes. They repeated they a few times, the kisses occasionally travelling onto each others necks and leaving little nibbles before returning to their lips. It wasn’t a sweet peck, the kisses grew messy with bitten and sucked lips, tongue that left them with mixed saliva and small gasps and moans, completely in their own world.

They didn’t want it to end.

“Do you have somewhere to be in the morning?” - When Jungkook got a shake of Y/n’s head as a no he let out a breathless reply, airy and sounding almost desperate.

“Stay with me, I’ll take you home tomorrow but tonight, this doesn’t have to end” - Y/n instantly nodded, going in for another kiss, addicted to his taste and the feel of his lips on hers, she might have been sorry for the light scratches she left on his neck and down his chest, showing pink lines even through his white tank top. Her thighs were no better, there would definitely be pink hand marks maybe even light bruising from his grip but she loved it, loved every second of it. She chased his lips with a whine everytime he pulled away to breathe, never imagining herself to feel so desperate for someone.

Their kisses had to come to a stop so Jungkook could take them home, both pulling away reluctantly with swollen lips before Jungkook put on her helmet and manhandled Y/n back into her seat before putting on his own helmet and starting the bike back up. They didn’t speak throughout the drive, Y/n just relaxed against his back, hands holding his chest and eyes trained onto the lights flying by, time seemed to slow and get faster all at once, Y/n barely processing how they’d driven all the way back until they pulled into the carpark of the packs home and she sighed a tad sadly, not wanting to stop.

Their walk up was playful, hushed whispers and giggles so they didn’t wake anyone up in the late night, neither of them felt tired, bursting with energy and lightly pushing at eachother in the elevator after Jungkook teased her for being so worried at first and then loving it. Jungkook fumbled with the keys to get in before turning round and putting a finger over his lips.

“I think most of them are asleep so we have to be quiet” - Y/n nodded and put her hand over her mouth to muffle another laugh, not even knowing what was funny just being together made it all feel good. The two practically stumbled through the door, knocking a few shoes out of place and shushing at eachother before Jungkook accused her of being too clumsy and deciding the best solution was just to pick her up and throw her over his shoulder.

“Let me down Kook!” - Y/n whispered but was still giggling away and hit his back silently, lightly kicking her legs not accepting defeat until Jungkook reached up, making Y/n jolt and fall silent trying to surpress her laughs as his hand fell down on her ass, slapping it playfully, it made more noise than either of them had since they got in and Jungkook quickly rushed both of them to his room like they were a couple teenagers sneaking back in, still shushing eachother.

When they were finally in Jungkooks room, he grabbed onto Y/n’s bare waist under her shirt that had rode up and threw her down onto the bed with a laugh at her yelp when she bounced on it.

“Your hands are rough” - Maybe Y/n’s words had more than one meaning but they actually were rough, from his weight lifting and he looked at her pretending to be offended before stalking up to her, latching his hands onto her exposed waist again and tickling her into protesting laughs and squirms, definitely louder than she had intended too.

“These hands?”

“Yes! Yes- those hands!” - Jungkook suddenly pulled away and left her without any touch and despite being glad the tickling stopped Y/n craved his touch again, eyes observing him to work out some way to get his touch again but before she could Jungkook looked at her in somewhat surprise for a moment.

“I forgot to put your coat away” - He guided it off of her arms leaving her in her pajamas and telling her he’d be back soon, quickly putting his own jacket and her coat up with the other coats, laughing quietly at how comedically small it was in comparison to all of theirs before making his way back finding Y/n laying on her side and taking in his room.

“Are you comfortable like that or do you want some clothes to change into princess?” - his words caught her attention and she looked down, really debating asking to sleep in his clothes but she was already in pajamas it wasn’t really needed

“I’m okay like this thank you” - Kook nodded before gathering some pajama pants of his own and finding. A shirt, even if he never slept with one on he would in fear of making Y/n uncomfortable, excusing himself to change and wash his face.

Coming back, he was putting on his shirt on while he walked through the door and even though he thought Y/n wasn’t watching she definitely was, looking at the plaid trousers low on his hips, lower than the band of his Calvin kliens and all his muscles tensed as he put on the shirt, abs on full display and biceps flexing. It was only after shaking out his hair that he noticed the gaze on him, growing flustered at the attention as he realised she had infact been watching him. He walked over to the couch he had in his room, specifically for his gaming on his tv and Y/n watched him confused as he got comfortable and was about to pull a blanket over himself.

“Why are you there?”

“I’ll sleep here?” - Jungkook was confused at Y/n’s confusion but her eyebrows furrowed and she bit her still swollen lip for a moment before patting the bed

“It’s big enough for both of us” - Y/n was praying he wouldn’t reject her and he was more surprised than anything before happily leaping up and dropping himself on the king-size bed next to her, watching her smile again and her eyes light up, in her joy she didn’t think before diving in and draping some of her body over his and burying her face into his neck to take in his addicting scent, nuzzling her face in and not hearing his sharp inhale as her nose and lips rubbed in and down against his scent gland. Jungkooks arm fell around Y/n, draping over her lower back and tilting his head to the side to give her more space, she was happily kicking her feet at his scent and her own scent was sweetening and filling the room before apparently she wasn’t close enough, swinging one of her thighs over his waist and sitting on his abs, leaning back down and getting right back into his neck, purring and squirming happily.

Y/n’s hands were planted on his chest while Jungkooks were on her lower back dangerously close to her ass and she was consumed by his scent, not taking a single moment to think about how bold she was being. Its not like Jungkook minded, he felt like he was in heaven, scent gland growing pink and even more sensitive from Y/n’s nuzzling, his brain short-circuiting when Y/n’s tongue darted out gently, whining at the taste on her tongue and when he made no move to move away or stop her, she grew more confident, lapping over the scent gland with loud purrs and shudders over her entire body.

Jungkooks breathing was heavy and he was near panting when it got too much and he pulled one of his hands up, gripping Y/n’s chin and directing her lips to his kissing like they had never stopped earlier on the bike. Y/n gasped into his mouth and he slid his tongue in at the opportunity, the intensity of it all, his taste his scent his lips, his body, all of it was so much that Y/n grew restless, squirming in her position and unknowingly rubbing over Jungkooks crotch. His groan was low and almost feral as he kissed her harder, feeling Y/n’s hands travel down and under the bottom of his t-shirt, claws scraping over his hard abs. The warm skin under her hands had Y/n whining into the kiss, not wanting to pull back to breath even for a second, pulling at the hem of his shirt and wiggling to the point where Jungkook’s hands had slipped down to her ass and gripped hard, stilling her as she failed to notice the hand sensation under her, only pulling back after her head got dizzy, not enough air reaching her lungs as they parted with a pop and red, messy swollen lips.

Y/n sat up, eyes widening and cheeks flushing as once she did there was something hard and big pushing up into her crotch, she would have gasped if she wasn’t so flustered, the hands she had under Jungkook’s shirt stilling as she took him in, trying to clear her head for a moment. Jungkook was a mess, panting and flushed, hands still gripping onto Y/ns ass for his life and groaning at Y/n’s warm centre over his dick, his eyes were squeezed shut and he felt hot but just when he thought Y/n was finished, her sweet voice travelled to his ear, hesitantly gripping the hem of his shirt.

“Kookie? Can I take this off? I promise I won’t squirm anymore” - Somehow he knew that just wasn’t true but he was more than happy to oblige with a bashful smile, sitting up as she slid down his lap a little further and he had to hold back the groan teasing at his teeth, grabbing the back of his collar are easily pulling the top off tossing it next to him and he took in her flushed state as he layed back again. Y/n was pink and her pupils were dilated to the max, breath held in her throat as she took in her physique even if she had seen it before, never this close, never intentionally and she looked up for permission as her fingers twitched to touch him. It made Jungkook a bit bashful as he nodded and tensed just a bit at the claws that scraped over his abs, Y/n’s soft fingers soothing each line as she traced his muscles, putting a bit of pressure and shuddering at how hard he was all over.

Jungkook had been doing well to keep in his groans but he lost that battle when the saliva building up in Y/n’s mouth from the urge to bite had gotten too much, she dove down and started leaving wet kisses and nips all over his neck starting from his sensitive scent glands and he instantly moaned loud and almost desperately, hands tightening on her as she made her way down, leaving little bites and kisses all over his chest, savouring the relief she was getting even from the small nips, every nip she was leaving was accompanied by a wet kiss to soothe the mark that seemed to instantly bloom and she couldn’t get enough of the taste of his skin, muscles twitching under her tongue as she made her way down, breaking her promise to stop squirming as she eventually got down to his abs, leaving the same marks on the hard muscle but when she got closer to the band of his Calvin Kliens she had to take in the sight of his defined v line and the faint happy trail in the centre and suddenly the nipping wasn’t enough.

She desperately wanted to sink her little fangs into one of his hips, marking the v-line and as if reading her mind, Jungkook slipped a hand into her hair, pulling her head up to look at him. Y/n thought she had gone too far and felt embarrassment rising in her throat but was instantly soothed and equally as excited at Jungkook’s next words

“Gentle princess, you can bite just be gentle for me” - Jungkook kept a firm hand in her hair, guiding her down to one side of his v line again, Y/n felt the loud purrs pouring out of her and she was purrfectly obedient under his hand and at his words, opening her mouth to lick at the area she chose before sinking in her fangs, being gentle enough not to break the skin just as he requested but just a bit harsher than she had been with the smaller nips, this was going to leave a mark for atleast a week, the indent of her fangs forming instantly and the whine she let out was high pitched and needy even if she didn’t know what for, this was as satisfying as it could get in that moment. Jungkook was panting harshly, cursing at the pleasure coursing through him and squeezing his eyes shut, hand in Y/n’s hair tightening just a bit more and he let out a loud moan as she let go, licking over the mark to soothe it before looking at it very satisfied with herself.

Just as Jungkook was about to flip her over and pin her down to return the favour just as they both wanted, someone burst into the room calling for him and all three figures froze, the two on the bed looking over with wide doe eyes, looking completely innocent as if Jungkook didn’t have nibble marks across his entire chest and Y/n wasn’t sitting on his lap looking like a guilty mess.

The three looked between eachother as if the two on the bed had been caught red handed and they kind of had, Jungkook hadn’t told anyone about bringing Y/n home not that it mattered but still, they were caught deep in a scent haze and the figure at the door wanted nothing more than to join in, so he broke out of the initial shock with a sly step into the room.

“What do we have here, trying to keep Y/n all too yourself Kookie?” - Jimin slowly stalked over, as sly as ever, careful to take in their reactions and to stop if needed but it wasn’t needed, Y/n’s gaze changed from one of shock to one of longing, her hand reaching out, claws fully out to dig into Jimins black hoodie once he was in reach and yanking him towards them.

Up close, Jimin could really take in the situation, the marks that trailed down Jungkook’s muscular torso and the red mark on his v-line, the light lines from Y/n’s claws and his harsh grip on her ass, both of their blown out pupils despite the widely innocent look they were both giving him, they made no attempt to hide any of it and Jimin got comfortable sitting next to them, rolling up his sleeves subconsciously from the heat radiating off the two and Y/n watched with almost hungry eyes at the veins running up his forearms before focusing on his plump lips. Who knew someone could look so ravishing in just a hoodie

“You have fun there baby? Marking up Kookie? Making him look even more pretty” - Y/n preened at the praise, shuddering as her grip on his hoodie never loosened, loving the soft fabric under her fingers, Jungkook hadn’t spoken a word too entranced by the situation.

Jimin felt like a puppeteer, leaning into Y/n’s ear to whisper and instigate every following move.

“How about you let Kookie give you a few of his own, it’s only fair” - Y/n was instantly nodding, looking down for a split second before she was flipped over onto her back with a gasp, side pressed up against Jimins leg where he was sitting next to them, Jungkook caging her in ontop of her. Jimins hand fell into her hair, gently scratching across her scalp and at the base of her ears sending shivers through her body all over again. Jungkook looked down at her, eyes full of sincerity as he didn’t make any moves to reciprocate just yet

“Is this okay princess?” - Y/n’s heart fluttered at his voice and she instantly nodded but a husky ‘words’ was whispered into her ear and she instantly beared her neck and obliged with the command

“Yes- Yes- please-“ - Y/n was entirely breathless and whined as soon as Jungkook leant down, leaving kisses down her neck, working up and down until he licked over her scent gland and at her shudder and choked moan he used his own teeth to mark it, her scent flourishing around the two as Jungkook continued his way down around the collar of her Pajamas never pushing to be respectful but Y/n’s hands shot up, unbuttoning the top two buttons of her top to give Jungkook more access and while she felt Jungkook’s smile against her skin she could hear Jimins, teasing.

The movement gave Jungkook access to all around Y/n’s chest, up to the trim of her bra and Jungkook had to hold himself a little higher for a moment to take in the side, eyes widening even if he had felt them before, then he dove in leaving messier marks all around the area, Y/n no longer holding back any noise, whining and choking out moans as Jungkook’s mouth delved into her full breasts, every kiss and bite marking her up just like she had done to him.

Her body seemed to stop working as she layed there in bliss, if she had more strength in her hands in that moment she would have undone the rest of her buttons but she could only dig her claws into Jungkook’s shoulders and respond, squirming as Jimin praised her in her ear, letting her arch her back into Jungkook’s lips body sensitive and responsive.

“More-“ - The only word she could coherently get out was more and Jungkook obliged by moving down, to the waist band of her bottoms and lifting the hem of her top up slightly so he could leave the same marks along her lower belly, feeling her shake under him until he got to the same point she had marked on his own body, soothing a hand up and down over her body as he peppered kisses around the area until squeezing her thigh to reassure her and sinking his teeth into her hip, illiciting a moan so whiny and loud Jimin had to push a hand over Y/n’s mouth to muffle it. Jimin let go instantly after, not wanting to restrain her.

Jungkook didn’t break skin, leaving a mark that would stay the same length as his own and soothing it with his tongue when he let go but Y/n’s body was so sensitive all over that she was close to tears, slapping a hand over her own mouth and twitching at every swipe of his tongue, she could hear Jimin teasing her for how sensitive she was, swiping a finger lightly over her swollen scent gland and down just under her collarbone and watching her both arch up into the touch and have a single tear roll down her cheek that he wiped away with a gentle touch. Jimin watched her and moved a hand into Kooks hair, keeping his eyes only on Y/n as he prepared to pull him away the second Y/n wanted but that moment didn’t come and Jungkook left a final kiss over the mark before sitting up, scooting closer and wrapping his arms around Y/n and pulling her to sit up slowly, placing a kiss to her head while the two men sandwiched her in happy scents, Jimin moving to sit behind her and sliding her onto his thighs with Jungkook infront of her.

Caught up in the moment, the three hadn’t realised there was a fourth figure in the doorway, watching all too amused and summoned by Jimins failure to come back and Y/n’s moan.

“So this is why you didn’t come back Jimin” - two heads snapped towards the voice while Y/n just kept her head in Jungkook’s neck, breathing in his fresh scent.

“Can you blame me Tae?” - Jimins words were slurred and he was nearly as affected as the two he originally walked in on just from sitting by them

Taehyung walked over in equally as casual clothes as the three, pretending he wasn’t being affected by the air in the room as he shut the door behind him and walked over, leaning in and catching a clear sight of where Y/n’s claws held on to Jungkook’s back and shoulders and the marks peeking out of Y/n’s pyjamas. Jimin’s eyes were about to roll back into his head from watching and smelling everything that happened so when Tae got close enough he ran his hand up his back and placed it over his nape, squeezing in a light scruff to ground him.

Jimin slumped with a happy sigh, Taehyung took in the situation and decided to take lead for the three of them, all too deep in their head to think for themselves. Gently pulling Jungkook back to give Y/n some space elicited a sad whine from her as she scrambled to get closer again but Tae just hushed her and mentioned that she should sleep now, that it’s late. All three of them were manhandled to where Tae wanted them, Jungkook and Y/n laying in the middle of the bed with Y/n resting on Jungkook’s marked up chest and Jimin placed right next to her, leaning over her body and half spooning her.

It was a pretty sight, all of them so blissed out and the two in the middle covered in pretty little red and purple bite marks, the two in the middle barely holding onto consciousness as sleep clouded their minds and Jimin dopily admiring the two, one of his hands alternating between stroking Y/n’s hair and Jungkook’s hair, loud purrs from Y/n vibrating both men’s bodies. Taehyung gave them all soft praise and words of admiration as he put them where they’d be comfortable before taking his own spot next to Jungkook leaning on his side to watch over them, one of Y/n’s arms was resting over Jungkook’s lower waist, subconsciously protecting the bite mark she put there while her own was covered by her pyjamas and Jimins arms that left the two’s heads and draped over Y/n’s waist.

When they were all ready, Taehyung grabbed a large blanket and covered all 4 of them, putting a kiss to Jungkook’s forehead and it was like they were under his hypnosis because as soon as he uttered out ‘sleep now’ all 3 dropped their eyes shut and sighed happily, the four of them dropping into deep sleeps all coerced by Taehyungs words and the strong scents flowing around the room.

———————————————————————————

Yoongi had cooked everyone breakfast the following morning, the eldest 4 of the pack all getting ready for their days but each growing curious as they hadn’t seen their energetic youngest 3 so Jin went to find them, finding Tae and Jimins rooms empty but finding the jackpot in Jungkook’s room. 4 perfectly blissed out and still asleep hybrids, bundled up close with a chirping Jungkook, purring Y/n, sighing Jimin and rumbling chest Taehyung. They didn’t even stir when he opened the door, he couldnt see anything from the night before from where he was standing and he was so shocked but equally happy that he called out to the other three

“Yoongi, Hobi, Joon, come here now!” - The other three rushed, not knowing what was happening but finding Jin standing in the doorway they grew a little confused until Jin stood to the side letting them see and taking a few steps closer, watching how Jungkook and Jimin tightened their hands over Y/n’s waist and Taehyung threw one over Jungkook and her too, protecting her in their sleep.

As they got closer they started to notice the details, Y/n had thrown a leg over Jungkook and squirmed in her sleep making her shirt ride up and the undone buttons at the top open a bit more showing all the marks Jungkook left and besides Jungkook’s lower stomach, they could see all the little nibble marks Y/n had left on him in return.

“I need a picture of this” - Yoongi’s voice was low but Jimin started to stir, sleepily opening his eyes and looking at them before looking to the position he found himself in, smiling and sighing contently lulling himself back to sleep. Yoongi took his photo but unfortunately his flash was on, getting a growl from Taehyung as he snapped awake, his arm around the two next to him tightening as he looked around for the danger but only saw his 4 hyungs.

“Breakfast is ready” - Namjoon spoke with raised eyebrows, questioning Tae in his tone and Tae looked to the side, remembering the night before with a dopey smile but he now had to wake up the three around him, nudging Jimin first knowing he would be easier to wake and getting a grumble in response before his messy hair shot up looking around again with sleepy eyes before sitting up. Despite all Tae and Jimins moving and jostling to sit up, Kook and Y/n didnt wake up one bit, all Jungkook did was huff and pull Y/n to lay flat ontop of his body.

“When did Y/n come over Minnie?” - Jins voice was soft from watching the 4 interact and he spoke with love pulsing from his body

“Kookie brought her home some time last night, I found them and then Tae found us” - His explanation was brief because he didn’t know much more, not about where they had been or how long they had been home before he found them

Hobi had been silent for a while, humming in response and not taking his eyes off Kook and Y/n, tail swinging behind him as he tried to catch a glimpse of the events from the night before. A hand on his shoulder snapped him out of his thoughts, Joon bringing him back to focus.

“We will leave and one of you wake them up so we don’t startle Y/n” - Joon smiled at the 4 and ushered everyone else out, leaving a sleepy Tae and jimin, who would much rather go back to sleep, to wake them up.

Jimin started by pulling Y/n by her hips off of Jungkook and nearly stopped completely at the whine that came from her throat as her hands reached out to hold on and when she couldn’t grab anything else she wrapped her arms around his tattooed one and held on as tight as she could, pinning her entire body to it and trapping his hand between her thighs tightly.

The two men awake just decided they’d have to wake up Jungkook first, trying first to shake him and when they didn’t work, pressing onto his very swollen and marked scent gland and his eyes instantly jumped open, sleepily looking around in confusion. He went to move his arm to wipe his hair out of his face but couldn’t move it and something, someone was attaching herself very tightly too it, as he tried to move it again he flexed it and heard a happy sigh and someone’s plush lips and saliva? On it, making him look at it in confusion and laughing quietly as he observed Y/n’s mouth slightly open and when he flexed, pressing into her lips and touching a little bit of drool. He noticed the two other men watching the interacting with smiles and messy hair.

“Breakfasts ready, hyungs came to get us” - Tae spoke with an even lower register than usual, voice rusty and low even when he grunted from stretching and pulling himself up, same with Jimin while Jungkook just watched Y/n with hearts in his eyes for a while, looking down and blushing as his hand was firmly held between Y/n’s thighs. Jimin watched him blush and responded to his unspoken question

“You pulled her ontop of you and I tried to pull her off to wake you both up but she latched herself onto your arm before she could get too far” - Jungkook made a noise of acknowledgement bringing his free arm to push the hair away from her face and to gently do the same thing that had woken him up, her eyes opening instantly. It was the best sleep she had ever had and she was not happy to wake up from it, not even looking around before she tried to hiss at anyone and everyone and hold on tighter, she heard two laughs and a growl at her reaction so her eyes shot right open.

While Jungkook and Jimin found it quite funny she was subconsciously challenging Taes authority and as a species in somewhat close relation there was the obvious hierarchy and everything in him was telling him to tell her off, to scruff her and carry her out to the kitchen by the back of her neck. He almost did it, if it wasn’t for how she looked up at him apologetically and let of a meek ‘sorry’, it would do for now.

“Got to get up now princess, breakfast” - Jungkook’s lower voice than usual made her shiver and she made move to reluctantly getting up before noticing how she was wrapped around his arm and scrambled to let go, embarrassed and suddenly flustered. He didnt notice how she wiped her hand where her face was to get rid of the little drool patch and he couldn’t hold back the laugh that followed. Before he pushed both of them up into a sitting position and reluctantly got up looking for a shirt, a hoodie, anything to cover his very bare chest and in her still slightly state Y/n just took in the expanse of his back and the sight of his pants low enough to see his Calvin Kliens, he was so dreamy she almost sighed and leant on her hand like they do in movies.

To snap herself out of it she took the hairband on her wrist off and put her hair into a messy high ponytail as she was sure it looked a state, stretching and then noticing the obvious breeze on her chest and scrambling to do up the final two buttons with a blush. Y/n looked at the hoodie in Jungkook’s hands disapprovingly, something in her head telling her it was offending ‘better without, leave it off!’ But she made no move to voice her thoughts, not that she needed too because her scowl spoke for her, being laughed at a little as someone ran a hand down her back soothingly, knowing it was because it covered a lot of the marks she had worked sooooo hard to put on him.

Tae grabbed her by her ankles and pulled her to the edge of the bed before pulling her up by her waist, eliciting a little squeal from her before a giggle. He had meant well but something in his wasn’t all that happy with her apology earlier, still believing she would challenge him again so after the other two men left infront of him, still messy and tired, he put a hand to the back of her neck and walked her forward. Y/n didn’t mind, she would have melted into his hand if she didn’t have to walk but she was still waking up and seeing as he didn’t actually do anything after she hissed at him, something was speaking to her in her head that caused her to act how she would with Yoongi.

‘Run, see if he chases you, hiss, see what he does, test him’ - And so she did, they were right about to be in the kitchen and everyone could see them when she spun on her heel and started to running away with a giggle. Instantly, she didn’t just have one big cat on her heels, she had 4 predators running after her as she ran into rooms and did full circles around the perimeter before running into the next, they were all hot on her heels but never quite there.

Three amused hybrids watched the 5 race in and out of rooms in the hallway like some sort of Tom and Jerry game until eventually Y/n got to Hoseoks room, running in and nearly tripping over her own feet and right as she thought she was getting away with it her giggles were cut off by a hand on her lower back roughly pinning her down flat to the bed infront of her, another hand grabbing one of her hands that was about to try to help herself get away, pinning it by her face, the long slim fingers of her captor easily covering it and somehow she didn’t thinks he was ready to stop playing so she let her instincts lead. Moving her head up enough to bite down on the flawless skin, little fangs piercing it just slightly and as she thought she had the leverage to get up a knee landed between her thighs and the same hand she bit grabbed onto both her hands in one of his, pinning them at the edge of the bed. She had fallen into the middle of the bed and whoever was over her pinned her right in her position.

“You should know if you run everything in our body tells us to catch you doll” - The words were a threat but they didn’t come from above her, they came from infront of her, where Namjoon had crouched to be in eyeline with her. Y/n just didn’t want this game to be up though so she smiled playfully at him and started to squirm and turn under the body pinning her down until she felt another set of hands on her, one pushing down on her lower back and one on her neck, pinning her head to the side with pressure on her nape so she could see who was holding her down but not who was ontop of her, Yoongi.

“She hissed at me this morning” - Taehyungs voice came from somewhere in the room but she couldn’t see, it was predatory and lower than usual but he got a laugh from Yoongi in response

“Yeah? She does this to me everytime we see eachother” - He couldn’t hide his amusement and he didn’t say it in a way that indicated he didn’t like it at all because it really was fun for him, he had no complaints.

“Are you going to apologise to Hoseok, look what you did to his hand kitten” - Yoongi’s voice was guided along with his hand on her nape turning her head to see a small drop of blood at the two puncture wounds from her fangs on the set of hands holding hers down, Hoseok. It did spark something in her to move forward and treat it, to heal it over because she’d hurt his perfect skin but she couldn’t reach in her position.

“If I had known you were such a brat I would have treated you a bit differently to how I have been, thinking you were this shy little princess this whole time” - Hoseoks words were low and raspy in her ear and had her breath catching, tail rubbing over his stomach that was hovering over her.

“I’m not a brat” - That got laughs, 4 sets of them

“Oh right I forgot, only with me your a brat” - Yoongi sounded smug about it and she smiled devilishly at him showing off the fangs that had punctured Hoseoks hand.

Anyone would of been scared, being watched and pinned by 4 predators but all she felt was excited, infact she couldn’t stop that purr that cut off any words she could of said, loudly tumbling out of her chest as she relaxed in their hold, no longer fighting. It shocked them really, she just turned into a happy little kitten even while being in the room with 4 potential threats, not that they would ever lay a finger on her like that.

“Now your revealing all your secrets pretty, purring like that you’d think we were playing with your tail or your ears” - Hoseok was entirely teasing but his words only made her purr more and sigh happily, they half thought she was going to fall back asleep

“You’re not going to run anymore are you? Because we will do this all again” - Namjoon spoke carefully making sure she’d process every word and he just got a nod in response. That was good enough as Yoongi took his hands away much to her displeasure and Hoseok took his hand off her own but before he could get away she grabbed the hand that was holding her down and brought it to her lips, gently licking over the small wound.

“M’ sorry” - Her words were sincere, she hadn’t meant to hurt him but it got her flipped onto her back, Hoseok gently holding her jaw as he leant over her, opening her mouth and using that same hand to gently tap her fangs, she half wanted to bite down again but the position he was holding her meant she couldn’t move her jaw if she wanted too.

“That’s alright, you just wanted to bite down on something, was Jungkook not enough yesterday? I saw all those marks you left on him, we all did” - The recollection just made her eyes widen and she flushed not knowing what to say before he smirked and pulled off of her. She hadn’t realised all the marks would really stay, well besides the one on his hip she thought they would fade overnight? The same with her own but that idea was shut down at Hoseoks next words, standing over her at the edge of the bed

“It’s alright pretty, he clearly got you back for it” - His eyes were heated and burned into her as he looked down her body, from her next to her waist were her pajamas had risen again, even if he couldn’t see all of them on her chest now he had seen them earlier. They wouldn’t mention it the images stayed on everyone’s mind, very jealous of it all.

She sat up and it was like she came back to her senses why did she do that why did she run like she had to test them for something!? She was entirely embarrassed but Joon just came over and that’s when she noticed he was dressed for work, in a once pristine suit that now looked a little rough from their chasing and she instantly felt guilty, reaching out and smoothing down it all not even minding how she was dragging her hands down his body. Muttering out apologies for it all but he just shushed her and helped her up, walking her to the kitchen, the three others behind her making sure she didn’t run again.

“Have fun beautiful?” - Jin was teasing but brought her into a welcoming hug when he saw her. He didn’t miss the subtle nod she gave as she admitted it and he just laughed ushering her over to a seat and the sight infront of her made her mouth water, fresh fruits, pancakes and fruit smoothies, enough for more than 8 people. No one mentioned her little game as everyone reached to fill her plate before she could even think of doing it herself, she happily ate away before a question made her think.

“So what did you and Kook do before you got here last night Y/n?” - Joon asked, purely out of curiosity but Kook looked at her shuffling in his seat, almost pleadingly. She didn’t know why but she felt like maybe a little tweaking of the story would be required

“We just went for a drive and watched the city lights for a little bit” - Y/n said with a smile before putting another bite of pancake in her mouth so she didn’t have to say anything else and Kook let out a breath with a nod and a smile.

———————————————————————————

The breakfast was delicious and Y/n made sure to give enough praise about the food that Yoongi was red up to his ears before everyone started to get ready for the rest of their days. Jungkook had come and said he’d take her home just like he promised and once there was no one in the room he leant down into her ear to explain himself from earlier

“I don’t think hyungs would be too happy I took you out on my bike so let’s keep that one between us princess” - She understood, it was dangerous and if keeping a little secret meant she could keep going out with him like that she would do it.

Jungkook brought her back to his room to get some fresh clothes, even if he was taking her straight home he still wanted her to feel fresh. Or maybe, he just wanted her to be in his clothes. The problem was, his smallest clothes were going to be extremely large on her but he still picked out a tracksuit for her, a comfortable gray one that he wore often enough to have stained with his scent even freshly washed. He handed it to her telling her she could use the bathroom to change while he changed into one of his own in the bedroom and she didn’t waste any time to take it in there and bring it up to her nose, loving his scent.

She couldn’t have been quicker to strip down and put his tracksuit on but soon ran into the problem of it being far too long, adjusting the waist was easy by pulling the cords and tying but the arms and legs were ridiculously long even if she loved it and it made her feel beyond cozy, just worrying she’d trip. It wasn’t a problem for Jungkook when she came back out the bathroom though, immediately kneeling down and placing her hands on his shoulders to brace her as he picked one of her legs up and rolled up the bottoms to make them the right length and repeated it with the other leg. The same went for the sleeves, rolling them up until they were right.

Y/n didn’t take her pyjamas home, instead she folded them up and left them on his bed, not exactly knowing her intentions when doing so but knowing it felt right. Jungkook looked at her with admiration as she did, thinking hopefully she’d have her own closet here, hopefully she’d have her own room here.

Goodbyes were as they usually were, kisses all over her face from all of the members but she hadn’t forgotten what happened a while before with Hoseok and Jungkook and while she didn’t have the courage that day to kiss any of the others on the lips, she had already kissed Hoseok on the lips before so when she thought no one was looking she put her hands on his shoulders and leant up to place a peck on his lips. Hoseok didn’t let it just be a peck, he leant in further for a real kiss, letting her gasp into his mouth before whispering about how he knew how she really wanted to act now after her little run. She was blushing profusely as she moved onto find the next member that just so happened to be Taehyung who had seen her kiss Hoseok so he got in his own small comment.

“I hope that’ll be the rest of us soon” - followed by him placing a kiss to the corner of her mouth that didn’t help the blush already on her cheeks. He’d be sure to tease and question Hoseok about their little moment later but Y/n had to go for now.

———————————————————————————

Jungkook had driven Y/n and played his playlist enough for her to hear it all a few times now, she loved his music taste and had started to pick up on the words so she decided this time to listen to the music instead of going to sleep for as long as she could. Jungkook noticed her not going to sleep and subconsciously sung along with the songs playing, one hand on the wheel, some of them were explicit enough for her to get shy and pretend to focus on the view outside like when he was playing ‘Wus Good / Curious’ and Jungkook easily sang along like it was nothing. Y/n noticed how Jungkook was really fancying a bit of PND playing and Y/n found it really suited him, having less than appropriate thoughts about Jungkook at some of the lyrics he was singing with that golden voice.

For example i wish he was wearing tight jeans so i could feel his… and Jungkook wasn’t oblivious to it, involving her in some of his singing as he would sing the ‘that’s my baby’ of Ballin’ at her and point at her to make her laugh or when Freak In You was playing he jokingly would sing some of the lyrics at her just to watch her stutter or laugh, knowing how she’d react all flustered or laugh. God she was so in love with him

Wait what did she really just think that

———————————————————————————

I think today’s update might be a bit shorter than usual but I hope you enjoy it! I’m not sure if some parts seem confusing if they aren’t in enough detail just lmk if they are x Thank you for reading lmk what you think, my asks are open 💖

ཐི♡ཋྀ

———————————————————————————

Taglist

@m00njinnie @singukieee @maisyyyyyy @noortsshift @bunnybears-stuff @authorpj @simeonswif3 @kiki-zb @msrmimi @nobody3210 @djodjom1 @jkriri @btsizlyfe

[wwilloww]

sh. | chapter twenty five | ot7

PAIRING ot7 x reader RATING Explicit. 18+. GENRE smut. fluff. angst. nonidol au. wildnerness au. roommates au. friends to lovers. SUMMARY Six months of quarantine have kept you apart. Somehow the distance sparks something new in each of you: questions, unfinished conversations, threads once chased now left cold. So when your roommate invites you to come with him to a mysterious house in the mountains with your friends, how could you even think of saying no? WC 4.2k

WARNINGS AND TAGS none

AN hi, thank you to each of you who's been reading and leaving comments. each comment that comes thru is equivalent to two to three cups of caffeine when it comes to writing these chapters. essential, and so deeply appreciated! and thank you to @thatlongspringnight for her help with this one. love you all so much.

← || series m.list || →

CHAPTER TWENTY FIVE: OUT THE WINDOW

“But what is it?” Jimin asks, his brow furrowing. 

You think back to all of those times you shuffled off pointed questions from your friends with a joke, every moment you skirted conversations with a change of subject, every time you simply walked away. You think of Jungkook, with you in the kitchen all those weeks back, who had whispered in your ear, “Don’t run.” You think of how those words me your ears like ice, how they had frozen something inside of you. 

For so long it has felt like you have existed in the void between two selves—maybe even more than two. 

There is the careful portrait you allow everyone else to see; the self that appears polished and in control. Even the chill, cool-girl facade comes from a kind of careful grooming, a filtering of all of the filtering, messy, confusing bits of you. 

And then there is the beast that lives inside you. The creature that croons the names of your seven friends, again and again, in your dreams and in the quiet moments of your waking life. This creature that wants and wants and goes on wanting. The creature that—if you give her what she truly wanted, would turn wild and rip through your carefully built life, destroying everything in her wake. You had worked so hard to build this shelter, this sanctuary of friendship and you believe, with your entire self, that giving this beast what she truly wants will shatter it all. 

You wish things were simple and straightforward for you—like Yoongi or Jungkook, two men who chase what they want, who hold immeasurable depths but surface quickly and with honesty. You wish you could have waltzed into this life with ease, but that was never the case.

As you sit with Jimin in the bathtub, you picture the beast, laying in the center of a forest clearing of sorts. She sleeps, her chest slowly expanding and falling in a gentle rhythm. A flurry of snowflakes falls thickly around her, like static, keeping things quiet, keeping things still. 

You wonder if you stand still long enough, if the snow will cover her entirely. If she will disappear beneath a blanket of snowdrift if you leave her undisturbed for long enough. 

And you know that to answer Jimin’s question is to wake this beast. 

So when he says, “But what is it?” with the floral aroma drifting up with the steam from the bath, you say, “I don’t know.” 

And Jimin says nothing. He does that thing again, where he just holds your stare. There is no coldness in his gaze, in fact, there’s something soft, like sympathy or understanding lighting the back of his eyes. And there is firmness in that warmth. That is what terrifies you.

He waits. 

And finally, after what feels like minutes, you whisper, “It feels like a monster.”

He tilts his head just a little. You have the eeriest sensation that he can see right through you, into the snowy clearing with the beast, where the flurries are falling even faster now. “Why is she there?” he says, finally.

“What?” your voice shakes. 

“Why is she there?” he repeats, as if your question has expressed that you haven’t heard him, not that you don’t understand. “Where did this monster come from?” 

The snow is falling faster. It’s harder and harder to see straight. The ache in your chest is beginning to burn. 

“I—I—” How do you know why a beast is a beast? How do you know what makes a monster? How do you trace something sick back to its root? You want to dunk underneath the water—you want to drown out the pressing tone of his voice—but for a moment your stubbornness wins. You stare back at him. 

His eyes are soft. 

You know your eyes are cold. 

“Do you want it?” Jimin asks quietly. “Do you want to keep running?” 

It’s like he can feel your muscles tensing, ready to stand up out of the tub, drip your way angrily and resentfully across the tile and through the rest of the house until you’ve put a league of distance between you and this question. 

And him. 

But before you can, he reaches out to you and grasps your hand. You flinch when he makes contact. He wraps your hand in his. 

The snow stops. The flurries freeze in mid-air. Your breath halts in your lungs. The beast in the clearing is stirring, stretching her sleeping limbs, a little sound escaping through sharp teeth. 

And then—finally—you say something true: “No,” you say. “I don’t want to keep running.” 

The words echo too loud through the bathroom, and the clearing, and the whole house. 

The beast opens her eyes. 

Your chest feels like it’s going to break open. 

Jimin leans towards you, pulling you between his legs and into his arms. You are stiff against his movements, but he folds your bodies into one another, his legs and arms wrapping around you. His breath, slow and steady, brushes against your ear. You squeeze your eyes shut and wrap your arms around your chest. How can he breathe so easily when something is about to break inside your chest? 

“What are you so afraid will happen if you let yourself feel?” Jimin whispers. The question takes up all the air left in the bathroom. It echoes around like a ghost, like something you’ve heard before. Like a voice spoken from the cold of the mountains just beyond the room that you sit in, a haunting from a far-off winter. 

Instead of responding, you choke out a rattled breath. 

He pulls back his face far enough to get a good look at you. It feels like he’s looking right into you, right through you. Like with that heavy gaze he sees every little bit of you. But he’s not turning away from you, or what he sees in you. He’s not running from you. 

How come? 

Your mouth gapes open and closed like a fish. You are looking for words. You are looking for air.

Jimin repeats the question, slowly, holding your gaze. “What are you so afraid will happen if you let yourself feel?” 

Within you, the beast, stands. Stretches. She is ready. 

But you aren’t. 

You can’t—

You start to pull away from Jimin. You make to stand up from the tub, but Jimin holds you firm. 

“Don’t,” he says, and your rebuttal rises within you. But he surprises you. “I’ll go,” he says. “You stay.” 

You’re not sure if that’s disappointment flickering in his eye, but there’s also clarity there. He sees what you can’t—and that terrifies you. 

Jimin leaves you silently. You remain in the tub. The bathroom suddenly seems gigantic. 

You press yourself back against where the tub meets the wall, the chill of the tile a stark, cold contrast to the warm water, and wrap your arms around yourself. It’s not the same as Jimin wrapped around you, but it’s quiet. The scent of rose drifts up from the water, reminding you of summer, which has entirely disappeared from the air in the last weeks. 

Maybe it’s too quiet. 

Plink. A drop of water falls from the faucet, hitting the water. 

You stare at your hands through the water. They are wrinkled and pruney, and shift lighter beneath the water. These hands which have brought you all this way. These hands that have held each of the men in the house. 

It was a gift Jimin gave you, you realize. He gave you the choice to have space and silence without making you run away from him to access it. A hollow opens in your stomach as you look at the contents of the day. The sweetness of your moments with Jimin, juxtaposed with the seeping coldness that spills out from you now. 

You see it clearly now. 

Jimin’s absence—the too-large space remaining in the tub—the loud silence of the bathroom—the empty air—is a new kind of separation. 

And your stomach begins to sink anew. 

You find yourself standing up out of the bath. Towel-less and clumsily, you knock your shin against the tub as you clamber out. You drip water and rose-scented soap onto the bathroom floor. 

“Jimin?” you call as you open the door. But the bedroom is empty and dark. 

He has laid out a towel and set of clothes for you, both folded neatly on the bed. The bed has been made, the curtains opened. There is a new freshness to the room. But he’s not here. 

You try to dress quickly, attempting to pull a t-shirt over your head. But you fail. The water has the fabric clinging clumsily to your skin.

When you leave the bedroom, you force yourself to walk: you fight the urge to run through the halls, calling Jimin’s name. 

—----

He’s nowhere to be found. And when you can’t find him, and begin to think maybe he doesn’t want to be found—at least by you—you give up. Maybe too quickly. 

You make your way back to the living room after combing through the house. The place feels mysteriously empty; you hadn’t run into a single friend or fuck-buddy in your wanderings. 

Your chest still feels unsettled and restless, and you think of that one overused quote you see all over Pinterest and Instagram: The mountains are calling and I must go. You think, in that moment, that you understand anew what John-whatever-the-fuck meant in that long-ago letter: when everything inside you feels without a home, there is direction in the mountains. They simply cannot be ignored. As the sun sets over those broad peaks, the rivets and valleys of the great range before you call in a way that feels all too physical. It’s magnetism, this place, this land that calls your name.

And yet—

You have wet hair. 

And you cannot help the sinking feeling that this place does not want you. 

As much as this place has trapped you here. 

Stuck between the conundrum of wet hair in the cold autumn wind and the burning sensation in your chest that cries for cool air, you compromise: you beeline for one of the large windows overlooking the firepit, and throw it open.

Hands gripping the sill, you lean out, testing your balance. Your wet hair is plastered to your scalp and face in, what you can only imagine, is an unsightly manner, and your t-shirt clings in odd damp spots to your warm skin. You’re sure you look like you’ve just been through half of a laundry cycle, but you don’t care. 

The bathroom was too quiet. But here, the wind howls and howls until you can no longer hear the call of the beast. 

You try to remember all the things you’ve learned along the way, you try to cobble together the pieces of what you know now. 

Inside you, your chest swims with muddiness. A swirl of snow, leaves, detritus. It seems as if the beast has left you entirely. Everything you said to Jimin, that too, lies before you. 

What have I done?

You cannot help but think of Jimin’s face, open and afraid, as he had told you about what he feared most all these months. The fear that he had shown to you—trusted you with—and that you had chosen to slam back in his face with the brutal clang of a great thing breaking. Something once carefully built up, now crashing down. 

All those months ago, on the floor of your bedroom while you talked with Taehyung, you thought you had made a change. In that moment, you believed you had taken a critical turn on the long path of isolation that you had created for yourself. But as you look at the wreckage behind you—in the direction of Jimin’s room—you realize you had never really stopped running. At least, not in the way that you needed to. Not in the way that loving—op, living with—these men required you to.

You are surprised when a spot of rain slips down your cheek. You lift your finger to touch it, finding the trail from your eye to the drop—are you crying? As the tears slip silent down your face, you realize. 

I am unhappy.

You squeeze your eyes shut. 

You suck the alpine air into your lungs. In. Out. The burn of the cold is the antidote—chilling your mind, slowly, slowly, stilling the storm. Or, stuffing the beast back into sleep.

You jolt as a body wraps around your back, a head notching on your shoulder. Breath brushes your tender neck, and hands run down your bare arms. 

“Christ, you’re freezing,” Yoongi says. 

“It feels good,” you say, automatically. Your system shudders with shock as a memory from long ago rises to the surface. A balcony. Yoongi wrapped around you. A secret lingering on your tongue. A hidden relationship. How is it that so much time has passed—how is it that everything has changed—and yet you still feel just like you did that January night almost a year ago? 

“Why are you always chasing the cold?” Yoongi asks. 

“Why is everyone always asking me so many questions?” It comes out harsher than you meant. You cobble yourself together, and think this is a question you think you can answer. You soften your tone: “The cold lets me feel.” 

Yoongi nods against your shoulder like he understands immediately. “I don’t have to ask any more questions,” he says, a note of disappointment in his tone. 

You feel him begin to pull away from the one sided embrace, so you wrap your arms around his that snakes to your front and cradle it—and him—against you. You don’t want him to go. He tenses, as if surprised, then relaxes and wraps himself further around you. You still haven’t opened your eyes. You fear, if you do, everything will shatter. “I won’t ask what’s going on,” Yoongi says. “But can I assume—if it’s alright with you—that you’re less than okay right now?” 

You find yourself nodding, praying that he hasn’t seen the quiet tears on your cheeks. 

“That’s okay,” he says. “I’m here. I’ll stay here.” 

You nod again. Yes. Yes, please stay. You feel like a hypocrite, subtly asking Jimin for space, and then falling into Yoongi’s arms. The difference is, Yoongi has seen you like this before: raw, open, yearning. You’ve never shown this side to Jimin before. 

“I’m sorry,” you say, your voice thick. “I just don’t have words for it.” 

“And that’s okay too.”

So, he just holds you, his arms wrapping even tighter around your belly, pulling you in closer to him. You find your head tilting back to rest on his shoulder. He places a chaste kiss in the hollow of your throat—and you know, suddenly, that he means the gesture as reassurance, he means it as a response to all the words that you cannot say. 

At your front, the mountain howls. 

At your back, Yoongi stands firm and steadfast, the heat of his body bringing yours back into balance. Your breath calms. The tears dry. You are breathing together. In. Out. 

“Thank you,” you whisper to Yoongi, finally, finally opening your eyes to the night before you. But when you do, you’re surprised by what you see. 

At the fire pit just beyond the house, two figures huddle around a blazing fire, figures darkened in contrast with the flickering red flame. After a moment, you realize it’s Hoseok and Taehyung. They’re talking, but you can’t hear them no matter how you strain. In a flash, you feel suddenly nervous. What could they be talking about? 

—------

Tonight, with the brisk wind that rushes down the mountain side, it seems as if the stars are huddled closer to earth than ever before. Hoseok thinks they shine a little brighter tonight, like they are leaning in to hear what he has to say. 

Taehyung and Hoseok sit close together on one of the benches that surrounds the fire pit. The rest of their friends—Jungkook, Namjoon, and Yoongi—had abandoned them a few minutes before for bed, refreshed drinks, or the more reliable warmth of the house. Silence had settled over the pair as they gazed out over the scenic view, the sun only just disappearing entirely from the sky. For Taehyung, it was a comfortable silence. 

For Hoseok, his words mulled and churned as he searched for the right iteration, the right pattern. And then it had all come out like a flood, a bursted dam: a rushed question that only Taehyung could answer. 

“I dunno dude.” Taehyung rubs the back of his neck in response. “I didn’t realize you were that down bad after—” 

“It’s not bad, is it?” He answers the question for himself: “It’s bad. I know it’s bad. It looks bad, right?” 

“Nah,” Taehyung chuckles and grips the arm of his friend squeezing him in reassurance. “Nah, it happens to the best of us.” 

“It does?” Hoseok asks. Taehyung nods vigorously. But before he can respond, Hoseok continues: “You’re sure I’m not asking the wrong person about this?” 

“I mean, to be totally honest, it is a little weird but—” Taehyung sighs. “I want you to be able to talk to me about these things. You’re my friend. It’s important for you to talk about them. Actually—it’s important for all of us.” 

Hoseok nods solemnly, wringing his cold hands before speaking. “I just don’t know what to do,” he says. “I want to show her that I can be the kind of man that she wants.” 

His friend gives him a long, appraising look and sighs, rubbing the back of his neck. “I mean, I get it. I remember that—wanting the same thing—like it was yesterday. She deserves the world.” 

“Do you…still feel that way?” Hoseok asks slowly. 

“Are you asking, do I still feel the same way I felt when we were nineteen?” Hoseok nods. “Hell no.” 

But Taehyung glances to the ground. Fiddles with his fingers. Hoseok tries to read whatever’s going on in his friend’s head—but before he can understand what Taehyung is thinking, his friend speaks abruptly: “You know, she’ll want space to grow. Smothering her is only going to make her freeze up. But man, I don’t think you have all that much to worry about. I see the way you look at each other. 

Hoseok’s brow presses in confusion or interest. “I don’t know what you’re talking about.” 

Taehyung chuckles and lightly slaps his friend on the shoulder. “My friend, you’re worried about something you have no need to worry about. You’re already five steps ahead in this game.” 

“What game?” 

“The game of loooove.” This, Taehyung says with a childish tone and a handsome smirk. 

Hoseok looks shocked. “I—I didn’t—We didn’t—But—” He collects himself. “We agreed as a house that this is all only sex. Anyways, I said nothing about love.”

“You didn’t have to.” 

“Do you really think…?” Hoseok asks, his eyes wide with hope. 

Taehyung shrugs, then picks up a stick to poke at the fire with. “I dunno. I can’t promise you the future—no one can. But I see something… I see things starting.” 

Hoseok nods as if he understands the vague statements of his friend. When he stands to walk away, he walks with the particular stride of someone who finally sees the light through the end of a hedge maze. 

—-------

You watch as Hoseok strides inside while Yoongi is still wrapped around your back, speaking softly in that deep lilt of his about his day. 

While you hadn’t heard what the two men discussed, you did feel a strange sense of watching something you weren’t supposed to be seeing. 

Yoongi’s warmth has brought you back to earth. When his breath brushes just-so against your neck, you find yourself shivering in his grasp. 

“Are you finally getting cold?” he asks. You hear the smirk in his voice—and the tender care too. 

“Maybe,” you say. “Yes,” you correct as a deeper chill settles within you. “Warm me up?” you ask softly. 

He leads you back into the living room, where he wraps a blanket around you and settles with you on the large couch. 

“Come here,” you insist. “I need your body heat. All of it.” Never quite the one to indulge in—or, better said, initiate—cuddling, Yoongi hesitates like he’s calculating where to fit his limbs. Then, he settles with a jolty, awkward collaboration of limbs into a spooning position with you tucked into him. 

It’s there, wrapped up in his arms while he tells you about the song you’re working on, that you slowly start to drift towards a deep sleep. 

—

As Hoseok strides back into the house, he wears a smug smile on his face. He’s a man on a mission, a guy with gusto, a dude with direction. He’s chosen his path—he’s walking it now. 

As he swings open the back door to a dark hallway in one of the lower levels, he notices a figure, lingering against the wall. The hallway is dark. He can’t make out the figure’s face. 

“Oh—hey,” he says anyways, making himself smaller to scootch right on past. 

But the man steps into the center of the hallway, effectively blocking Hoseok’s path. “I was looking for you,” the figure says. “But I didn’t want to interrupt. It looked like whatever you were talking about seemed quite important. I haven’t seen Taehyung that serious in a minute.” 

Hoseok shifts back and forth. “I guess you could say it was.” Then he shakes his head, as if to clear it. “But to be clear, I wasn’t making a move on Taehyung—nothing like that—I promise—” 

The man steps closer, and Jin’s handsome face comes into the dim light of the singular bulb that burns outside. 

“I wouldn’t mind it if you were.” Hoseok’s mouth flops open and then shuts again. Jin takes another step closer, tipping Hoseok’s chin shut. “Though maybe I’d like you to tell me if you were, first—just to know what’s going on between the people in my life. But why are you suddenly so nervous, Hoseok? Have you done something you’re not supposed to be doing?” 

Hoseok flounders for an answer. “I—no, I mean, I don’t think so. I mean, maybe we aren’t supposed to be doing things like this or—” He shuts himself up. “No, no I don’t think there’s anything wrong.” 

Jin tilts his head, scanning Hoseok’s flustered gaze. 

“Then why do you seem so nervous?” He takes another step towards Hoseok and suddenly Hoseok’s back is up against the wall and Jin is impossibly towering over him. “Do I make you nervous, Hoseok?” 

“You keep saying my name like that—” 

“Like what?” Jin’s thumb traces Hoseok’s chin, then wanders upwards, tracing around the bottom of his lip. Hoseok swallows loudly. “Like I want you?” 

“Do you want me?” Hoseok asks. “Really?” 

“I do.” It’s such a simple phrase and it makes Hoseok’s mind go empty. Jin places a kiss right below the younger man’s ear, his plus lips warming the tenderness there. “And if you don’t want me—tell me to stop.” 

Hoseok says nothing, but his hands come up to grip Jin’s shirt, implicitly pulling him closer. 

“What about Taehyung?” 

“What about him?” 

“Won’t he be upset?” 

Jin pulls himself up from where he had begun kissing down Hoseok’s throat, leveling his gaze. “Why? Do you plan to take me from him?”

“Not him—”

“Then tell me to stop or kiss me, goddamnit.” The decision is as simple as Hoseok tipping his chin towards his friend. And as Jin’s lips descend on Hoseok’s, the younger man nearly smiles. 

—-

Yoongi watches carefully as you drift towards sleep. He chooses his words carefully, too, to be simple and mundane enough to soothe the storm he sees warring within you. 

You mumble mmms and oh?s as he tells you about the way the music moves in his mind—how sometimes it is like water flooding him through and through—and how other times it is also like water, but only arrives in a trickle. 

He knows you’re only catching a few of his words, but he likes how they fill the dark, large room. He sees more of himself in speaking it all aloud in this way.

When he tells you about his most recent song, you too feel the water in him lift up and sing. It is simple, passion. And you can do nothing but lift your lips to his and kiss him, softly, like finding your way in the dark. 

He hesitates in surprise, and then leans in. 

Your mouths move gently with one another like curiosity, or learning someone’s body anew, and you find your breath filling your entire chest. Your arms wrap around him. You find that in you, too, everything has turned to water. You find that you can give Yoongi this—messy, tender, uncertain. You find that you are giving him exactly what Jimin asked you for, and a door in your chest creaks open with a painful creak. 

Light shines in through the crack. 

When the kiss is done, which—as many kisses do—arrives softly and sweetly and with finality, you tuck your head into his shoulder. Together, you breathe without saying anything. 

“I need to find Jimin,” you murmur as sleep comes over you. 

“Soon,” Yoongi says. 

As you cross that final barrier into sleep, Yoongi kisses the tear that slips across your cheek—the one you thought you could hide from him. 

← || series m.list || →

©wwilloww Do not repost, translate, or use my stories without my permission.

THANK YOU FOR READING!

🔆 if you enjoyed this, please consider telling me what you think by leaving a comment, sending an ask, or reblogging! i love chatting with you all!

🔆 if you'd like to subscribe to notifications for this series, please subscribe to it on ao3 or turn on notifications on tumblr :)

🔆 want to read more stories?

[yoongle--boongle--pie]

Pechsträhne Masterlist

MOVED ACCOUNTS!

Find updated account @yoongleboonglepie

This masterlist will not be updated moving forward. Please refer to new account!

Love Y'all!

Genre: Horror au, paranormal au, hurt/comfort, slow burn, romance, psychic au, friends to lovers, Mystery, BTS ot7 x reader

Rating: 18+: Keep that in mind as this is at its core a paranormal/heavy theme rooted in history and myth, and some things are emotionally disturbing or spooky. Read at your own discretion as I will only be putting trigger warnings for things that can pose severe safety risks to those affected. All else, like I said it is a spooky and mystery au.

Y/n Wörner left the Wörner Hotel and Estate nearly 5 years ago in an attempt to run away from a family argument that put a firm divide between her and her parents. She was managing fine, for the most part -save for the constant existential crisis of what she should do with herself and her life. That was until an invitation for the 150th anniversary of their family hotel ended up shoved in her mailbox on Thursday morning, and for no rational reason she found herself running back; unable to stop the pull to return home to her family and friends who live on the grounds. Once she arrives, however, it becomes inarguably apparent that things are very wrong. The ghosts of her long past family who were once friendly, are now vengeful and violent. Her friends are divided by secrets, mystery, and fear- changed in tandem with the ghosts she used to love. She has to relearn how to balance who she knew her friends as children, and who they have become in the recent years as a result of the darkness that threatens to drown them in its wake. She knows that something is threatening her home and her friends, but she doesn't know what. And if there's one thing about Y/n Wörner, it's that she's not a quitter. No ghost or demon will stop her from getting the answers she needs- even if it means they have to try and kill her before she gets to them. Because what does she have to lose?

_________________________________________

Main story,

Chapter 1 - 2/16/2025

Chapter 2- 2/19/2025

Chapter 3- 2/22/2025

Chapter 4- 2/24/2025

Chapter 5- 3/1/2025

Chapter 6- 3/10/2025

Chapter 7- 3/15/2025

Chapter 8 - 3/20/2025

Chapter 9 - 3/28/25

Chapter 10 - 4/6/2025

_________________________________________

Pieces of Red String for you to Follow if you Dare...

Namjoon Character Moodboard

Seokjin Character Moodboard

Yoongi Character Moodboard

Hoseok Character Moodboard

Jimin Character Moodboard

Taehyung Character Moodboard

Jungkook Character Moodboard

Pinterest Boards

?

Historical Archives and Notes of Y/n Wörner

Photos of rough outline of the estate (not hotel)

Morse code clues, chapters 7 and up: x x x x

?

Find chapter playlists here:

Spotify

Youtube music

_________________________________________

Do not repost anywhere or steal my writing. Thx.

[peoniesnro]

In Another Universe

#15. His Happy Ending...........

Synopsis – When you are just another iteration of Park Jimin’s girlfriend in a different universe.

Park Jimin × Reader

Genre – parallel universe / kind of fantasy/ strangers to ??/ SMUT/ maybe romance/ angst/ fluff /Infidelity

Warnings- Language/ Angst / INFIDELITY /SMUT- Making out/ Dirty Talk/ Sex toys/ Orgasms in public (when I say public I mean 'PUBLIC' (They are little freaks!)/ Edging/ Car sex/ Overstimulation/ Teasing/ Riding/ Desperate sex/ Jimin is kinda whiny!! /(Hope that's all)/

Word count- 27K (Well, at least I managed to end it there...)

a/n- So, this one took me so long to finish. I'm so sorry for the delay but I desperately hope that the wait was worth it. This is the longest chapter so far. Actually, I had more planned for this chap but I decided to break it up. Becuase of that, there'll be less drama in this one. But again this is another calm one before a storm!! Hope to bring the next chapter soon and thank you for keep staying. (I LOVE YOU ALL❤️)

Taglist?

Chapter Index

Previous - Next

Coffee?

Everyone has been afraid of something in their life. No exception for Park Jimin. He’s been scared of many things. He’s been scared to death, in fact. If he’s to recall, he’d talk about the day he met Mr. Kim. His girlfriend’s father. Not in a way a person would meet their partner’s parents, but as a formal business meeting. Jimin was a nervous, scared mess when he met the mighty Kim with nothing but a dream in his heart and a proposal in hand. And of course, there was the weight of his friends’ futures as well. That’s all he had. 

Then he was scared to death the day they launched their first game. But when that phase was over Jimin had thought the scary part of his life was over as well. Only if life could be that fun, though. After many years, Jimin had felt so scared for the first time the day he had thought you had to go back. The day he finally caved into his burning desires. The day he begged you to stay. Even though he still doesn’t know the answer as to why, he endured a restless, torturous night. Yet that wasn’t a type of fear that would crawl under his skin and cling to his bones. He was scared, yes, but if you were not to return again, Jimin would’ve still lived. 

But the fear he has felt when you fell down into his arms. Limp. Like a rag doll. His name barely audible on your lips.That was a kind of fear that made him shiver. Feel trapped. He had felt the way his heart beat slowed down. Had felt how it became hard to breathe. He wasn’t just scared to death. He feared for life itself. Yours and his. Because, for a fractured moment, Jimin imagined the coming days and years without you in them. And somehow he knew that, he wouldn’t be able to just live. No. Things have changed somewhere along the line. From that first day you woke up next to him and to the day he watched you turn into the color of pale snow, Jimin has forgotten about a world where you wouldn’t exist. 

So, of course, he was scared. Scared in a way he couldn’t even describe. He was going mad. Especially, since he knew running into a hospital wouldn’t probably do any good. He knew what happened. That was the only reason for him to isolate you in a VIP backroom thanks to Yoona’s help. It has been hard. Countless lies and begging. But he succeeded. Just to see things worsen. He had only left you alone for  a minute. To grab a wet towel because you were burning up. When he returned, however, he went into an empty room. You were nowhere in his sight. Nowhere. Just disappeared into thin air. And Jimin had gone feral. Like a wild animal. Could’ve ruined everything in his mad state where he started to look for you everywhere. Knowing very well that you must’ve gone back. Fortunately, there was Jungkook, who had arrived there late and was scared as much as Jimin, if not more, but still managed to keep things under control.

They’ve blurted blatant lies after a lie. Jimin had to physically restrain Liya’s mother from entering the room, claiming that her daughter didn’t want to see anyone. And in the end, he and Jungkook had won. Everybody had to leave the sick- as some of them thought- Kim Liya on her boyfriend’s hand. And to others it was you- Li- who they left with Jungkook. It caused more than one confusion and Jimin has been facing them ever since. Not that he answered any questions anyone raised, though. He successfully managed to sidestep all of them. Liya’s family, at least, had calmed down after they met Liya. And to Jimin’s great relief Liya had helped him- which was surprising- with a simple lie of saying she was dehydrated. Everything was solved. 

Except it wasn’t. Not for Jimin. Because he was still petrified. Dying inside. That fear that engulfed him the moment you vanished never ceasing despite all the chaos that went through. He was scared about the next day. Or in fact he was scared of the days after that. The fear of not seeing you again was so powerful it had reduced him into a deranged state.  

Hence, the reason for his unannounced visit to Jungkook’s place this morning. The reason for Jimin to pace in front of Jungkook’s main door until Jungkook had to threaten him with broken bones if he hadn’t stopped it. The reason why he is feeling like crying from the sudden relief as he finally notices the figure emerges through the staircase. As if he’s seeing the sun after a night full of horror. A night he didn’t know would end. 

Jimin stops abruptly on his track. A heavy breath of relief escaping his lips as you stop in the landing. A moment passes. Moment of where you two just gape at each other. Your pretty eyes widen in surprise. Glinting. A small smile slowly stretching on your luscious lips. Breathtaking. It’s like Jimin is caught in a spell. Slightly painful. In a good way, though. The relief he’s feeling almost hurts him. 

You break that spell first. Just as a shiver runs through his body.

“Jimin?” You mumble oh so softly. Unlike the last time he heard his name slip through your lips, this time it sounds real. No pain. And Jimin finally snaps out of his haze. All it takes for him is two long strides to reach you. Like a sudden storm. A breathless gasp escapes your mouth as he wraps his arms around your unsuspecting body. Pulling you into his chest. Arms tightly squeezing you. Molding you into his body. 

Oh, God, how relieved Jimin feels. He would never be able to describe this sensation in words. Just as he is unable to describe the fear he felt. Doesn’t know what he would’ve done if this moment never came. It came, though. His worst nightmares didn’t come true. You’re here. Real. He can feel you against him. Can feel your soft breaths against his neck. Can feel your heartbeat against his chest. Can feel your hands soothingly rub his sides. Yet, a little bit of that fear is still there. He absolutely doesn’t want to let you go. Is afraid that you’ll disappear. Literally. What if you just vanish and never come back. So, he holds you even tighter. Tight enough that you whimper. Yet you don’t complain. Just keep rubbing his sides. 

“I’m fine, Park.” Keep mumbling into his neck. “I promise, I’m fine.”

Jimin nods. Forcing himself to gather his shit up. Crying isn’t an option. Among many reasons why it would be embarrassing, the main reason is what suddenly interrupts his little moment of heaven. 

“All right, that’s enough. Move-” Jimin winces at the sudden voice of his dear best friend. To his great dismay, you pull away from his embrace. Looking at Taehyung with even wider eyes. Apparently you haven’t noticed him earlier. “- why the fuck do you guys act like lost lovers kind of shit?” Taehyung grumbles as he makes his way toward you. Only to gasp when you are suddenly yanked away from a Jungkook. Jimin can only roll his eyes in annoyance as Jungkook takes his chance to hold you against his body. “Yah! You too? Seriously, guys? What the actual fuck is happening?” 

No one answers him. You and Jungkook being too busy hugging each other while Jimin being busy not trying to act as a possessive prick. 

“You okay, Noona?” Jungkook finally lets you go. You nod with a soft smile. Turn back to Jimin. 

“What are you doing here?” Question innocently. 

Jimin doesn’t answer your question. Instead just walks over to you. Grabs your shoulders, ignoring the looming presence of Jeon Jungkook. It’s unfortunate that Jimin can’t steal you away. To a place where no one else exists. Since it’s not happening, it seems like he’d have to do with just this. “Are you really fine, Lil? Wh-what? You just diss-” Jimin shuts his mouth immediately, remembering that his best friend is not a part of this loop. 

“Disappeared?” Yet Taehyung butts in. “C’mon, you can say the word disappeared. Because that’s what happened.” He points a finger at a very confused you. 

This has been Jimin’s life for a day. No matter what he or Jungkook had said, Taehyung apparently wasn’t believing him. Of course, he wasn’t. And Jimin believes that J must have been the same kind of pain in the ass for Jungkook as well. 

“Okay, what are you doing here, Tae? You came to see me? You were worried?” You perk up disregarding Taehyung’s previous words. Good question. Jimin has been asking the same question from him all morning. 

Why the hell does he have to follow Jimin around? Why the hell can't he just let it go?

“No- I mean, yes. Kind of. Not like these idiots were.” Taehyung seems baffled by your sudden question for a minute before he composes himself. Gestures between Jimin and Jungkook. Jungkook tries to protest in vain when Taehyung finally manages to take your full attention to all himself. “I mean should I be that worried? Were you fucking dying? It looked like you were dying.” He takes a step forward. Jimin drops his hands down just to bring it up and pinch the bridge of his nose. 

Not again!

“You had a freaking heart attack and this idiot just-” Taehyung points at Jimin now. 

“It wasn’t a heart attack.” Jimin mumbles wearily more to himself than to anyone else. He’s been saying the same thing over and over to Taehyung. Which apparently doesn’t reach his dumb brain. Just like now. Taehyung doesn’t give a single fuck about what Jimin says. Continues with his rant, instead. 

“-took you to fucking rest. Like it was a stupid stomach ache. Who the fuck does that? And then, this other idiot-” This time it’s Jungkook who stands behind Taehyung’s finger. “Just barges in from somewhere and says it’s fine? Fine? What’s fucking fine?” Taehyung throws his hands in the air. Strongly resembling a child throwing a tantrum.

“I didn’t say it was fine. Like… ugh… what the fuck Tae… why the hell are you yelling?” Jungkook furrows his brows. Offended. 

“Can you please let this shit go Taehyung?” Jimin sighs heavily. Wanting nothing but his friend to just let him talk to you in peace. To know what happened. But of course, that’s not going to happen.

“No..” Taehyung shakes his head. Eyes comically wide. “Absolutely not. I demand to know the freaking truth. She disappeared dude.” His finger is pointed back at you. 

“She- what do you mean she disappeared?” Jungkook asks with a straight face. Much to Taehyung’s annoyance. His face falls. Gives Jungkook a disappointed glance. 

“Really? You’re still refusing? Still lying?” Raises his brow. 

“We’re not- Taehyung, are you hearing yourself? How can she just disappear?” Jimin really doesn’t wish to lie to his best friend. But this is not a situation where he can just say the truth either. Not that Taehyung would believe him anyway. 

“Yes, I am. And that’s what happened. She went inside the room and never came back? What did you do with her? Don’t tell me she jumped off a window or something?”

“I took her home later, I already told you.” Jungkook rubs his face frustratingly. 

“No, you didn’t. Stop lying Jeon. I was fucking there. And her mother didn’t recognize her. What do you have to say about-”

“Enough.” Your sudden loud voice makes all three of them jump on their feet. Jimin snaps his head toward you at the same time Taehyung closes his mouth shut. Swallowing down his words. You exhale loudly. Despite your sparkling eyes, Jimin can see how tired you are. Your shoulders slump. Something definitely happened. And all he wants is to know that. To make sure you’re fine. Well rested. His stupid friend doesn’t know when to give up, though. Jimin nearly turns around to grab Taehyung from his shirt and drag him away when you step toward the said man. “You want to know the truth? Here’s the truth-” You fold your arms across your chest. Jimin unconsciously scowls at your words. Wondering. Worrying. But also curious. “I am from a different world and every time I sleep I shift between two worlds. In fact I’m Kim Liya’s alternate version-”

“Woah, Noona.” Before Jimin can process and say something else, Jungkook does. Eyes wide and mouth open. You, however, just hold your hand up. Just carry on with your explanation.  “She and I can’t share the same space. So, anytime when anyone mistakes me to be Liya it puts me in pain. That’s what happened. There you go. That’s the truth you wanted. Happy?” Ask in the end. Taehyung just blinks at your face for a second. 

“I- I- you- I mean- I- you, what?” Then starts stuttering as if his tongue just got fifty knots. Scowls so deeply. Looks offended. Like he just realized he’s been pranked. “Are you kidding me? Li? Do you think this is a fucking joke?” Finally composes himself. Jimin watches the way Taehyung’s expression morphed into a one of hurt. Yet before he can say anything you shrug. 

“So, you don’t believe me? I knew you wouldn’t. That’s why they haven’t told you anything. Because you wouldn’t have believed it anyway.” With that you finally pay your full mind to Jimin. Ignoring still very stunned Taehyung and a very impressed Jungkook. Even a small smile appears on Jungkook’s face. Well, what can Jimin say? That was a smart move after all. You’ve shut Taehyung up for good. And with the truth. It’s no one's fault that Taehyung isn’t believing it. 

“You okay?” You ask from Jimin instead. Funny. He should be the one asking that question. He scans your eyes for answers. Heart painfully clenching. The fact you are here, dawning upon him again. The fact that this would have not been his reality dawning upon him. How worse it could’ve gone. 

Why was he so scared anyway?

Why is he still so scared?

Why does he feel like he’s hanging by a loose thread? Like the thread is about to snap. Like it’s about to end. 

Why is he so afraid of losing you? What has changed? What’s causing this strange pain inside him?

“Jimin.” You step forward when he doesn’t answer you. Your eyes roaming over his features. Jimin feels your warmth as you step closer and closer. Stopping right before him. Waiting patiently till he answers. He doesn’t know how to. He most definitely is not okay. But why? You’re here. And all he wants is to hold you. Hold you close. Never allowing you to go. He just doesn’t want you to go. Anywhere. 

Oh, fuck!

This is not normal. He feels like he’s about to burst. From a feeling he can’t quite decipher. 

You look so vulnerable. Tired. There’s this insane urge inside him to protect you. But then what if he couldn’t? What if he failed? He has failed you just more than once already. What if he does that again? How could he forgive himself if that is the case? Then again, why can’t he forgive him? What’s so special? What are you doing to him?

A small shudder ripples through his body. Jimin forces himself to swallow the knot that is forming in his throat. Wanting to know what’s really happening. Yet as he opens his dry mouth all he manages is to repeat the same old shit. “You disappeared?” He mutters the obvious, stupidly. Closes his eyes. Reopens them. “Wh-what happened baby? You- uh I mean, did you just go back? Like how normally it happens?” Asks at last. And all you do is just gape at his face. A minute passes. Then two. Three. After what feels like an eternity you sigh heavily. Then shake your head slowly. 

“I- don’t kn-know… I don’t remember. I mean, just a voice… that’s all I can recall.” 

Now it’s Jimin’s turn to just gape at your face. Not knowing whether this is good or bad. Jungkook is the one who pushes forward first. Grabbing your shoulder and turning you to face him. 

“What voice? What do you mean? What did it say?” Showers you with a trail of questions, which Jimin thinks fair. Another sigh escapes your pretty lips. A moment of hesitation passes before you shrug. 

“That this is the beginning of the end.” A laugh which is very dry leaves your throat. A failed attempt to ease the tension. “That doesn’t make any sense, you know.” Add. Nobody joins you in laughing. Doesn’t agree with you. Hell, not even Taehyung does so. 

And the loose thread Jimin is hanging onto snaps. Making him drop into a pit with such a force that he feels like all his bones get cracked. Crushed. Pain shoots across his body. Starting from the chest.

No.

No. That can’t be right. Surely, he didn’t hear you correctly.

Beginning of what now?

How’s it already the end if he hasn’t even started it yet. What are you even talking about? What end? 

What does that even mean?

Well, he knows what that means. Oh, yes he knows. He’s been scared for a reason after all. He might not know a reason why but as you slowly turn around to face his frozen figure again. With your eyes dull and mirroring the same fear Jimin is feeling despite the smile on your lips, he doesn’t care for a reason anymore. Just because one thing is certain. He just doesn’t want to lose you. And he will not let that happen either. 

No one is going to steal you. 

Not when he just had you. Not even after ten years together. No. 

You are his. Jimin tries to respond to you with something. Fails. Not because of his incapability, but because your fake smile suddenly drops and you clutch your stomach tightly. Face twisting with pain. 

“Oh fuck!” You curse loudly before storming inside Jungkook’s apartment. 

…………………………

You wearily watch Jimin pacing around Jungkook’s living room. He is driving you mad with all that pointless energy wasting but you find yourself incapable of stopping him. There are much more pressing matters at hand. Because of course there are. And partially, you understand him. To say the least, Jimin looks simply terrified. Maybe even more than that. You’ve watched him grow pale as you state what you remembered.Then you’ve watched him turn into an overprotective father the moment he found out you were sick. You don’t even consider yourself sick—it’s just an upset stomach. You’ve been throwing up intermittently for the past day and Key has already dragged you to see a doctor. And he assured you the symptoms will disappear within the course of a few days. Jimin doesn’t buy that, however. He’s worrying too much. That leaves you with the question why? 

See now, you think you have all the reasons in the world to be scared to death. This is your life after all. Turning into dust apparently isn’t a good thing to look forward to. So of course, you’re scared. You have been ever since you opened your eyes in your bed. Drenched in sweat. Feeling nauseous. Then besides the fear of turning into dust, there’s the fear of everything ending. That fear has never left you to be honest. Since the very day you met that grandpa-kid, you’ve been scared. Scared of losing everything. It’s only that you’ve left that inevitable problem to the future you. This is that future. That problem has come to confront you face to face. And you have no place to run or hide anymore. But above everything, with you knowing undoubtedly that you like Park Jimin, that fear is gripping you like a vice crushing bones. 

When this ends- if this ends- you’ll lose him. 

When this ends- if this ends- you’ll never see him again.

Park Jimin will be just a memory.

And you feel your throat constrict at the thought. Eyes involuntarily starting to sting. You avert your gaze away from Jimin to collect yourself. This isn’t a time to be emotional. Swallowing down the knot in your throat you turn back to the man who’s still pacing around like a headless chicken. 

He’s so worried. Looks like he is about to slam his head into a wall. You’ve never seen him that worried. 

But why? What’s his reason to be scared this much?

True, he was worried the first time you thought this would end. True, he was the one who asked you to stay. True, he is still seeking you around. But to be that worried? It can’t be simply because he cares for you. Can it now? Can-

“Will you fucking stop walking around? I’m gonna throw up too! You are making her feel worse” Jungkook’s voice breaks your gloomy trail of thoughts. You snap your head to find him emerging through the kitchen with four coffees in his hand. Jimin stops his pacing as well. Scowling at Jungkook. 

“Then go ahead and throw up.” Says before he starts it again. 

“For fucks sake!” Jungkook grumbles. Yet ignore Jimin as he hands over a warm cup of coffee to you. You accept it gratefully. There’s only a few things you can stomach these days. Coffee is one of them, fortunately. He places the rest of the cups on the coffee table before sitting next to you on the couch. “He needs to save his energy to think. Not walk around. Ugh- fuck I’m getting a hedeache.” 

You snort softly at the way Jungkook grabs his head with both hands. Dramatic. But also he states a fact. Jimin needs to stop. 

“That’s not going to help Park. Can you please sit down?” You sigh as you place your sweet cup of coffee aside. Jimin halts for a second. Then eye you as if you’re stating something funny. Yet to your surprise he drops into an armchair after a heavy sigh. A moment of silence passes.

“So..” Then he starts. 

“So?” You question. 

“So, are we gonna sit here and drink coffee like nothing happened?” Jimin snaps suddenly. His eyes avert to Jungkook from you. “I thought you cared about her?”

“I fucking do.” Jungkook gasps loudly. Offended. 

“Oh, yeah? Then what? The best you can do is make her coffee?”

“I at least did that. What were you doing?”

Jimin opens his mouth to counter. His brows pulled together. Almost stand up again when you groan. “Neither of you are helping.” You drag a palm across your face, frustratedly. They both try to say something at the same time which you stop yet again. “Besides there’s nothing to be so panicked about. I’m pretty fine.” A lie. You’re not okay. But you want Jimin to calm down. Want Jungkook to stop worrying. “That happened because people thought I was Liya. As long as that won’t happen again, I’m sure I’ll be oka-”

“Okay? Are you kidding me Lil? You’re not fucking okay. You freaking disappeared.”

“Exactly! And how can you be sure that it won’t happen again?”

You blink at Jimin’s face for half a second before doing the same at Jungkook’s. Weren’t they so opposed to each other a minute ago? Now they are on the same side?

“What about the voice you heard?” Jimin states again. Followed by Jungkook’s sharp voice. 

“You gonna stay hidden or something, Noona? It is going to happen.”

 “It is. And what the fuck am I going to do if you just disappeared and never returned?”

Jimin practically yells through his lungs. And your heart skips a beat. No. No, that’s not the right term. That’s not a skip. Your heart stops. Entirely.  Just as how your lungs stop working as well. Just as how everything falls into a deep silence. Leaving you to gape at his face with round eyes. 

What?

Why would he have to say it like that? With that quivering tone. With that damned look in his eyes. As if you’re all he has. 

You keep staring into his eyes. He does the same. Just staring into yours. Completely speechless. That knot in your throat is starting to reform. A pain that is not physical, growing in your chest. You already like him. A lot. But when he’s looking at you that way. His eyes are glossy. Like he wants to hide you away, it makes you realize that maybe it’s not that you just like him. Maybe you’re too deep in this mess. Yes. You are. You are no longer just falling. You’ve already fallen. You just don’t like Park Jimin, but you love him. Of course you do. And you don’t want to leave him. It doesn’t matter how he might feel. Even if he doesn’t feel the same and looks at you that way for no reason, you don’t want to leave him. 

Because you love him. 

You are in love.

You inhale a shaky breath. Still staring into his glossy eyes. Not finding a way to break the sudden charm. You don’t even realize that everyone has gone uncomfortably quiet. It’s like nothing exists at this moment. Just you and him. Until a sudden cough- which suspiciously sounds like a scoff- erupts next to you finally breaks the spell. Making you turn your head toward the person who made the sound. Jungkook stands up from the couch just as your eyes land on him. 

“I need another coffee.” He mumbles softly, picking up his obviously still full cup of coffee. Yet before completely turning away and leaving he looks at you. Face completely void of any emotions. “That voice probably belongs to someone who pays you those visits sometimes, you know. Like that Halmeoni or that kid. Maybe we should try and find them.” Says aloud this time. As if nothing just happened. As if Jimin hasn’t just said he can’t live without you. Well, there’s a possibility that what Jimin said wasn’t that. Nobody except you must have seen anything in his eyes. You clear your throat awkwardly. Trying to shake off the tingling sensation you’re feeling. Trying to act as if your stomach isn’t full of butterflies. 

“Yes. Yes. That’s it.” Luckily for you, Jimin shouts as he jumps into his feet. Almost startling you a bit. Both you and Jungkook pay your attention to the man who suddenly appears as a kid who found their lost ball. “Why didn’t we think about that earlier?” Questions. Those damn eyes of his turning into crescents. To see that makes you strangely calm. You look at him with wide eyes. Then slowly turn your gaze to equally excited Jungkook. Uncertain about what they are talking about.

“Wh- what do you mean?” You question from no one specifically. Jungkook is the one who answers, however. 

“Well, they- whoever these people are, they know what’s exactly going on and you can ask them. Like haven’t they told you that you have a year? It doesn’t make sense that you’re suddenly in pain when you have a whole year to go. You- we have to ask and find what’s gone wrong and find a way to stop it from happening again.”

“We know what went wrong. People mistook me for Liya. That’s what happened.” You point out the obvious. 

“Yes but there should be a way to stop that from happening again.” Jungkook shrugs. Making his argument firm.

“But ho-” You start to raise questions but are silenced by a Jimin who suddenly kneels in front of you. 

“We can find a way Lil.” Mutters gleefully. Grinning from ear to ear. And you know he is not talking about preventing another incident. He’s talking about what you wanted as well. A way to stay here. A way to be greedy. There comes that feeling again. Your stomach is fluttering and heart skipping beats. He wants you here. Just like he wanted you here all those months ago. 

You know it’s not that easy. That it won’t be easy. Even if it works. If you find a way to stay here, what would that hold for your future. Will you keep shifting between two worlds forever? Or will you have to make an ultimate choice and choose a one world? Then what? What about your world? What about the life you’ve built? Will you give up on everything? True, that you always wanted this life but now when you think about it, it doesn’t seem easy. Yet the man before you, kneeling. Peeking at your face with such an excited look in his face, makes you forget the rest of the universe. Or every universe. For now, you just want to agree with him. Want to believe that there's a way that everything would be solved with everyone being happy. A happy ending. 

Your happy ending. 

You nod softly. “Yeah? I mean yes. Uh- but how?” You chew inside your cheeks to keep yourself focused. Not to let your mind go astray. 

You want to find a way. No matter what. You just want this life. This life with Jimin in it. So, you have to focus. 

“Do you remember anything they might’ve said that can help to find them?” Jimin asks again. That excitement never leaving him. You purse your lips thinking. Eyes briefly wandering to Jungkook since he was there with you the first time when the old lady visited you. There’s a chance that he might remember something you don’t. You find him already staring at you, gnawing on his bottom lip. For a minute you think he looks hurt. But then he turns his gaze away. Suddenly finding interest in one of the pictures on his wall. So, you go back into torturing your brain for something you’ve missed. Only to come up with nothing. Empty. 

“I don’t think so.” You shake your head in defeat. “Kookie?” Look at Jungkook expectantly. Just to be disappointed when he shakes his head as well. 

“I don’t think she mentioned anything else besides warning the shit out of you. And threatening to wipe away my memory.” 

Jimin exhales loudly. Gets back into his feet. “There must be a way though. If they can find you, that means they are around here somewhere.” Mutters more to himself. 

“Well it’s not like they are both from this world. I mean I met Halmeoni in this world but that kid was from my world. It’s like finding a needle in a haystack. How are we ever going to find someone who just appears and disappears whenever they like?” You bring out a fair point. 

“Yes but what if you’ve met more than those two?” Jungkook perks up again. Raises one of his brows. You just gape at his face confusedly. Jimin questions him on your behalf.

“What do you mean?”

“I mean, there’s a possibility that there are more people like them. It sure can’t be just two. What if Noona has met them without realizing they’re like this- uh- same mysterious creatures?” Jungkook explains with a little edge. You know he’s not certain for himself. Yet that seems like a good point. “Maybe you’ve met someone who you know how to find again and also someone like that Halmeoni.” He adds. “Think about someone who has talked to you like they know something…maybe. Or someone that makes you feel that sensation you know, the one you get when something strange happens.” Tries to make sense. And you get him. Only that nothing comes to your mind. You fumble for an answer. Trying to think hard for an occasion where something like that happened. But before you can even start to process. Jimin lets out a soft noise. 

“That old woman!” Then he exclaims loudly. Eyes wide and looking at you with a knowing look. Clearly expecting you to know what he’s talking about. You don’t. You have no single cue. 

“Wh-what woman?” So, you furrow your brows. 

“Ice cream cart?” Jimin tries again. “Namiseom Island?” And it hits you. You know exactly  what he is talking about. “I don’t know Lil, I felt damn strange. Like-”

“Like she knew something she shouldn’t.” You complete his sentence excitedly. Jump into your feet. You sure did feel strange. Especially when she talked about how short life can be. You have decided she’s been talking about life in general. Because, in a way, a human lifespan can be considered to be short. Or long. People will always think about the odds of dying tomorrow. Until this moment, you have thought that’s what she had meant. But what if she hadn’t? 

“Who’s this woman in talk?” Jungkook butts in. Confused. Just to get ignored when Jimin hurriedly turns around toward the front door. 

“We’re going now.” He states as he walks. You try to protest. In disbelief that he wants to go search for that old lady right at the moment. Before you can do it though, Jungkook starts following him.

“Well, I’m not just sitting back here.” Even walks past Jimin and already grabs his jacket from the coat rack. You roll your eyes in annoyance. They can be quite dramatic when they want. Almost follow them outside when you suddenly remember the fourth person in the room. Who has been awfully quiet the whole time. You turn around to find Taehyung sitting cross legged on the mattress on the floor. Your makeshift bed. His mouth is open and brows pulled together. Bewildered, to say the least. Giving you all a ‘what the hell look’. Poor guy. 

“You coming too Tae?” Yet you ask anyway. A beat passes where Jimin and Jungkook turn to Taehyung as well. Then Taehyung just shakes his head. Slowly. 

“Which doctor should I consult? It can’t be that all three of you are losing your minds. I’m pretty sure I’m the one who’s crazy.” Declares in the end. 

…………………………

Empty.

The entire street is empty. 

Strangely, no one is walking down the beautiful lanes beneath the ginkgo trees today. Even when the weather is nice and bright. But that’s not what your concern is. Who cares if everyone in South Korea has decided to never visit Namiseom island again. No. You wouldn’t have cared even if half the population on earth has vanished. Your only concern is that where the ice cream cart once stood, there's now nothing. Empty. Not even a trace. 

But it was here the last time you visited. 

It was. You are certain. Now it is not. It’s a good thing that Jimin was there to bear witness. Otherwise you would have appeared crazy. 

“Fuck!” Jimin curses slowly as he steps forward, breaking the perfect line you'd formed with Jungkook and Taehyung. The latter has joined you in the journey to Namiseom Island despite his lack of faith in all of you. And now while Jungkook is sporting an expression of disappointment and again worry, Taehyung looks like he’s about to have a nervous breakdown. Well, it’s too bad but you have other problems to deal with. So, you follow Jimin close by. 

“Maybe, we came to the wrong place. Maybe it wasn’t here. We should take a look around.” You know it was exactly right here. There’s no way you would mistake it. Yet you suggest for the sake of it. As desperate as you are, Jimin doesn’t even waste a millisecond before he is nodding violently. 

“Yeah. Yes. We should.” There’s that crazy look in his eyes again. Worried. Hurt. Scared. Makes you want to hold him tight. But he is already walking away. Leaving you with no option but to go after him. That’s how you find yourself walking around Namiseom Island like a bunch of fools. To end up finding nothing. Just like you expected. 

And all you feel is despair. A tightness coils in your chest as you sit on a bench. Wedged between Jimin and Jungkook. Staring into nothing. You feel nauseous again. 

“At least that proves, she was exactly the one we should meet.” Jungkook mopes. Jimin lets out a bitter laugh at that. You think it’s ridiculous. Considering how excited and happy you were when this idea popped up in Jungkook’s head at first. Now you all look like deflated balloons. Except for Taehyung, of course. 

“Or… she just moved her ice cream cart away. That's the whole freaking purpose of having a vendor cart. You move that shit from place to place.” Taehyung retorts. Standing in front of the bench you are sitting. Covering all of you in his shadow. He looks comical now trying to prove his very valid point. 

“She was too old to do that.” Jimin mumbles wearily. 

“So what? It’s not like she doesn’t have a family or something. Someone might have helped her. And you guys-” He stops abruptly. Then sighs. “You know what? If this is a prank, it’s awesome. You got me.” Laughs very awkwardly. “Now you can stop.” His tone almost turns into a pleading. 

You feel a headache forming. This is absolutely absurd. Taehyung can be very much correct. Despite all the unbelievable things happening in your life, this old woman can be just another innocent human being. You can’t even believe you’ve driven all the way up here just because of a wild suspicion. It’s not too late to turn it back, however. You should just get the hell out of here.

“I need to find her.” Jimin blurts suddenly. Making every head snap into his directions. 

“Huh?” Taehyung furrows his brows so deep that it looks like it’s going to be carved into his forehead. 

“I need to find that old woman no matter what.” Jimin clarifies this time. No one says anything. You mirror Taehyung’s expression now. Confused. “I don’t care how Tae, just.. Can you ask Mr. Dong? Can’t ask Emi. She will rat me out to Liya and you know the rest of the story.” Jimin continues at the silence of the rest. Mr. Dong is Taehyung’s secretary. You’ve met him during your time at the R.U.N. A good man. 

“Holy fuck, dude!” Taehyung exclaims with an exaggerated drop of his shoulders. “Tell me you’re joking.” Rubs his face. 

“No. I’m not.” To much of his dismay, Jimin states firmly. Gets to his feet. “I just want to find the woman Taehyung-ah. Just help me will you?” Grabs Taehyung’s shoulder. “Please.” Adds. 

“You want me to make my secretary work his ass off to find an old woman who we don’t know shit about?” 

“Yes. And pay all he wants.”

“Gosh, this is damn ridiculous. I-I-”

“Please. C’mon, I’ve done far worse shit for you.” 

A silence falls over. You and Jungkook are watching the two friends who are gaping at each other. To be honest, you think Jimin is being ridiculous as well. That’s just too much. Yet just as you are about to point that out. Taehyung gives up with a heavy sigh. 

“Fine. To hell with it.” Then he eyes you. “This shit better be worth it Li.” Says. 

…………………

At first, you tried to convince Jimin that he shouldn’t go to that length to find an old woman. There was a possibility that all his effort would come to nothing. But Jimin was Jimin. He didn’t listen. He didn’t give a fuck, to say the least. Then as you finally agreed with him, you slowly started to wait for the news. For anything. Something. You would text him every morning as the first thing as soon as you woke up in his world. And every day you received a negative response. Which passed on to Jungkook when you went home. 

The days slowly passed by. One by one. For everyone’s - or at least Jimin and Jungkook’s- pleasure, you didn’t have any awful- as they call- heart attacks. You were doing fine. Day by day, you’ve recovered from having to endure such pain. You suspect the upset stomach you got was mainly due to that than anything bad you ate. Yet with the days, you became normal again. Living your best possible life in two different worlds. The day at the gallery and the incident is slowly starting to fade into the memory. Life is slowly settling back onto a normal track where you are simply struggling with unemployment. 

Just like now. “You can come back to the company, baby.” Jimin whispers into your neck. You’re alone in Kim’s kitchen. It has become such a normal thing for your friends to take advantage of Namjoon’s restaurant. It doesn’t matter how much he would complain. As for now, you are in charge of making Anju for the night. Nobody assigned you. You have volunteered. And just a few minutes after you entered the kitchen, there was Jimin. Right behind you. 

You don’t get to see or meet Jimin at all these days. Just a few sneaky meetups are all you get. You find it insane how you miss him every day. How you long for him. You would never tell anyone but you’re always looking forward to Taehyung or Hoseok to just barge into Kim’s restaurant. Because by experience you know Jimin would be there too. Like now. 

You try to step away from his hold. Not because you want to but because you’re afraid of someone walking in and witnessing this. You don’t even know how Jimin manages to sneak in after you. Jimin doesn’t allow you to step away from him. He tightens his grip while whining. “Please. I missed you.” Hides his face in your neck. Is hugging you from the back. 

“What if someone comes in?” You hiss. Eyes darting between mixing up your peanuts and the door. 

“Let them.” Jimin mumbles again. His soft breath kissing your neck as he speaks. Melting you against him. It’s really hard not to give into his warm embrace. Especially when he gives you a gentle kiss. Right into your pulse point. “I don’t care. Just miss you.” Another kiss. You shiver. Close your eyes. Reopen them and give in. Just lose yourself in his familiar soothing scent. Allowing yourself to feel relaxed. 

“Me too. I miss you too.” Admit. 

“Yeah?” 

“Mhm.” You sigh as Jimin starts to rub your stomach soothingly. You let your head fall back into his chest. 

“Then come back to work, princess.” Thousands of tingles shoot across your spine when he slowly sneaks his hands inside your t-shirt. “You know everyone will love it if you do. Come back, hm?” His words almost don’t reach your ears. You are slowly falling victim to his trap. Even your breathing is turning uneven. Who can blame you, though. You really do miss Park Jimin. Everything about him. His soothing touch to his breathy voice. Of course, you’re losing your mind on him. And to make things worse or better he starts drawing mindless patterns across your stomach. Making your skin pebbles under his touch. Making you tremble. All the while slowly kissing your neck and jaw. Inhaling your scent. Keeps dragging his fingers across your skin agonisingly slow. Up and down. Down and up. To your sides. Then down toward your waistband. Plays with it. Dips his hands inside. Not all the way down but just a little then pulls out again. You bite onto your lower lip to suppress the moans that are about to slip out. “Lil? Come back?” He groans in your ear, reminding you that you haven’t answered his question. 

Oh yes, the question.

You straighten up like an arch. Trying to collect yourself. This time manage to step away from a slightly surprised Jimin. Turn around to face him. You give him a stern look just to earn a pout in return. 

“Oh, c’mon! Don’t be a stubborn goat, lady.” Whines. You gasp in feigned offense. 

“Goat?” You absolutely love it when you two would start bickering out of nowhere. Remind you of the old days. He’s always regarded you as a stubborn goat, hasn’t he? 

“No. You’re a stubborn donkey.” He says with a stern face. Places his hands on his hips. You gasp again. Louder this time. Yet before you can counter back he starts scolding you. “You fucking need a job, Lil. Why can’t you just take back your old job when the freaking CEO offers you the position himself.” 

You roll your eyes. He’s been asking you the same thing for weeks now. 

First time was the day after you returned from your failed trip to Namiseom. He made an unannounced appearance in front of Kim’s in the evening. Asked you to come out. That was the first day you’ve felt like a real mistress. Sneaking out inside his car. Like a sleazy fox. Just to share a stolen moment of breathless whimpres. Laying in the backseat of his car while his cock was drilling in and out of you. His possessive bites decorating your skin in purple marks while you stained his expensive seats with your essence. Moaning out his name while he fucked you sensually. As if he had all the time in the world and it wasn’t just a moment you borrowed from the universe. And after you’ve both ended riding your highs, as you were drinking up his sweet scent and cuddling on his lap was when he brought up the idea first. 

Come back to work with Hoseok, baby. I’m going mad. I just want you around. 

It felt compelling. Especially when he asked that with a still husky voice and you were running high on your hormones. Aftermath of your orgasms still on your veins. But you said ‘No’. Because no matter how good the offer was, you will not go back into the company. It's too much trouble to go through. You didn’t want to meet Liya again. Not when you are back into being the same nasty bitch you are. Only difference? You are in love now. Despite everything, you wouldn’t risk your forbidden moments with Jimin for anything. It’s all good this way. Even though you have no job. Even though you will eventually become a burden on Jungkook’s shoulders. Or not. You’ll maybe become a burden on Jimin’s shoulders. Like a real mistress. A sugar baby. Your inner self- sane woman who’s still alive inside you- will scream at you. Even though you’ll feel like shit, you won’t go back to work in the R. U. N. If that’s the price for Jimin, then so be it. 

“No, Park. I’m too freaking ashamed to go back there.” You give him a firm shake of your head.

“Nobody knows anything.”

“What if they do? Emi knows for sure. And She will let Liya know that I’m back and I’m not- uh- I’m not risking anything Jimin.”

“Risking what? She can’t make decisions for my company.”

“Yes but she can make your main sponsor say bye to you. You still haven’t figured things out Jimin. You still want time and I’m not going to ruin things even before they start.”

“That-” Whatever Jimin tries to say gets drowned with a loud voice closely followed by the loud thud of kitchen door slamming against the wall. And for no surprise you find Taehyung barging in with a wide grin. J follows him and Jin follows her. Then of course everybody follows everyone, making you thank yourself for stepping away from Jimin. 

Still, with at least a five steps between you and Jimin, you feel nervous when you see your friends. Now you call them your friend. Because you feel that way. Somewhere along this shitty line, you’ve become friends. And you’re scared of them judging you. Of them deciding they no longer want to be friends. But no one shows even a sign of suspicion or noticing something off. 

“Guess what?” Taehyung barks happily. 

“What takes you so long to mix up some peanuts?” Yoongi doesn’t allow you or Jimin to ask ‘what?’ from Taehyung. Taehyung, however, doesn’t care. 

“We just decided, we are going camping.” He exclaims happily. 

“You did? Wow, good for you. Have fun then.” Jimin says with a serious face. Making you and several others snort. Taehyung lets out a very fake laugh. 

“Very funny.”

“What? You didn’t ask me or Lil if we wanted to join.” Jimin states innocently. A small smile is creeping up on his lips.

“No need. I as your best friend made the decision for you. You’re going. And Jungkook here-” He points to Jungkook who has started munching on peanuts without a care. “As Li’s guardian-”

“My what?” You butt in for the first time. Not even knowing whether you should be offended or not. 

“Guardian.” Taehyung repeats himself. Goes back to continue what he was saying. “He made the decision for Li. So, you’re going too.” States. Firmly. You gape at his face in pure disbelief for a minute before averting your gaze to Jungkook in a silent question. Jungkook gulps down his mouthful of peanuts first. Then takes another handful. 

“What? I am your guardian. You are under my protection little lady.”

Jimin beats you in the scoff he lets out. Nobody minds him. Not even Jungkook. 

“Isn’t she older than you?” Hoseok joins Jungkook in eating peanuts. You watch the way Jungkook gives a sneaky smile. Almost like a smirk. Looks you dead in the eye. You both know why. 

“Oh yes, she is. But age is just a number, Hyung. Who cares?” Winks. You don’t think you’ll be able to roll your eyes as much as you want. 

“I am not going.” So, you simply announce.

“Why not?” Jimin gasps right away. You just want to bang your head on a wall. He is asking why now? And Jungkook forgot that you can’t as well. 

“Well, I don’t think I’d be able to stay up for a few days at this rate Mr. Park,” You say to Jimin first. And his face instantly turns serious with the realization. Then you turn to Jungkook to find that the smirk has already vanished. In its place now is gloom. “Too bad you forgot that as my so-called guardian, Jeon.” Nonetheless you say without a care of other people hearing your absurd conversation. They won’t understand a thing anyway. Proving your suspicions true, Namjoon gasps. 

“Wait? What the fuck? You’ve never gone camping? Why would you ever think you have to stay up? We’re gonna have tents and- you know what? We’re definitely going and we’re taking her with us no matter what? This is so sad.” He shakes his head in sympathy. Well, fuck, this isn’t your desired outcome. 

“That’s stupid Namjoon. Even if she’s never gone camping, why would she think she has to stay up?” Jin butts in. Slapping Hoseok's hand away, who is trying to steal the peanuts on Jin’s hand. Instead of Hoseok he hands them all to a grinning J. 

“Ask her? She said so.” Namjoon argues, offended. Jin doesn’t ask you, however. Says something else to Namjoon as you pay your attention to Jimin and Jungkook who now look like wounded puppies. 

“Sure we can come up with something.” Jungkook hesitantly mumbles. Eyes wandering over to Jimin. You follow Jungkook’s action, looking at Jimin expectantly. He doesn't look like a brat who would whine and pout until you agree anymore. Instead he is serious now. You know he won’t do anything that would put your well being under a risk. No. You know he’s already decided to step away. Listen to you. Yet before any of that Jungkook stands up abruptly.

“Wait!” He bursts out. Grabbing everyone's attention. “That old lady. I mean the one who visited you at the cottage,” He looks at you. You know what he is talking about, though you have no idea where he is going with this. Not to mention that everyone is staring at him as if he’s a lecturer and they all are students without a single clue. “She did that because you stayed up, didn’t she?” Jungkook disregards every curious look upon him. “She came because you were doing something you shouldn’t be doing. No more than seventy two hours in one place, yeah? You almost spent more than two days there and boom there she was to warn you.” Jungkook looks excited like a little kid. Eyes all lighten up and face bright. 

“Gosh, no.. not this again!” You hear Taehyung groans. But you don’t pay him any attention. You are fully focused on whatever Jungkook is saying. 

“And then, you didn’t wish- I mean you wished for something you shouldn’t and there that kid came. Again, warning-” He steps away from where he is standing. Rounds the table to walk over to you. And you’re beginning to understand where he is going now. Slowly. But surely. The pieces falling into their places. “Noona? Do you get what I’m saying.” Jungkook grabs your shoulders. Gives you a gentle shake. “You- we don’t have to look for them. They’ll come find you if you just break a rule. Do something you shouldn’t do. Like-”

“Staying up for a few days.” You complete it for him. Jungkook nods enthusiastically. Looks past you at Jimin. A beat passes then even before you can so much as blink you are being yanked back. 

“No! Hell no! Are you kidding me Jungkook?” Jimin drags you back at the same time he steps between you and Jungkook. Lets you go before focusing on speaking with Jungkook. “That’s too much of a risk to take. What if she- what if-” Stutters. Swallows down what was about to say. Changes it at the last minute. “No. We’re not doing that.” Declares. Making Jungkook’s jaw go slack. Despite the fact they both would agree on some things, you know they can’t stand each other. Jungkook appears like he wants to say something else but is interrupted by the tentative voice of Yoona. 

“What are we talking about again?” 

“Yes. Are we talking about a movie or something?” It’s J who chimes in as well. 

“Nope. I think they are talking in a secret code. Those words have different meanings.” Hoseok puts his two cents on the table as well. You turn your head to find everyone gaping at the three of you like you’ve grown second heads. Well, fuck that. This might look more than crazy. You force yourself to give them a smile. Which for sure comes out as a grimace. Awkward. Everyone waiting for one of you to answer. 

“It’s a.. Movie?” Jungkook is the one who manages to bring something up at last. Hesitantly. His eyes on J. Just to let her know that her guess was the correct one. For a moment nobody says anything. Then Jin perks up. 

“Yeah? What movie? Sounds interesting. I feel like you three are characters in it.” Raises his brow. Jungkook sighs heavily. Knowing his lie is obvious. Leaving you to stupidly stare at your friends’ judging faces. You have no idea what to say. Jungkook shouldn’t have started this here. Now you would never find a way to-

“That’s a movie they want to produce” Taehyung grumbles suddenly. Every single head turning toward him. 

Oh, fuck no!

“What?” Yoongi snorts. 

Exactly! 

“Yup. The movie we want to produce.” Then you hear Jungkook agreeing. That’s the stupidest lie you’ve ever heard. Yet even with its absurdity, it makes your friends turn into each other instead of gawking at you. Splitting into two teams to debate how stupid that is. Good. They’ve got distracted. And you take the opportunity to check with Jimin. As soon as your eyes land on him, he shakes his head. Firmly. Mouth a thin line. 

“We are not doing that.” Says. Just grab a chair and sits down. 

But what if it’s the only way?

……………………….

Your blood is boiling. You're so mad, you feel like you could punch a hole through a wall. Or so you think. Probably won’t try it though. But still you’re so mad. Mad at Park Jimin. Who the hell does he think he is, to demand what you should or shouldn’t do in your life? You are fully capable of making your own decisions. Whether they are bad or good. Yet here Jimin is. Ordering you around. Saying ‘No’ whenever you bring up the idea of staying up until someone mysterious would visit or going on that camping trip. 

And to make matters worse, Jungkook has turned his back on you as well. He no longer is excited about his own idea, nor does he want to go on the trip. According to him—even though he hates admitting Jimin's right, he wasn’t thinking through when he brought up the idea. Now though, he doesn’t even want to think about that. 

That drives you up the wall. 

It’s been weeks since the day the idea came in. Since the day Taehyung and J had started planning on the camping trip. An odd pair to be working together, but apparently, they are in charge. Yet no matter how hard you try, these two men in your life are acting like stubborn bulls. Now you’re running out of patience. There’s only so much a girl can take after all. 

See now, it’s not that you wanted to go on a darn trip at first. No. All you wanted was to try out the theory Jungkook brought up. In desperate hope that it would work and you’ll find a way somehow. Then somewhere along the line of you trying to persuade Jimin and listening to Taehyung and J ramble about the same thing over and over again, you wanted to kill two birds with one stone. If you are about to risk your life trying to test out another theory, then you might as well do it while enjoying a weekend trip with the new crackheads in your life. You want to go on that trip. You want to see what will happen if you break a rule. It doesn’t matter how bad things could go. And Jimin and Jungkook can go fuck themselves. 

You barge inside Jungkook’s cozy kitchen. Just out of the shower, your hair still wet. You’ve made up your mind while showering. No one can rule your life this way. 

“I. Am. Going.” You state just as you spot Jungkook standing in front of the stove. Cooking something that smells delicious. He turns around to face you in surprise at your unexpected voice. 

“What?” Asks innocently. 

“Camping. I am going, Jeon Jungkook.” You repeat, more firmly. Yet as how it was all these times, Jungkook sighs heavily. 

“No Noona, you-”

You shut him up by throwing the towel in your hand toward him. He catches it with ease for your annoyance. 

“You fucking don’t get to decide what I do, Jungkook. I decide what I want and right now I’ve decided I am going.” You declare once again before you turn around. Ready to leave when Jungkook starts to say something else. 

“Bu-”

And knowing exactly what he is about to say you turn toward him again before he can even start. “And neither does Park Jimin. He doesn’t get to say what I do either.” Jungkook closes his mouth, proving that he indeed was about to bring Jimin up a second ago. Feeling victorious, you waste no time in storming toward the coffee table in the living room. Just to pick up your phone. You have just rendered one man speechless and there’s another one to go. 

I’m going on that trip Park.

You shoot Jimin a quick text. Almost lock your phone screen and toss it away when it vibrates with a new message. You roll your eyes. At this rate you will start to believe that the CEO of R.U.N has no job to do. That’s how much Jimin has been texting you these days. You open the new message. 

You are not.

A bitter scoff leaves your mouth. 

The fucking audacity of this man. Oh, only if you could throw a wet towel right across his face as well. Unfortunately though, that is not an option. So, you opt into another text message. 

Try stopping me!!!!!!!

Then you toss your phone away just as Jungkook steps before you. 

“Noona!” He whines. Your towel is still in his hand. Looks like a hungry baby. You will not fall into that trap though. He can whine all the much he wants, you’ll not give a fuck. 

“What?” You snap. Feeling guilty instantly when he winces. Just for a second, however. He gains his posture rather quickly and your feelings shift into anger just as he opens his mouth. 

“Oh, c’mon, we can’t do that. You can’t. You didn’t even want to go on that stupid trip in the first place.” Jungkook finally throws your towel into the couch. 

“Well, that’s before you came up with the idea.” 

“Fuck. I’m such an idiot then.”

“No. You’re such a genius.” 

“Noona…” Jungkook even stomps his feets like a child. You groan, exasperated 

“My god, Kookie. Will you please stop? I just want to see if it works and I want to go on that trip.” A silence falls over following your words. Just Jungkook looking at you with wide eyes. Eyes that are troubled. Worried. Scared. You know they care. Both him and Jimin. But they need to understand as well. “Listen Jungkook. I just don’t plan on dying, you know. I don’t want to do something that would harm me either. All I want is to just try. I’m not going to stay past seventy two and fuck everything up.” You step closer to him. He just pouts. Adorable. “I promise I’ll just sleep before the clock runs out.” Put your hand on his arm, feeling him relax under your touch. 

It’s amazing how close you’ve become. You thank god every day for not letting it ruin between you and Jungkook after that day. It would have hurt so bad if you had fucked up your relationship with Jungkook. In the end, he is the home you come to after an exhausting day. Even when you love Park Jimin. A lot. Too much perhaps. Jungkook is your home. And you want him to understand you. 

“But what if something bad happens, Noona..” He concedes after a long minute. Takes your hand in his. Squeezes. Peers into your eyes. You squeeze his hand in return.

“But what if not? What if nothing happens? What if everything went so good and-” You let out another breath. “Please Kookie. Let’s just go and enjoy ourselves. Even if this doesn’t work or even if they come and say I’ll just have to stop coming here from tomorrow, then at least we’d have good memories.”

“Oh, fuck don’t say stuff like that. Not fair!” Jungkook this time squeezes your hand as if he wants to break it. Making you almost whimper. 

“Please. I want to go and I want you there as well.” You give your best puppy eyes. Despite these two men being a pain in the ass for you with their ridiculous commands and demands, they have made it unbearable when they’ve decided not to go as well. How stupid is that? 

Jungkook lets your hand go. Allowing it to fall limp. Groans. Pushing both of his hands through his tousled black hair. Then gives you a look. Utterly done. Yet instead of saying anything to you, start fishing inside his pocket. You watch curiously as he pulls out his phone. Starts typing something furiously while muttering something inaudible to himself. You are just about to ask him what the fuck is he doing when you hear your phone vibrates yet again. Still confused, you slowly bend over to grab the device. Quickly unlocking it. There sure is a message from Jimin but you ignore it. Go to the group chat J has created for the very purpose of this trip. The newest text there is from Jungkook. 

Count me in. I’m coming……

A slow smile spreads across your face. 

“Happy?” Jungkook questions affectionately. You beam at him. Nodding your head crazily before throwing your arms around his neck. He returns the hug instantly. Arms protectively wrapping around your waist and crushing you in his hold. 

“Thank You.” You mumble. 

“You’re so fucking annoying.” He grumbles. 

………………………….

A vein throbs in Jimin’s head. This is how he’ll die. He’ll have a stroke. The thing is, he’s not exactly mad. No. He is frustrated. Tired. Freaking exhausted. He is annoyed at the fact that he can’t get mad even if wants to. 

Arguing with you is like asking a boulder to move on its own. No use. And if this was anyone else, Jimin would’ve strangled them by now. But alas. This is you he has to deal with. It’s impossible to get mad. How can he after all? 

He swears he was about to give you a piece of his mind when he turns around after you whine out a ‘please Park’. Then there you are. Stubbornly pouting. Cheeks puffing out. An adorable scowl on your forehead. Nose scrunching up a little bit. Getting angry? At you? Who’s he kidding? He just wants to swallow you whole. And top of everything, you have to look like that. The pretty floral dress you’ve chosen for the night dancing around you to the gentle melody of wind. The silky material hugging your ethereal curves divinely. The gloss you have applied on your luscious lips glistening under the street lamps. Just as how your eyes are shining. That starry night. His starry night. How can he be mad at you?

“For fucks sake, Lil!” So he grumbles frustratedly. Steps toward you. You just look to your side. Obviously mad at him. “C’mon baby, listen to me. Stop being stubborn please.” He takes another step forward. You turn your head even further away. He is sure you’ll even snap your neck trying to keep your head turned away from him. “Spring Roll!” So he does his best to make you look at him. 

“What?” You bark. But still don’t look at him. Leaves him with no other options but to grab your face. Squeezing your cheeks and turning you to face him by force. 

But fuck!

Shouldn’t have done that now. You are apparently a witch. Are bewitching him with your fiery gaze and even more pouty lips. When Jimin gently shakes your face and talks to you sternly next he certainly doesn’t feel the way he sounds. It’s just a pretense to get you to relent. “Do you think this is a game, Lil? Huh?” 

“No.” You answer with the same fiery tone. Try in vain to push his hand away. “I know what I’m doing, Park.” Add. Well, that’s the case. Jimin doesn’t think you know what you’re doing at all. He doesn’t want you to do this. No. It’s too much of a risk. He doesn’t even want to humor the thought. There are a million things that can go wrong. You never returning? That’s not the worst case after all.  Sure, it would make Jimin die everyday while being alive. It would hurt him greatly. The prospect of not seeing you ever. Not even a glimpse. But still you’ll be safe and alive somewhere. Even if it is in a different universe. The worst case, however, is something bad happening to you. Turning into dust? Well, isn’t that another fancy way to say dying. The thought alone makes Jimin tremble.

No. He won’t let you. This is all Jungkook’s fault after all. Then the idiot decided to give up like that. Now he has to make sure you don’t do something stupid. All by himself.

“You don’t know what you’re doing baby. You’re acting like a kid.” He stops squeezing your cheeks so you can actually speak. He does it hesitantly. Ready to grab your face again in case you turn your face away again. You don’t. This time you keep your shiny eyes on him. 

“Oh, fuck you, Park. You’re the one who’s being a kid right now. You’re not even listening to me.” You huff. Fuck, you are impossible. Are pouting again. He gets this strong urge to kiss that pout away. Kiss you until you’re breathless and forget about this argument. Or maybe he can just turn you around, bend you over the car hood and fuck all your senses away. That’s not the rational thing to do, however. You’re too precious for him to just avoid confrontations. He has to face it.  

“I am listening to you lady, you just-”

“Then why the fuck can’t you understand that I just want to try.” You interrupt Jimin’s words. And he just swallows his next words up. Not knowing what to say anymore. 

“Lil…” Just rests his forehead against you. You don’t show any dislike. Just sigh in content. So he closes his eyes. Enjoying the close proximity. Enjoying your soft breaths fanning his face. Your body warmth radiating into him. And he feels you relax. Knows that if he’s to open his eyes now, he would witness that fire leaving your eyes. Wondrous. That is. What a single touch from him would do to you. Amazing. How it is the same for him. He relaxes in your hold as well. Especially when you bring a hand to cup his cheek. This feels good. Too good. All he wants is to stay in this moment. Your touch, your breath, and your soft voice are igniting a fire inside him. That fire is not lust though. No. This is something else. This is a kind of fire that is so intense it makes him want to cry. It’s soothing and painful at the same time. It’s a restlessness. It’s a yearn. It’s a fascination. 

God it hurts so good. He doesn’t even know how to explain it to you. Yet it seems an argument won’t solve the problem at all. So, he gives up. Changes the course. “Please.. I don’t want to risk it. I want you to be safe.” Speaks so softly that even he can’t hear his voice properly. You hear him of course. You always will. You just nod. Hand still cupping his cheek. Forehead still resting against his. Gives Jimin a fake sense of hope that you’re about to relent for a second. Then you inhale a long breath. 

“I know.” Mutter. Your breath tingling his lips. “I know Jimin. But I’m so fucking scared.” Admit in a hush voice. Jimin goes rigid on your hold. Squeezing his already closed eyes even tighter. Of course, you’re scared. This is your life after all. If he’s scared of you dying, then you might be petrified. Jimin has always wondered whether you really wanted to do this. Or even if you do, how long it will be until you change your mind. True, you were the one who rushed to him, panicked and scared, when you first heard you only have a year. True, you agreed with him right away when he asked you to stay. But what if you have now changed your mind.  What if you’re being so stubborn because you want to go back. 

Jimin suddenly doesn’t want to listen to you. But you do speak. Completely oblivious to the turmoil he’s going through. “I’m so freaking scared Jimin.” Your voice comes out hoarse. Jimin snakes his arms around you. Places one in your waist and the other on the back of your head. He would understand if you just want to end it. He would just give you the right-

“Oh, c’mon, we were supposed to have a year.” Then you suddenly choke out. Forcing Jimin to snap open his eyes. 

Wait what?

He directly peers at your eyes. Eyes that are glossed over now. Covered with a sheen of tears. No. That’s never been his intention. He doesn’t want you to cry. Before he can say anything, though, you start again. “You were supposed to have a year to make me want to stay. I was supposed to have a year to decide. I just-” You gulp harsh. “I just want to stay, Jimin. You don’t want me to stay anymore?” Ask with such a broken voice Jimin feels his heart physically bleeds. 

“No, baby. Lil, no… I- why would you even say that.” He instantly pulls away from you, so he can get a better view of your gorgeous face. Cups your face with both of his hands. “God, I want you to stay. I want you to stay until you don’t want to anymore. Until you’re so tired of me. Until you’re done with me.” Mumbles, warmly. He’d never admit the sickening joy he feels at your confession. You want to stay. And blame him for yearning for that. 

“Then let’s just try.” You put your hands on top of him. Peer at his eyes. Yours glinting. Beautiful. Oh, so fucking beautiful. He’s growing weak. Even his knees buckle under your soft gaze. He can’t say no. Not after what you’ve said. 

Fuck! Fuck! Fuck!

What the fuck are you doing to him. Why’s he so weak when it comes to you?

“Fuck, Lil. You just, ugh-” So, he groans. Decides he would give in then. But of course, he still can come up with a good deal. If he’s losing then might as well try to bargain. “Twenty four hours then.” Offers. And your soft expression instantly morphs into a furious one. Damn adorable. 

“Oh fuck, that’s just a day Jimin. Fuck that! Seventy hours.”

“Forty eight.”

“Sixty eight.”

“Sixty. That’s it. No more. That’s more than enough.” 

You open your mouth. Then as if you change your mouth at the last minute, close it back. Sigh. “Fine. Deal.” Agree. “Deal.” Jimin agrees as well. A moment passes. In that moment your expression turns back into an excited one back again. “You know, besides this whole deal, I want to go on that trip so bad.” Say with the most endearing smile he has ever seen. He can’t help but peck your lips. “Yeah?” Questions against your lips. 

“Mm hm, it’s going to be fun. We can sneak out in the night and then fuck.” Your tone is comically serious when you say that. A throaty laugh erupts from Jimin. 

“Is that a bribe, lady. That’s.. Not going to work. That’s terrible.” He shakes his head in displeasure. Or at least trying to appear disappointed. The smile that is spreading across his lips gives him away. 

“It won’t?” You raise a brow. 

“It won’t.” He confirms. You tilt your head cockily. 

“Are you sure, Park?” Ask confidently before dragging your hand through his stomach. And he knows where your destination is. He works at light speed when he grabs your hand and holds it still. Making you giggle prettily. His entire body flushes at the sound. 

Oh, he would do anything to keep hearing that sound. Anything.

“You little minx.” He drops his lips once again toward yours. Catching your lips in a searing kiss. You reciprocate it happily. Curling your arms around his neck and slowly starting to press your body desperately against him. Making blood rush to his cock. Making him painfully hard. It’s funny how he is twitching inside his pants within mere seconds. Just because he is getting drunk on your lips. Just because he feels your body against him. Looks like he would have to take care of the cum stains in his car seats again.  

A minx indeed. 

His minx, nonetheless. 

……………………..

You are giddy like a school kid going to their first ever sleepover. You have been buzzing with excitement for the past few days. Even disregarding your nerves about the prospect of what might come out of this. Poor Key and Jungkook had to endure your excited rambling for almost a week. Jungkook did it happily though. Not Key, however. She wasn’t happy about you going missing for an entire three days. Especially, with her knowing what can happen if things go wrong. She was terrified of the prospect of you wiping out of her memory. You had to reassure her hundreds of times yesterday before bed. Promising on your friendship that you would return safely. Before she forgot you.

You are certain that anything like that won’t happen, though. You have that positive feeling. In your stomach. Of course, you are buzzing. Besides, this is your first time camping. You are a little sad that Key can’t join. Maybe, you will arrange another trip in your world. With Key. And Chan. You not so surprisingly found out that you are very happy about the idea of Key dating Chan. Even though she doesn’t admit it yet. They make a cute couple. And you should arrange that trip. Because you are definitely not opposed to feeling this way again. 

Entire two- hour drive to the camping site with Jungkook and Taehyung was filled with nothing but an endless laughter. Even Taehyung’s very off-key singing has brightened up your mood. You will never admit it to his face but Taehyung is the best company someone could ever wish for. He has you choking on laughter describing all the weird people he met during his search for the ice cream vendor. Jungkook too. All three of you are still trying to calm down from the last joke cracked by Taehyung when he finally brings the car to a halt. You take in a deep breath before practically jumping out of the car. Into the first breezes of summer. Feeling the soft but warm sun kissing your skin and letting wind play with your hair. Crunching green grass under your feet. 

“Fuck, I love this!” You mumble to yourself. Throw your head up to feel the sun in your face. Fill up your lungs with fresh air. Then take a good look around your campsite. Eyes falling on the few people who are already here. You spot Yoongi in the distance. Carrying some heavy bags while Hoseok walks behind him. Probably bossing around. You spot Namjoon and Yoona as well. Helplessly staring down at a tent. They are not going to get that thing up. Not unless someone else helps them. 

Grinning from ear to ear, you raise both your hands to wave at them. Three pairs of hands greet you back. Yoongi greets you with his foot. He just raises his one foot and tilt it side to side. Understandable. His hands are full. You snort loudly before finally turning around to see what Jungkook and Taehyung are doing. Find them bickering over luggage. You walk over them to offer a hand. 

“Need help?”

“No.” Jungkook exclaims. 

“Yes.” Taehyung bursts out. Whips his head to Jungkook in disbelief. “Of course, we need help. There’s so many bags.”

“Wow, you’re such a gentleman.” Jungkook rolls his eyes. 

“I am. Take this.” Taehyung disregards Jungkook as he forces a heavy bag into your hands. You barely catch it, balancing it out on your arms hardly. 

“Yah! You stupid..” You hiss, finally managing to save the bag from falling. Taehyung pays you no attention. “Very gentlemanly… And he’d talk about his impressive dick.” You mutter under your breath. Yet unfortunately he hears it. Straightens up immediately. 

“I do have an impressive dick.” Points out. 

“Well, that doesn’t count if you are not a gentleman.”

“Why are we talking about his dick?” Jungkook butts in, unloading more bags. 

“Good question.” You nod in agreement with Jungkook. 

“Because, I have an impressive one.” Taehyung yet again notes. 

“How can we believe it? You have to show us then.” Jungkook challenges Taehyung with a smug look on his face. Okay, you shouldn’t have brought this topic up. This is going to become a headache now. Luckily for you, though, just before Taehyung can reply to Jungkook’s challenge, the sound of an oncoming vehicle diverts all your attention. You all turn around to witness the infamous black E.W. 

Jimin. 

A huge grin breaks on your lips at the sight. Initially, it was planned that you, Jungkook, and Taehyung all would be riding with Jimin. Then Jimin had to attend an important meeting together with Jin. You believe that the meeting has nothing to do with the new game they are launching soon. For some reason, you think it has everything to do with Jimin’s plan for escaping the vice grip Liya’s father has on their company. His plan for freedom. Whatever the real reason might be, it has made you travel without Jimin. You with Jungkook and Taehyung and Jimin with Jin and J. You would be lying if you say you weren’t a teeny bit upset but that’s not a problem. He is here now. 

You contemplate moving forward for a second. Not knowing what exactly you should do. It’s not like that you can jump into his arms freely. Then before you can do anything Taehyung beats you to it. A huge gasp leaving his mouth and dropping the bag on his hands. 

“Jimin-ah…” Shouts through the top of his lungs. Making you flinch at the loud noise and Jungkook cursing slowly. 

“Yah! Yah! We have eggs in that bag idiot.” He yells after his curse. 

Taehyung, though, doesn’t even hear Jungkook as he’s already running to Jimin. Dramatic. Only- if only you can roll your eyes to the back of your head. Since you can’t do it, you just opt to watch the way Taehyung runs halfway toward the car. Stops when Jimin gets out of the car before he could reach it. And naturally your eyes roam over to the man you’re in love with. Still in his work attire for no surprise. Your stomach does that flip over instantly at the sight of him. Butterflies. Eating you from the inside. In a good way. Just for a long second, however. Even before you can process the feeling, Jimin slams the car door shut. The butterflies in your tummy instantly disappear at the sound, just like how Taehyung’s smile does. 

Jimin turns to face you then. His jaw slack. Eyebrows pulled together. The expression is so tight. Pissed! Undoubtedly, that’s how an angered man would look. And you know how this specific man looks when he’s mad. 

Oh! Something might’ve gone wrong.

You wonder if it has to do something with the said meeting. Or something else that went wrong with the company. You don’t get to think too hard, though. A sound of a second car approaching takes your attention away from Park Jimin and toward a white car. It’s very familiar. You are certain you’ve seen it somewhere. You furrow your brows in confusion as the vehicle comes to a halt. A couple seconds pass. It’s unfortunate the driver had parked it in a way that obscured their face from you. So, you wait patiently until the driver’s side door opens. Until a figure gets out. 

A figure wrapped in a black blazer set just similar to Jimin. Her raven silky hair framing her perfectly maintained face. Tall in her four inches. And wearing a condescending smile. 

Of fucking course, the car is familiar!

Because it’s Kim Liya’s. 

Your stomach drops. A weird sensation engulfs you whole. Really? This again? You immediately avert your gaze toward Jimin. Are met with his apologetic eyes. You can’t believe it. You didn’t know she was coming. Why is she here anyway? Maybe that’s such a selfish thought but nobody has ever mentioned her presence. This is just like the day at the restaurant. Like J’s birthday. Liya has made a surprise appearance and you’ve ruined everything that day. This can’t be happening again. 

You wouldn’t have come if you knew she was coming. Not to be a bitch but this is going to mess things up. You should not believe your gut feeling after this. Everytime you think it’s going to be good, something like this happens. See now, you are well aware that you have no rights to have such bitter thoughts. You know you’re an outsider. This is her life. These people are supposed to be her friends. Or not. Liya is not exactly fond of this friend group. She has made it obvious. Everybody knows it. Which is why you question her presence on this occasion. Still you are the outsider, though. You shouldn't question her presence. This is her world. Her life. She can be anywhere she wants to be. 

And now you can’t do anything about it either. She is here and so are you. It’s going to be an exhausting trip. You would still go through it. You have other important matters to attend to after all. This is nothing. Just three nights of enduring her presence. Just three days of seeing her being Jimin’s girlfriend. The person who you are not. 

Well, it sucks to be you!

You throw another brief glance at Jimin. His eyes are still on you. No longer pissed but remorseful.  You ignore him. Turn around to take the bag to the campsite just as a second figure- who you recognize as Seoyoen- steps out of the car. 

“I thought you didn’t want to come here.” Taehyung asks in apprehension. 

“Plans change, baby.” Seoyeon answers. 

That’s the last thing you hear before you walk over to your other friends. 

………………

You all stand in a circle in the middle of your campsite. Surrounded by the newly built tents. Maybe not all of you are standing since Hoseok and Yoongi are lying down. Yoongi’s face is covered by a hat and you suspect he’s already in dreamland. Meanwhile Hoseok is constantly complaining. 

“Yah! Get this shit done already kids. I need to eat.” He grumbles once again. Prompting J and Taehyung who’ve been going over something on a tablet together, to raise their heads. You find it amusing to see them working together. Especially, when they act like they’re on a mission to save the world. 

“Shut up, Hyung. This shit is important.” Taehyung disregards Hoseok’s complaint with a wave of his hand. Hoseok gasps offended. 

“We are almost done. We just need to make sure we’ve got everything.” J backs up Taehyung. They’ve been saying that for a good twenty minutes now. It’s really ridiculous. Both of them are not the type to be perfectionists. They are the type to just roll with it. Type to eat, drink, and then sleep. No hard stuff. But it seems they have much more to themselves. Are surprising everyone with how meticulously they’ve planned this trip. Everything is on spot. From this place to your food. You’ll give them credits for that. They deserve that. Only that it is getting tiresome now. 

“God, J,J, we’ll know if we’ve missed something. Let’s worry about that later.” Jungkook speaks behind you. His chin is placed on top of your head. Is using you as leverage. You agree with him wholeheartedly. And with Hoseok as well. You are hungry. 

“Yeah? Then what will happen if one of you idiots chopped off your fingers by mistake and we have no first aid kit here? Wait, do we have a first aid kit?” J turns to Taehyung. Both of them immediately rushing to check that. 

“Fuck, I thought Hobi was bad at planning.” Namjoon whines. 

“They are not bad at planning. They are too good. And that’s worse than being bad.” Yoona corrects her boyfriend. Taehyung and J are still rummaging through the bags. You slowly avert your gaze from them to your left. Stealing a glance at the man standing there with Jin. The man you’re in love with. He has changed into much more comfortable clothes now. Is talking with Jin but his eyes are undoubtedly on you. You have not seen Liya and Seoyoen around. Probably still at the bathhouse. Good. You have time to stare at Jimin then. He gives you a soft smile once he notices you’re glancing. You reciprocate it hesitantly. 

You’ve sworn to yourself that you’ll not be a bitch to Jimin about this situation. No. It’s not his fault. Liya does what she wants. She’s completely allowed to be here. But apparently it’s really hard not to be a bitch when you are jealous. You can’t help but think through your time ahead on this trip. Jimin and Liya would be sharing a tent together. So what? They share a house together everyday. They share a bed. They share food. They share a life. That realization makes you even more jealous. 

God this is pure torture….

Still it’s not Jimin’s fault. It’s no one’s fault. You have to go through this.

You get distracted from his soft gaze and smile when you catch the sight of two friends who are coming toward you through your peripherals. You immediately turn your head away from Jimin. Paying your attention back to J and Taehyung. Just as you do they both straighten up like bolt of lightning. Abandoning their search for whatever they are looking for this time.

“Fuck!” J yells. Taehyung turns to all of you with his hands placed on his hips. Dismayed. As if he’s just discovered one of you ate his favourite cupcake. 

“What? What happened? Who died?” J’s shout makes the peacefully sleeping Yoongi sits up abruptly. His eyes are droopy. He in fact, it seems was in dreamland. 

“We have no water!” J clarifies the reason for her sudden outburst just as Seoyeon and Liya join the circle. 

“What do you mean?” Seoyeon questions very confusedly. 

“We have no water, that’s what I mean.” J regards her with a look that clearly questions her intelligence level. 

“We heard that, J, but what do you mean we have no water? There’s a freaking river nearby.” Hoseok- very much startled like his cousin- points his finger where the said river is located at. 

“That’s probably not safe to drink.” Liya is the one who answers Hoseok. J agrees to her with a firm nod.

“And there’s no drinking water in the camp site. Unless you want to risk it and drink from the river.” Taehyung adds.  “Hell no!” Seoyeon scrunches up her face in distaste when Jungkook perks up. 

“It can be safe, though. People in the movies always do that shit.” Shares. And earn a unified chorus of disapproval. 

“Unfortunately, this is not a movie and I’ll not drink water from a river.” Liya levels Jungkook with a pointed look. You hear Jungkook scoff. “As if we would give a fuck.” Mumbles. 

“Okay, no one wants anyone to end up in a hospital so that’s a no.” J takes charge of the conversation again. 

“And what are we going to do about it? How did we even miss damn water? I mean it’s water.” Jin questions as he walks next to J and peers over the tablet on her hand. “Which idiot forgot to bring what they were assigned to.” He glances over whatever on the device with furrowed brows. For a minute. Then takes it in his hand. And at that Taehyung and J go weirdly quiet. Yoongi is the one who picks up on that firstly. An amused chuckle leaves him. 

“What’s going on?” Jimin joins the chaos for the first time. His voice makes you glance at him again. He isn’t looking at you this time, however. Full attention on his older friend who’s still scanning through the device. Before answering Jimin’s question, Jin throws a brief glance at J. She is just trying her best to avoid looking at anyone.

“That… it seems….wasn’t assigned to anyone.” Jin exhales as he gives the tablet back to J. 

“So much for being too good.” Hoseok teasingly muses. Making both J and Taehyung break into a ramble of thousands of excuses. 

“Yah, people make mistakes.”

“At least we didn’t promise you a weekend in a luxury cottage and then made you do the dishes.”

“Not fair blaming only us.”

“You should’ve checked the details too…”

“Okay, all right, shut it.” Jin interrupts their ranting with a groan. “This isn’t going to solve the problem. What are we going to do?”

“What else? Someone obviously has to go back and bring some water bottles.” Yoona shrugs. 

“Nope!”

“No way… I’m not gonna move a finger.”

“You gotta be kidding me!”

Like that the hell breaks again. Loud voices of disagreement flowing across the otherwise peaceful campsite. 

“They should go, they forgot it.” Jungkook grumbles from behind you. To which Jimin agrees with a beat of heart for your surprise. Jungkook and Jimin are a very weird duo.

“Yes. You are the ones who created the problem so you should be the ones to solve it. Leave us out of this.” Jimin points a finger right at Taehyung. The man in the receiving end leaves a horrendous gasp. 

“Yah! Yah!” Taehyung shouts. “I’m unfriending you from now on. You should take my side and defend me, moron.” Pouts hard that you really feel sorry for him.

“Yah!! What about the time then you ratted me out to Hyung an-“ Jimin starts with a loud whine. Only to get interrupted by Jin.

“Shut the fuck up you two.” He gives both men- who are acting like siblings more than friends- a death stare. Works like magic. Both go silent instantly. “And really Jimin-ah? Kook?” Gives a look to Jungkook as well. You turn around to find Jungkook in utter disbelief that he got called out too. “You gonna just blame like that and leave it to them? What kind of friends would do that?” Asks. “It’s not fair to do that.” Adds. Taehyung and J agree with him wholeheartedly. Jin apparently is back to being the eldest of the group it seems. Or not.

“You’re just saying that because you are whipped for that woman, Hyung.” Hoseok calls the buff out. A sneaky smirk on his face. Jin-like you’ve seen before- turns into red. His face is visibly burning.

“Tha-that’s not-“

“So what if he is? Jealous?” J, however, is thriving. Happiest she’s ever been. Hoseok scoffs at the answer for the question. Yet whatever he wanted to say to that never comes out when Jin takes the matters back into his hand.

“Enough! We are going to do this very fairly.” He orders with a strange glint in his eyes. Strange enough that it makes you squint your eyes in suspicion. He’s not up to any good. You know he isn’t. 

“Oh, c’mon, don’t tell me you’re gonna do that draw thing again!” Namjoon suddenly gasps.

See, you knew he wasn’t up to any good.

…………………..…

“My God, can we just act like adults? Can’t someone just volunteer and go buy the water bottles? It’s like a twenty minute drive. Why make so much of a fuss?” Liya groans from where she is sitting on the ground. Cross-legged. You think she is making a valid point. You people are being a little extra here. 

Everyone is sitting on the ground in a circle. A bowl filled with pieces of papers in the middle. As if you’re about to perform some kind of a ritual. And to add more to the part of being extra, everyone is looking like a bunch of cows who are about to be slaughtered.

“Then you should go and do it.” Hoseok answers Liya with a sneer. “Since you’re so matured.” Adds deliberately. His head tilting to the side a little. Liya gives him a look that clearly screams that she wasn’t talking to him.

“No one’s gonna volunteer Liya. Everyone is so immature. Let’s just get this over with already.” Jin butts in hastily. Saving- probably a heated argument between his friend and his other friend’s girlfriend. Reluctantly they both accept that and pay attention to the silly little thing you’re about to do. “Okay, so, we know it’s just a twenty minute drive and one person can totally handle it, but to be fair we will choose two.” Jin explains the rules- if you can call them that. 

“Or….” Jungkook drags. Is sitting next to you. “You just want to make two people suffer.” Comments, making Jin gasp. 

“I would never-” He starts. 

“Yes you would. We all know that. Just get ahead with this. I can eat the whole GrillGo, at this rate.” Yoona whines from next to her dear- very bored looking boyfriend. You’ve come to know that GrillGo is these peoples’ favourite place to eat junk foods. And you’ve come to love the place as well. Even the mention of the name makes your stomach growl. You can’t agree with Yoona more. Think it’s very fair that she kicks her leg as well. 

For a second, Jin looks like he’d argue. Then he shrugs. Admits. Drags the bowl toward him. “All right, here’s how this will go. Since these two almost planned everything-” Gestures at Taehyung and J. “Their names won’t be here. And-”

“Yah! How’s that fair?” Jimin almost throws a rock at Jin. His plump pretty lips agape in disbelief. Jin isn’t the one who answers him, however. It’s Taehyung who looks even more in disbelief. Or offended. Or a mix of both. 

“Yah! Why the hell can’t you just be happy for me.” 

“For fucks sake, guys, please!” Yoona falls into her back dramatically. Jimin mouths a ‘fuck you’ to Taehyung as Jin shoves the bowl into J’s hand. Not minding the comment Jimin had made. 

“A..nd-” Instead he starts again. “They’ll choose two names. Randomly, of course.” You expect everyone to protest and start mini protests but they look dejected. 

“Yeah, yeah, whatever.” Only Yoongi mumbles. 

And like that the game begins. J takes the bowl as if she’s presented with a kingdom, not just pieces of papers with her friends’ names on them. She gives the bowl a good shake. Tongue poking out of the corner of her mouth. Then pushes her hand inside, quite not picking up one right away. 

“Hurry the fuck up, woman.” Jungkook groans. J shoots him a death glare. But then finally picks up one. Unfolds it. “Oh, god please tell me it’s not me.” Jungkook interjects again. 

“Well, unfortunately it’s not you. Such a shame.” J rolls her eyes. “It’s Park Jimin.” She informs you as she shows the piece of paper to the rest of you. Everyone breaks into a loud chatter. Even someone starts clapping. Jungkook lets out a noise in satisfaction while Jimin does one in resignation. 

“Of course, it's me. Fuck my life!” Gets to his feet. Pats the dust off his clothes even though there are none visible. “I can go by myself. No need to make everyone suffer.” Adds thoughtfully. Such a sweet thing to say. You would’ve cooed at that in a different time. By the look of your friends’ faces you know everyone thinks the same. Or not. 

“Fuck you, you little prick!” Taehyung yells through the top of his lungs. Startling several of you. “I swear to god Jimin-ah, you and I fucking enemies from now on.” 

“Wha-what the… what the fuck? What did I do this time?” Jimin takes a step back. Eyes wide. Looks innocently clueless. 

“What did you do?” Taehyung repeats. Shows him the bowl which is in his hands now. “You’re stealing my chance to choose a name.” Says as if it’s very obvious. Absolutely ridiculous. Jin was right. They are the most childish adults you’ve ever met. 

“Are you fucking seriou- you know what? Go ahead.” Jimin pinches the bridge of his nose. Frustrated. Taehyung pouts for a second before letting it go and going to fish for a second name. He does it more quickly than J. Unfolds a paper swiftly and stares at it while everyone expectantly looks at him. And you swear you see a quirk in his mouth before he manages to hide it. Then regards everyone with a look which he probably thinks is serious. Yet to you, he’s clearly amused. Excited. Is living his life. There’s a glint in his eyes. And so he fails miserably to hide the elation in his voice when he finally speaks. 

“It’s Li.” Just as the name leaves his mouth, everything falls silent. No loud chatter this time. No clappings or noises of satisfaction that they didn’t get picked. You feel hot suddenly. Feel the weight of the burning gazes on your skin. You know everyone is looking. Because, it is not okay for you to leave with Jimin considering the history you’ve shared. See now, your friends might have never confronted you about what happened. Might have never even brought the topic up and treated you differently. Still, it’s clear everyone knows what you did- what you’re still doing without their knowledge- was and is wrong. There’s no denying that. You don’t know why everybody decided to forgive you so easily.. It doesn’t matter in the end anyway. What matters is the fact that they’ve given you a second chance. The fact that they’ve not made a big deal and was even cool with the fact that you and Jimin were still close. 

This, though, would change that. Surely. Hanging out with Jimin on other times is something else. But, doing it in front of his girlfriend? What kind of a shameless, insensitive bitch would do that. 

Oh no!

You should protest immediately. And it becomes certain when a scoff breaks the silence, closely followed by Seoyeon’s voice. “Are you kidding me?” You guess that question is directed at Jin. You don’t hear whether anyone answered that question. Simply you pay no attention to that. Instead, you open your mouth to disagree with the decision. Before you can do so, however, Taehyung rushes to his feet. Storms toward you. Bends down and grabs your arm. And pulls you into your feet. All in the blink of an eye. 

“Move your lazy ass, Li. The faster you get this done, the faster we can actually enjoy this trip. Go on. Chop chop.” He turns you around. Toward Jimin, who’s looking at you with a dumbfounded expression. 

“No but-” You try again. Just to get cut off. 

“No buts. That was a fair game and you lost. Shoo now.” Taehyung starts pushing you forward. You keep your eyes on Jimin, not daring to look at anyone else. You know they are judging. Heavily. They should be. You know Seoyeon and Liya must be ready to burn you down with their intense gazes. 

You should really put up a fight. But you feel too awkward and uncomfortable to do that. Being in the spotlight is hard. Taehyung takes leverage in that. Keeps pushing you forward. Almost push you past Jimin. You still don’t dare to look at anyone. Your face is still burning.

They are judging. 

They are judging.

They are judging.

So, you just turn your head around to look at that one person, who will never judge you. Catch Jungkook’s wide eyes. He gives you a reassuring smile. 

You’re fine. 

You turn your head back again. This time toward the man who’s in front of you. His astonished expression has changed into something softer. Is waiting for you. Clearly doesn't give a fuck about what others think. He used to think about that a lot. Which is what made you fall into this pit in the first place. But then if he doesn’t care, then neither will you. 

If Jungkook will never judge you, then you won’t care about others doing so. 

If Jimin will wait for you, you’ll always walk up to him.

You’re fine. 

………………………….

Neither Jimin nor you say anything at all as you walk to his car. You keep the silence intact when he revs the engine and pulls the car into the dusty road. You still keep it that way even when five minutes of your twenty minute drive passes. And you almost become certain that would be the case for the remainder as well. At least, until you hear a soft sound escapes Jimin.

You turn your head to find a grin appearing on his lips. His whole face lights up with it. That’s when you realize that the sound you heard was a soft laugh. 

You don’t hesitate for a second before raising your hand and hitting his arm, with a horrendous gasp leaving your mouth. Jimin squeals first at your unexpected attack but then it soon turns into a full blown laughter.

Unbelievable!

“Yah!” You shout. “Don’t laugh, Park.” It does nothing but make him laugh harder.

“Wh- why not?” He manages in between his pretty giggles. Having a hard time concentrating on the road. 

“That’s so fucked up. Why are you even laughing?”

“Because this shit is funny, Spring Roll. Tae is my man after all. Can’t believe he just…” He trails off giving way to another laugh.

“Yes he’s a sneaky little shit, you know.”

“Who cares? It’s not like we did something wrong?”

“Haven’t we?”

At that Jimin’s laughter finally dies down. He regards you with a serious look now. “No we haven’t Lil. I don’t even know why Liya is here. But I know that she isn’t here to enjoy herself or to be with me. She’s just here to piss me off. She has something up her sleeve and I don’t like it. She isn’t innocent.” He throws a brief glance at your way. You stare at him expectantly. “She knows we’re- she and I- are not fine. She knows everything. And guess what? She’d still act like nothing wrong. Like she knows nothing. How could someone do that? She’s a woman on a mission, not a woman in love. I’m done with that shit so no, we’re not doing anything wrong.” Jimin accelerates the car with that.

Well, you still don't think it’s okay. Not really. But what’s the difference in the end? You did what you did. You do what you’re doing. Will anything ever change the fact that you’re in love with this man? The answer is simple. 

No.

You’re already painfully in love. 

…………………………

To regard Liya as a villain makes Jimin awfully guilty. Because she probably isn’t. But when he told you that she was a woman on a mission, he had told the truth. He’s still very much tangled up in this mess without a way out. Kim is a powerful opponent after all. It’s not that easy to flatten a mountain. Especially when he only has a spoon. But he will not just sit back and watch. Not anymore. He really is done. He made a mistake accepting their help in the first place. Choosing the easy way. 

So what? People can’t make mistakes? Jimin can’t make mistakes? He can and he should be having a chance to make up for them. 

He’s been under this pressure ever since the day he promised you that he’s going to find a way. And your little incident hasn’t helped him either. There’s a lot going on. He really needed an escape. Just for a day. And you both know his type of escape isn’t a camping trip. No. His escape is you. But then it had to be ruined like that. Like this. So, sue him for being happy when he gets the chance to be with you. Blame him for being a shameless asshole. Who cares he said. And certainly he doesn’t. Not anymore.

He won’t tell you what exactly happened. Not because he wishes to keep things away from you but because he’s getting this insane urge to protect you lately. Cover you up in a bundle of blankets maybe. Get you into your Spring Roll state. Keep you in his arms and forget the world around you. Make you live in a bliss where nothing bad happens.

In reality though, he might not be able to do that. Yet he can just let you enjoy this trip. Even with the tension on your shoulders. With your unconscious pout whenever you see Liya or Seoyeon glaring at you. With your longing glances at him. He just wants to make sure you enjoy it.

So, he wouldn’t tell you that Liya has made an unannounced appearance in his office this morning. Just after that shitty meeting. All he wanted was to find a loophole in Kim’s life. What he got was the part he already knew. About the scandal surrounding Liya and her mom. About the woman who was abandoned by Kim so he could marry Liya’s mom. About a shitty past that should be buried for good. Which he all knew, not because he dug into Kim’s life but because Liya trusted him to confide in him. That’s not what Jimin wanted. No. If he brings Kim down that would be through something really bad he did. Not with this. Jimin might be an asshole but he isn’t a monster. 

Still he would do his best to win this battle. He’d no longer be the pawn. Which is what he exactly did when Liya stood there in front of his office room with a- very fake- pretty smile. Was apparently there to let him know about an interview. An interview he didn’t know about and was organized to announce their upcoming engagement. Jimin swears he just wanted to say that there won’t be any engagement. But no smart player reveals their hand in advance. So, he had opted into a simple ‘No’. Because he had other plans. Of course, Liya knew what that other plan was. And to Jimin’s surprise she hadn’t made any fuss. Just another smile. And a single line. 

‘Okay, I could use some fresh air too.’

That was it. Now she is here. And something feels very off. Jimin can feel it in his skin. A prickling sensation. Yet he won’t tell you about any of that. True both of your moods were ruined the moment Liya stepped out of her car- as much wrong as it sounds. But still, no need of making it even more awful to you. You won’t be that happy to be reminded of the engagement now, will you? Jimin doesn’t know what exactly sends you off. 

Are you that jealous? 

Maybe. Probably. 

And that makes Jimin’s heart beat faster. If you are jealous that means he’s that important to you. Just like he’s jealous of Jungkook because you are that important to him. 

He glances over at you for the hundredth time. You are finally loosening up. That scowl leaving your beautiful face. And are finally starting to give in to that smile Jimin oh so adores. There’s no way he’d ruin that. He wants you to keep smiling. Without a care in the world. 

Because you are that important to him. 

He wants to keep you away from all the hardships and all the blames. Want to take your side when other’s point their fingers at you. Want to make it easy for you. Just like Jin does with J. 

You’re just saying that because you are whipped for that woman, Hyung.

Hoseok had said. They all know it is true. Even though Jin hasn’t mentioned anything explicitly, they know he’s whipped. And if Jimin wants to do the same for you……

He wanders his eyes over you once again. This time he gets caught, however. You frown at him. In a playful way. Then smile. 

Fuck, he is so whipped for you!

……………………

You unbuckle the seat belt. You’ve reached a supermarket in a small city. Market itself isn't that big but you are positive it’ll have enough water bottles for a couple people. Or twelve people. You place your hand on the door handle, ready to open the door. To get your business done faster. People back at the campsite won’t be happy when you spend a half a day on a task that only takes an hour. Yet before you can, Jimin stops you. 

“Lil.” He calls, making you halt your movement and turn to him. Questioning him with a raise of your eyebrow. He doesn’t answer your non-asked question. Instead another smug smile plays across his pink lips as he reaches for the back seat. That’s only when you realize there’s a bag there. How come you’ve not noticed that? Well, it’s very possible because you were so engrossed in the glint in Jimin’s eyes throughout the whole ride. With a bit of a struggle he grabs the bag then sits back on the seat properly. Hands it over to you. You whine loudly in complaint. 

“A gift? Again? Why woul-”

“You haven’t even seen what it is. Stop freaking complaining.” Jimin cuts you out. 

“It doesn’t matter what it is. It’s still a gift and there’s no reason for you to buy me gifts out of nowhere.”

“Will you please just see what it is first?”

“But this is-”

“Spring Roll!” That’s a stern way to say a name that is used as a nickname. You blink at his face dumbfounded. “Please, see what it is.” He pleads softly. Stark contrasts to the way he called you a second ago. 

Well, him bringing you gifts make you more guilty than fucking him or being in love with him. It makes you feel dirty. Like a whore. Like a cheap person. He knows it too. But Jimin doesn’t care. He’s been bringing something with him everytime he visits you lately. No matter how much you complain, he doesn’t listen. 

You bet this is a piece of jewellery. That’s what he’s best at giving. You already have a box which started to fill out slowly back in your home. What are you going to do with so many earrings? Especially with ones too expensive you can’t wear them to a frat party or a free drink friday at a club. You huff in annoyance peeking inside the bag and finding a box which is undoubtedly too big for a pair of earrings. Then it must be a necklace. You bring the box out. Throw a sneaky glance at Jimin. He has that amused glint in his eyes. 

Weird!

You skeptically pull the carefully placed lid up. Knowing well that there’s something going on. And just as you open the lid your suspicions become true. You are most definitely not staring at a necklace. Or any kind or jewellery for that matter. Instead, you’re looking at a purple device. Curved. Slim. Tiny. Two heads at either side. And there’s a tiny remote beside it as well. You stay staring at the purple thing for an extra minute or two. Then you notice the tiny button on one of the two bulbous heads with a tiny ‘power’ carved under it. And you know exactly what it is. Because of course you do. 

A vibrator!

A freaking vibrator!

You feel your face go red. Cheeks burning up. The AC of the car does nothing to cool you down as you snap your head toward a grinning Jimin. He is elated. 

“Like it?” Even questions as if he just gifted you flowers.

“Oh my god Jimin… you got to be-” You throw your head up. “Seriously?”

“Why? What’s wrong?” Jimin’s eyes go wide. Yet that grin never leaves his face. 

“Are you seriously gifting me a fucking vibrator?” You lean forward, closer to him for more emphasis. He just shrugs. 

“Yes, and?”

You hide your face behind your palms. Partially because you’re frustrated but more because you’re embarrassed. Jimin apparently doesn't like that. He removes your hands gently. “Are you blushing, woman?” Tries to peek at your eyes when you turn your face away. He holds your hands tight. 

“No, but why would you gift me a vibrator?” You groan, giving up trying to avoid his eyes and looking straight at him. 

“You know why, Love. That’s not even a question.” Jimin rolls his eyes. But you almost don’t notice it. Your heart skips a beat. Just as how it always does. Jimin needs to cut some slack for your poor heart. He needs to stop using that pet name. Gives your poor heart hope that he means it. He probably isn't and you know that. That must be just a gentleman thing. He never did that before, though. There comes that question again. 

Why?

You don’t get to dig too deep inside your thoughts, however. Jimin grabs your attention by yanking you forward. Brings his face closer to you. Close enough to share a single breath with you. “I brought you a vibrator so I can play with you.” Murmur in such a low voice a shiver runs down your spine. “You know I love to play.” Places a soft kiss on your lips. This time he makes your breath hitch. Now you’re burning up for a whole nother reason. You gulp harshly, heart already starting to beat violently against your rib cage. 

“Yeah?” You manage to question nonetheless. Jimin nods. With his- now filled with lust- eyes boring into yours. “And you had no better time to give me this? You thought giving me this while we are on a camping trip with all our friends and making me incredibly horny but not being unable to do anything about it is a good idea?” You whisper against his lips. 

“Oh we can definitely do something, baby. And yes this is the perfect time to gift you this because that’s exactly how I planned it.” He lets your hands go. Cups your face instead. Brushes his thumb over your bottom lip. You gasp softly. “You promised some sneaking outs and risky fucks baby. Stay true to your words.” Blows to your lips, making you tremble visibly. Yet you gape at him with wide eyes. This guy can’t be serious, now. 

“B-but now Liy-”

“We are alone now, aren’t we?” He places another kiss at the corner of your mouth. And you nearly moan. Jimin keeps his inviting gaze on you. “What do you say? Wanna do this now?” Rubs his thumb over your cheek. You lean into his touch. Close your eyes to gain some strength. Why would you be so weak around Jimin all the damn time? Well, it’s because he is Jimin. You open your eyes back with a sigh of resignation. Nod. “Words baby.” Jimin grumbles. 

“Y-yes.” So you hastily stutter.

“You sure?”

“Yes, Park.”

“Alright then. Put that on.” Jimin withdraws from your close space. Giving you the space you need to do as he asked. You, however, just stupidly stare at him for a second time. “What?” Jimin gives you a look of disapproval. You know what that means. He’s into this fully and is already playing. And it gets you dripping when he plays. You gulp harshly.

“Are-aren’t we gonna go and get the water first?” You look behind you at the supermarket. Voice breaking up with nervousness. 

“We are.” Jimin answers rather steadily for your likings. Oh you know what he is implying. This guy can’t be serious at all. Yet despite your inner nervous self you can’t help it but squeeze your thighs together, which doesn’t go unnoticed by Jimin. His lust filled eyes grow even darker. You have an exhibitionist inside you and this is time you should accept that. 

“And you’re gonna make me wear this inside the store?” You glance at the purple thing. Sitting prettily in its velvet box. You wonder if this is expensive.

“Yes.” Jimin answers rather impatiently this time.

“And are you gonna make me uh… cu..”

“Hell yes baby that's the whole point. You gonna be my little slut and cum-“ Jimin brings his face closer to you again. Nuzzling his nose in your cheek. “Only if you want to though. If you’re not hundred percent down, then we don’t have to do it. But if you want to, you know you can trust me.” Places his palm over your thigh to give it a squeeze. 

You tremble once again. Feel that familiar fire inside your stomach, making your core pulse. You both know what your decision is going to be. You trust him. Of course, you trust him more than you should. There’s no way you would say no. 

“Fuck!” You exclaim. Giving in entirely.

“Is that a yes?”

“Yes, I mean fuck, Jimin, you’re so crazy.”

“So what’s new? C’mon put that thing on.” He commands again but doesn’t wait as he takes the vibrator in his hand. “C’mon.” Urges you to take your shorts off. Is he going to put that in you? You feel another powerful twist inside your guts. A tight clench of your hole around nothing. With a simple nod you bring your already shaky hands to unbutton your pants. Quickly as you can. Then after another glance at Jimin for reassurance you pull the piece of garment down. Down, down, and down until you take it in your hands. Together with your panties. “That’s a good girl. Open up now.” Jimin keeps guiding you, disregarding the small whimpers you are letting out. You bring your feets up on the seat. 

Car park of the supermarket is pretty lonely save for a few other vehicles here and there. And Jimin had parked the car in a corner. Not secluded but away from other vehicles. You suspect that’s a deliberate move. In the end, it’s not as anyone would witness you. So you spread your legs. Slowly but surely. Putting yourself on the view for him. Like a pretty gift. 

“Fuck, baby.” Jimin groans. Puts his hand between your legs. Just a barely there touch on your clit that gets you squirming on the seat. “We need you nice and wet.” He says before taking his hand away, just to put two fingers inside his mouth. You watch in awe at the way he coats those two fingers in his saliva. You are wet to be honest but you’ll let Jimin do whatever he wants with you. You say nothing but mewl when he places those two fingers which are now covered with his spit on your already throbbing clit. 

“Ahh… Ji-Jimin…” You buck your hips up. Forward. Into his fingers. Burning up with a new desire. This will never get old. This feeling. The sensation. This fire. It will never die down. It will never get boring. Not with Jimin. He knows you too damn well. Starts rubbing slow but tender circles on your sensitive nub while shifting his gaze between your pussy and your twisted face. 

“Yes, princess. Drip, hm? Drip for me.” Mumbles sin in your ear. And you listen. Or your body does. You in fact start dripping within mere seconds of his wet fingers playing with you. Just like he wanted. Nice and wet. Jimin stops his ministrations once he’s satisfied with his works. Drags his fingers up and down your slit to spread the wetness across. Hums in approval. “Gonna put this thing on you, okay, love?” Asks you softly as he presses that power button. Nothing happens. You don’t know how it works. Never owned a toy before after all. Yet you nod in agreement anyway. Jimin brings the vibrator closer to your throbbing core and you have to clench your teeth so hard to stop panting like a bull. You can’t be this affected when this hasn’t even started yet.

How pathetic?

But all your attempts come in vain when one of the cool, tiny, bulbous heads of the toy touches your clit. You reel. Already wanting more and more. And Jimin gives you exactly that. He wastes no time in starting to press the other end of the vibrator inside your hole. You moan aloud. It’s not big enough. It’s too tiny to be precise. You don’t feel full at all. Yet just as Jimin gets the little remote in his hand and presses a button everything makes sense to you. 

Oh that’s how it works.

You may not own a vibrator but you certainly have seen enough to know how they look and work. This, though, is something you’ve never seen. It starts vibrating your clit and insides ever so slowly. You know that’s the slowest setting but your breath tangles in your throat. The dual simulation makes your eyes roll. This thing is good. You feel vibrations after vibrations going through your entire body. Gush after new gush of arousals seeping out of you. You clutch the seat for some kind of control as the little toy creates wonders on your clit. 

“Oh fuck, Jimin…” You moan desperately. Humping the air and needing more. It’s good but certainly not enough.

“Yeah? You like it?” Jimin mutters in your ear, followed by a kiss. You only nod. Drowning in numbing pleasure. Your brain is turning into a mush. This wouldn’t have been this good if you were alone, however. You know what makes it this good is the man who’s holding the remote. His intense stare and his presence. And you want him to give you more. Instead of that Jimin turns the vibrator off the next second, reducing you into a whiny brat. “No… not yet baby.” He picks up your discarded clothes. “Can’t have you coming too soon. We have to buy some water after all.” His voice oozes mischievousness as he guides you to put your legs back down.

The toy is still securely attached to your cunt. Residues of what happened are still going through your body. 

You shiver once again before you finally take a deep breath. Ground yourself to put your clothes back on and get out of the car.

Knowing very well that it’s just the beginning.

……………………

Your original purpose was to buy enough water for you. Such a simple task. But it’s the hardest you’ve ever done. You were distracted the moment you entered the supermarket. Not by any other snack or drink. No. Nothing piques your interest at this moment. Nothing despite the vibrations on your cunt. Again. Even before you figured out where you should look for bottled water Jimin had begun his favorite game. 

You snap your head toward Jimin as he presses the remote for a third time now. 

You are standing in the noodle aisle. For no specific reason other than walking around trying to find what you are looking for. Unfortunately for you, you weren't able to find it until Jimin turns on the vibrator again.

“Jimin.” You hiss. Trying hard not to squeeze your thighs or bend down.

“What?” Jimin nonchalantly asks as he takes a packet of noodles in his hand after pocketing the remote. You’re at a higher level of intensity now. Not the highest setting but now it’s enough to make you seethe. You look around hastily. You agreed to this. Yes. But now you’re really inside and doing it for real, you feel mortified. There’s couple people inside. Wandering around. There must be cameras. What if you get caught?

“Maybe we shouldn’t. Maybe let’s–” You start only to get cut off with a mewl you, yourself let out when the vibrations intensifies. This time you actually do bend down. Gasping. Crossing your legs. Jimin clicks his tongue. 

“You can’t change your mind like that baby. You need to stick to a decision.” His words almost don’t reach your pleasure induced mind when he grabs your arm and straightens you up. “Hm?” Looks at you expectantly for an answer. You don’t even know what he’s talking about. Only whimpering at the tingles between your legs, which makes you forget about the world. “You wanna stop, Lil? You can’t stick to one word?” Jimin asks you again in a dangerously low voice. Feels threatening. Taunting. Adds more fuel to your fire. Yet despite his words you can see that genuine concern in his eyes. 

It’s not fair he makes you decide things when you can’t focus. You are partially worried that someone might actually catch you. The pleasure, however, is getting unbearable. Your whole body trembles with the vibrations on your cunt. You can’t see things properly. Don’t even realize that you’ve shaken your head. At least not until Jimin turns off the vibrator again. Edging you for the third time in that hour. You bite into the inside of your cheek to control the helpless cry which is about to leave your mouth. Hold on to Jimin for your dear life since you can’t trust your legs. “Good baby?” Jimin this time asks without that teasing tilt in his voice. Cups your cheek affectionately. You look up at him. 

“Yes- yes I mean..” You pant breathlessly. “Holy fuck stop edging me..” Almost hit his arm. Yet he catches your hand swiftly. Pulls you closer to him. Jimin’s eyes go back to glint in amusement. That smug look reappearing. 

“Yeah? No edgings? Want to cum here then? While there are other people around? Want to be my little slut and cum in front of everyone?” Whispers. And you exhale shakily. 

“Jimin…”

“C’mon, then. Let’s buy those damn water bottles first.” He withdraws from you just to start walking away through the aisles. Dragging you with him. You try to protest which comes fruitful as he effortlessly makes you move with him. Still hot and bothered. Core still throbbing. Trying your best to walk normally with the toy rubbing against your clit with every step you take. 

Jimin walks over a few more aisles with his fingers entangled with yours. Here and there. Without interrupting your journey by making you suffer. Until he finally stops in front of the aisle where the products you’ve been looking at are. Then he turns to you. 

“How much do you think we’ll need?” Questions ever so normally. As if he hasn’t put a vibrator inside your panties and doesn’t have the remote to it in his hand. You gape at his awfully beautiful face. “Lil?” He urges you when you don’t answer him. 

“Seriously?” You take a couple steps forward to stand side to side with him. 

“Hm?”

“Are we just- are you?”

Jimin just raises his brow. Smug. Too cocky. You want to wipe that smug look off his face. It’s unbelievable he’s affecting you this much. You love him, of course. But why the hell are you not in any control? Why would you always-

“Oh, you wanted to cum, yes?” Jimin disrupts your trail of thoughts. First by his voice. Then before you can reply to him, with a gentle vibration in your pussy. You close your eyes shut. 

Here you go again!

That wasn’t exactly what you wanted to question. Honestly, you don’t even know what you wanted to ask. Were just baffled at how unaffected he is acting. Now, you’re getting distracted. Yet again. The toy massages your throbbing clit and your inner walls, just perfectly. Gentle. Like a soft caress. Just for a few seconds because in the next, it’s no longer a gentle caress but a deliberate touch. Firm. Jimin has turned up the speed. You open your eyes to find him looking at you attentively. Stares right into your eyes. Turns the speed another notch up. Then another. And another. One by one. Into the highest setting. 

“Oh, please..” A plea leaves your mouth. You really don’t know what you want. Why are you begging? Is that the need to cum? Or do you want Jimin to stop and take you somewhere else? Whatever it is, you don’t get to sort it out when Jimin steps behind you. Arms wrapping around your figure that is slowly starting to shake. He hugs you tightly. As if he’s trying to prevent that tremble. 

“You asked me to stop edging you baby.” He mumbles as he places his chin on your shoulder. “I’m doing just that. Giving what you want. You wanted to cum, so, go on princess. Cum. Cum hard for me. Let’s drench your panties.” He holds you even tighter. You are gasping for air. It feels too hot. Too good. Jimin’s words are making it even better. You squeeze your thighs together as tight as you can. Trying to control the sensation that is going through you. Your mind is completely splitted between the pleasure and fear of someone catching you. Only you though. Jimin doesn’t even seem to be phased at the idea of getting caught. “C’mon, let go.” He drags one hand upward to your breasts. Doesn’t touch it though. Just hoevers it under your boob. Teasingly. 

“Jimin, we- we can't… what if-”

He shushes you softly. Steals a kiss onto your neck. “Just trust me. Let go. I’m not stopping until you cum.” Steals another kiss. “Fuck, you look so hot baby.” Another sneaky kiss. You doubt you look any hot right now, however. You are just trying to control your facial expression so even if someone walks in they won’t suspect anything right away. Even if you’ll be on a camera, it won’t look like you’re milliseconds away from falling apart. You’re failing at that miserably. Vibrations on your clit are too powerful for you to do that. All you are able to do is clutch Jimin’s arm tightly and focus on staying up right. Even that is becoming impossible now. You are reaching that high so fast. Every vibration makes your mind hazy and that knot inside your tummy gets tight. Tight and tight. Then out of nowhere it snaps.  

You let out a tangled cry as your legs buckle. Jimin holds you tight without letting you fall down. You give up trying to control anything. Your orgasm washes over you like a tidal wave. Whole body trembling. You fall back into Jimin’s firm body completely. 

“Yes. Like that. Fucking hell baby. Shit! Just like that.” Jimin curses low. Gritting his teeth. His grip is so tight on you that you fear he’d break you. “Cum hard for me. You’re such a good slut, you know. My pretty slut.” Rubs soothing circles into your tummy. Aiding you in riding your high. Keeps rubbing until it finally starts to die down. Slowly. Allowing you to see things clearly again. Making you wince in overstimulation since the toy is still working. Jimin picks up your signs of discomfort right away as he switches off it immediately. Yet keeps holding you close. “Are you okay, love?” Inquires gently. You barely nod in response as you take a lungful of breath. Your tenses up body relaxing after the intense orgasm. Or just starting to relax which turns into a complete opposite when you hear the sudden footsteps. Rushed. You almost jump away from Jimin in panic. Looking around you hopelessly to find a place to hide. You might have came already and the vibrator is off now but you’re certain anyone would notice your fucked up appearance. 

Jimin, however, doesn’t let you take a step away from him. Instead he turns you around to face him. Pulls you back into his chest. You can feel how fast his own heart is beating. This time his arms don’t wrap around you so tightly. It’s gentle. Like a normal hug. You freeze. He pats your back. 

“Oh my, you’re freaking cute, Lil.” Kisses the top of your head. You freeze. Heart pumping. He really needs to stop doing this. Nicknames. Compliments. Soothing hugs. It makes your heart hurt. Bleeding. He needs to stop making you fall for him even more. He does just that. With another gentle kiss. And you hear someone walking past you. And you indefinitely hear a soft coo. 

………………………….

You squirm in your seat, impatiently waiting for Jimin to finish up loading the insane amount of bottled water you just purchased, into the car. He takes more than enough time to finally get inside. After your embarrassing orgasm, he hasn’t started anything. Yet. But has promised you more with a dangerous tilt to his voice, just as that someone who came your way at the supermarket walked away. That time he wasn’t just saying it to make you suffer. He wasn’t trying to play anymore. He was aroused. To a point that it leaked through his voice. And it made that dying fire inside you lit up again. Made you want something more when you had a mind shattering orgasm. Now you are dying to have that more he promised to give you. 

You look at the man who just sat restlessly in the driving seat. He does the same. Eyes hooded and dark. 

“Please tell me you’ll fuck me now.” You burst out before you can process what you just said. Jimin’s eyes slightly go wide before he regains his composure. A slow curse leaving his mouth. He averts his gaze away from you to the outside. Scanning the area. At this rate, you actually don’t care about the place you are in. You just want Jimin to have you. You’re still buzzing from your previous orgasm. Still burning from the need for him. You just need more. More of Jimin. Not just orgasms. You need Jimin. “Please baby, need you.” So, you let him know. Jimin shudders. 

“Yeah? Are you fine if I-”

“Yes. Yes.” You don’t let him complete his sentence. Say a loud ‘fuck it’ in your head as you hastily unbutton your shorts for the second time in the day. Start pushing the clothing item past your hips when Jimin stops you. 

“Hey, hey! Are you sure, Lil? I know I said that it’s fine but I need you to be hundred percent sure, love. It’s day and there’s other vehicles around.” Jimin peers into your eyes. You on the other hand are already nodding madly. 

“I’m sure. Please. Just… god, I need you inside me right now, Jimin. I-”

“Fuck! Okay, get on my lap.” This time Jimin doesn’t let you complete your horny ramble. And he doesn’t have to say it twice. You get rid of your shorts in record time. Put your hand on the toy to get rid of it as well. Just to get your hand yanked away. “Keep it. Gonna fuck you with it.” Jimin clarifies his action briefly before pulling you into his lap. Shifts the seat back to give you more space. You moan at his words which soon turns into a squeal at the sudden movement. Jimin disregards that. Only pays attention to unbutton his own pants and free his hard cock. You know he’s been that way since the very moment he put the vibrator on you. It must damn hurt. Park Jimin is an amazing creature. That much control is truly amazing to you. There’s nothing to be surprised about, though. You’re used to it now. 

Jimin pumps his hard cock few times just as soon as he frees it from the tight confines of his pants and boxers. You keep your hips raised to make it easier for him. Watching the way he pumps his pretty cock. Squeezing the base. Making pre cum leak. You watch in awe. Breath hitching and ears roaring. Jimin doesn’t take much time. Put both of your misery to an end. “Sit, princess. Take me in.” Commands you while holding his throbbing length up for you. You nod in understanding as you align your entrance with his tip. Maybe the design of the vibrator makes more sense now. The reason why it’s tiny. You can take a dick in your vagina while it’s still inside and it won’t make it painful. You take him easily. You’ve been dripping a river after all. His bulbous head breaches inside your tight rim of muscles in one swift motion. Making you moan aloud. Making Jimin curse aloud. “Oh, fuck.. So wet baby. Holy fuck! you’re so wet.”

“God Jimin, you fe-feel so-so good.” 

Jimin nods as if he’s in a daze. “Yeah?” His nails dig into your thighs. “Yeah? Then take me all the way down slut. Go on. Keep going.” Hides his face in your neck. Kissing and sucking. No biting though. That would be awful to walk back with marks on you. You do as he asks. Take him all the way down. Until you’re fully seated on his lap. Until his hot cock is safely buried inside you to the brim. 

You halt in that position. Reveling in the feeling of Jimin inside you. Being so full. Feeling so full. Jimin gives you that minute to bask in the feeling as well. Then he pulls his face away from your neck. Throws his head into the headrest and keeps his eyes on you. Blindly search for the remote. Gives you little to no warning when he pushes that button. Instant vibrations start to massage your clit and your walls. This time though it’s not just you who feel it. 

“Fuck!!” You and Jimin both moan in unison. But what gets you shaking is the way Jimin says it. His reddened face. Mouth agape and panting. Oh so utterly fucked up. Losing it to you completely. It would never fail you to feel this intense pleasure, just by looking at the way Jimin is pleasured. It’s like clockwork. What gets you is what gets Jimin. Especially when he doesn’t let it show all the time. He’d be the one to play you. Get you pliant and control you and himself. But there are moments like this. Where he fails to control. Where he shows you that he wants to mound you. You love it. You love the feeling. There’s nothing like this feeling. It’s how it always was. Yet at this moment, you feel it ten times harder. Not just the fullness. Not just satiating your burning desire. No. There’s something else. It makes you want to have everything. You are so greedy for this man. That’s what makes you clench around him tightly. Making Jimin bucking his hips upward involuntarily. Trying to pull you down on his cock even more. 

“Holy fuck, Lil. Do-don’t squeeze that hard, baby. I’ll just cum right away.” He whines through clenched teeth. Oh he shouldn’t have said that to you. If anything his voice and words make you do it even harder. Not on purpose, no. You’re completely a goner. 

“So-sorry… Fuck, Jimin… I feel like I’m freaking… god…”

“I know. I know.” Jimin slaps your ass slightly. Then molds the soft flesh in his hands. Nods. Licks his lips. “Go on baby, ride me. Have what you want, yeah? Cum on my cock.” Lands another slap. You just give him a firm nod before finally raising your hips a bit, dragging his cock through your pulsating inner walls. Until only the tip is remaining inside. You take a second. Then drops down into his lap again. “Ah yes fuck..” Jimin gulps harshly. His moans are the sweetest melody to you. You want to keep hearing them. So, you do the exact same thing again. Quickly fall into a rhythm. Bouncing on his cock. Up, down, up, down. 

Despite his words, Jimin only gives you the control for only a couple of seconds, however. Before you know it, he’s plunging onto you from the bottom. All the while dragging you down as well. You let him. Allow him to use your body as he pleased. Just try your best to match his pace. 

Rest of the world doesn’t exist to you at this moment. It’s just pleasure and Jimin. The fact that you’re in a public car park doesn’t even reach the farthest corner of your head. Everything is a blur for you. Only thing that makes sense is Park Jimin. And the pleasure he’s giving you. 

“Jiminie…”

“Got you baby. Cum on me, hm? Please? Need you to cream my cock.” 

You hide your face in his neck. Drooling. Jimin picks up the pace. Reaching even deeper inside you. Hitting that spot. That paired with the vibrations are making you see stars. And that high is reaching you faster than you can comprehend. Especially when Jimin is pleading you to cum. “C’mon princess, cum for me, please..” He does it once. Then twice. Just as a third ‘please’ leaves his mouth, your body listens to him. You muffle your high pitched moan by biting into his shoulder as your whole body convulses. Thighs trembling. “Yes, yeah… fuck!!! Let go, love.. Like that, cum hard.” Jimin grunts. You do. Cum hard on his cock. Jimin doesn’t stop his thrusting as you do. Not even when your high starts to dissipate and is replaced with oversensitivity. Not even when you start to cry in complaint. 

“Ji-Jimin. Too-”

“Please, Lil.” All he does is whimper. This isn’t a angry fuck like the time he intentionaly made you cum in a raw just because he was posessive. No. He isn’t trying to torture you either. You know it. That voice of his is enough to let you know that much. “Shit! I can’t.. I’m close baby… so fucking close, take me, yeah? You can take me. Please..” Jimin holds you pressed against him as he continues to plunge into your quivering hole. Making inaudible gasps escape your mouth. 

Oh how you love it when he loses his control. Even if that makes you have to deal with the sensitivity of your cunt. It’s not a problem anyway. All it takes is a couple of thrusts for your pain to turn into a new pleasure. Another bubble of orgasm building in the pit of your stomach. 

“God, yes…. I- I..” You pull away from his shoulder to face him. Stutter on your words helplessly. Yet, Jimin understands you. 

“Yeah? You gonna take me like a good girl?” Jimin rests his forehead against you. Is panting hard. Breathless. You fall back into a rhythm of bouncing on his cock, matching his thrusts. 

“Yes. Yes. Yeah.. Jimin… fuck, need you to cum inside me.”

“I will, baby. Really gonna get you fucking pregnant. Gonna fuck you full of me.” Jimin brings one of his hands to your spent cunt. Presses on your clit over the vibrator. You fall into a state of delirium. Your brain is failing in finding a way to react to such intense pleasure. It’s all too much. There’s that feeling again. You can feel the way how air is charged with something else other than sex. Something is there. Something more. You’ll blame it on your feelings for Jimin. The case is, however, he is feeling it too. He’s not just fucking you for the sake of it. He can’t have enough. You can see it. Feel it. Taste it. He wants you. Just as much as you want him. 

Jimin wants you. 

The man you are in love with can’t get enough of you. 

He is losing himself in you. Your heartbeat is matching with him. You’re sharing one breath. Act as one. 

“Cum one more time for me, love.” He breathes out. And you swear what does the trick is that damn nickname. Or maybe the sensation of being wanted so much by Park Jimin. Whatever that is, you fall apart for a third time right at his cue. This time your ears are starting to ring and your vision is turning black. Not for long since Jimin follows you right behind. You have to force your eyes open and come to your senses so you won’t miss that mesmerising sight. His jaw clenched and eyebrows pulled together. Sweet moans which are dangerously close to your name leaving his mouth. His whole body tenses as you feel his length twitch painfully inside you before the hot ropes of cum paints your walls. 

“Oh fuck, fuck, fuck…” You blindly chase his lips to ground yourself. Jimin does the same. Just a messy kiss with lots of teeth and spit. Somewhere in that kiss Jimin manages to turn off the vibrator. He pulls away first, gasping for air. Both of your chests heaving up and down as if you’ve run a marathon. You try to control your breathing as Jimin peers into your eyes. His own laced with concern like how it’s always after every intense sex with him. But you think there’s something else too. 

There definitely is. 

………………………

Jimin stares at your eyes without blinking. He is just unable to look away. He can’t. You have him trapped inside you. Both physically and mentally. He can’t escape you. He doesn’t want to escape you. He feels free. Relaxed. Even with the struggle for breathing and trying to calm down, he feels relaxed. Cared for. He feels like he is home. 

Without even knowing what he is doing, he brings a shaky hand to wipe down your tear stained cheek. You sigh pleasantly. Your thighs are still trembling beside him. Maybe he shouldn’t have done this here. In a place where he can’t properly take care of you after he ruined you. What an asshole he is? His self loathing gets interrupted when you peck his lips quickly. Just as if you know he is blaming himself. Well, Jimin thinks most of the time you do know what he thinks. You are simply amazing. So, he returns a peck as well. Manages to crack up a smile from you. 

There’s nothing to be surprised about this anymore. Jimin feels that familiar warmth shoots across his body. The same feral urge to keep watching the way you smile, getting to him. Overwhelmingly so. Oh he prays to heaven that whatever you and he are doing here will work. It has to work. You and he have to find a way. He doesn’t want to go without seeing that smile.

Jimin gulps harshly. Heart beating in his throat. This time it has nothing to do with the sex. Even though his sloppy cock is still buried inside you and you are ever so gently torture him with occasional clenches. Still, that’s not the case for his heart to pump blood extra fast. There’s something else. There was something else. There was something else all the time. He doesn’t know since when, but this isn’t about sex anymore. Sex with you was always great. You have him wrapped around your pinky finger. Yet he felt like floating as he fucked you a few minutes ago. And that wasn’t all about the lust. It was uncontrollable how he wanted you when he had you all to himself. He wanted more, more, and more. To consume you whole. To be his. And here comes the problem. He wanted more of you but not just in a sexual sense. He wants more of you. Just you. 

Maybe just more date nights. He wants them to be normal. Not a sneaky date where you have to hide. Wants to be able to bring you gifts without making you feel like a cheap whore. Wants to make you feel like the beautiful woman you are. You deserve all the gifts in the world after all. He wants to walk back to his group of friends with his hands entangled with yours. With nobody there to judge it. With nobody there to point out why it’s wrong. He wants it to be right. Nothing wrong in being yours. Wants to be yours. Just like he wants you to be his. 

Like Jin and J. Like Namjoon and Yoona. 

He wants to be with you!

He exhales a shaky breath, eyes darting between yours. You are innocently staring back at him. No. Not just innocently. They sparkle. His starry night. And so do they speak. You are looking at him as if he is your whole world. 

No. This is not good….

Or it is good….

Jimin feels like he is about to explode. 

‘Then what? Do you love her?’ Taehyung had asked him once and he said no. Because that can’t be the case. Because all he does is care. But he cares too much. He always had. And you feel like home. His person. 

‘I don’t know if that feeling is love Jimin……….’ Taehyung’s voice echoes in his head. 

Love? What a strange word. How does love feel? Jimin thought he knew. He was once in love with Liya. That’s how he believed at least. The thing is, however, he never cared this much. He never wanted her this way. Not fair, yes. But it is what it is. Maybe he was in love  with her, in a different way. This? This is new. And if this feeling isn’t love, then what words can he use to describe it. 

Love. 

Holy fuck. 

He is in love. 

The reason why he is so scared is because he is in love. That unexplainable feeling he gets when it comes to you, has been love. 

He is really going to explode. It’s too much. He can’t keep this feeling bottled up inside. 

“Lil-” He breathes. Completely in a trance. He loves you. You hum in response. He doesn’t know what he should do. He probably should go back. Ask you to move away. Then think things through. “I think I love you.” His tongue slips even before his brain can catch up. And everything falls into a deafening silence. Only the distant voices of some people accompany the surroundings. Your eyes go wide. Just as his own do. In realization that he just said that aloud. Out of nowhere. Just like that, he made a confession. The panic arises in Jimin’s throat. You make it worsen when you start to shake your head. 

Denial?

Disbelief?

Rejection?

Jimin doesn’t get to figure that out as you start to quickly pull away from him. Scurrying away from his lap. As fast as you can. As if he burns you. 

“No Lil- Hey- I-I just-” He tries to stop you but it’s already too late. You’ve practically jumped into the passenger seat. Are pulling your pants up in a record time. Don’t even look at him. 

No. No. No….

What has he done? What kind of idiot is he? Who would just say something important like that, out of the blue. Saying it after sex while high with emotions must be normal for other people, yes, but not for you guys. You are not normal. You are in a forbidden relationship. And until now, it was just lust. Or it was supposed to be lust. Then he changes it like that in a heartbeat. Even without thinking of the possibility of what you might be feeling. 

You care about him a lot. You get jealous. You look at him with that look in your eyes. You smile at him like he’s the reason for that smile. You bicker with him like you are a married couple with two kids. Still, that doesn’t mean you are in love with him. And he’s an idiot who doesn't know when to shut his mouth. 

Jimin’s chest tightens painfully. An unexplainable weight heavy on his shoulders. 

You might not ever reciprocate his feelings!

He loves you!

Oh boy he does. Even though it took him more than enough time to just admit it, he does love you. He knows that for sure by how it hurts to think you’ll not love him in return. How else can he explain the pain? He is in love. 

But even before he can even figure things out and actually let you feel the way he feels, he ruined everything. Even before he started, he ended things. Now, what? What if you run away? Did he scare you away? No, he can’t afford that now. No, he needs to make things clear. He needs to-

You open the car door. 

“Lil-”

You get out.

“No baby, wait!” Jimin feels like his mouth is full of sand. Feels like an invisible hand is choking him to death. It never was this much of a struggle for him to get dressed. Fingers shaking. Almost trips over his own feet as he gets out as well, finally. “Lil, fuck, please.” Jimin hurries after you. Like he is in a dream. 

Damn, you are fast!

How did you even walk that long in a mere second. It’s a good thing that Jimin is fast as well. He reaches you with just a few long strides. Only one thing echoing inside his head. 

He won’t just let you walk away. He just needs a moment to explain. He just needs you. 

“Spring Roll!” Jimin grabs your shoulder to turn you around. You hiss slowly in annoyance as you are forcibly turned around. That fiery look back in your eyes. The thing is, however, the fire is dying down. Is getting replaced by a glossy look. “Lil,” Jimin swallows first to get rid of the sandy taste. 

“What?” You snap. Shake off his hand from your shoulder. 

“Fuck! Let me just-”

“Let you do what? Explain?”

“Yes… Listen, I didn’t mean to-”

A bitter chuckle escapes your lips. That doesn’t suit you. No. He wants you to giggle like a schoolgirl. Wants you to smile like a ray of sunshine. How did he manage to get you from exactly that to this. “Of course, you didn’t mean it Jimin.” You cross your hands across your chest. Another scoff. Shake off your head. “Course you don’t mean it.” Mutter more to yourself. 

“What? Lil?” Jimin furrows as he tries once again to touch you, just to get rejected. He has no idea what you’re talking about. 

“For fucks sake Park!” You let your arms fall limp beneath you. This time finally look at him properly. “You can’t just fucking play with me like that. You can’t just call me nicknames, bring me gifts, beg me to stay and all that shit. And you would just confess out of nowhere? And then say you don’t mean it? Are you fucking kidding me?”

“Holy fuck! What are you even talking about?” This time Jimin doesn’t give a fuck about you trying to escape his touch. Maybe he does have an idea about where you are going. Well, fair!

Did he just say he loves you and then say he didn’t mean it?

“You shouldn’t joke about things like that. I-I-” You finally give up trying to get away from him. Instead just avert your gaze downward. Voice just trailing off. And that feels like a slap to Jimin. 

“I’m not joking. Lil! Will you just let me talk?”

“Then what, Jimin? Do you actually love me?” 

“Yes!” That’s fast. Too fast to be honest. Just like earlier, Jimin just surprised himself along with you. It’s fine, though. What’s there to hide anyway. What’s the reason to drag this out? He said what he said and damn did he mean it. “Yes. I do.” So, he starts without letting you butt in again. Without letting you storm away. “I know it’s sudden. I- I’m just, fuck, listen I meant what I said, it’s not that I wanted to drop a bomb on you like that. I’m sorry I did it like that and probably I’m making it worse right now. I’m just an idiot who took so long to realize that I’m in l-love with you. I’m sorry I just told you it like that and I understand if you don’t-”

“Why the fuck are you apologizing so much?” You groan, putting a stop to Jimin’s rambling. Hit his chest slightly with a curled up fist. Look to your side. Eyes welling up. Bite onto your bottom lip. “Where does this even come from?” Mumble so quietly. Yet Jimin hears you. He will always hear you. 

“From here.” He grabs your fisted hand, pressing it to his chest. You roll your eyes through the tears. “Okay, that was corny, but hey,” He squeezes your hand to grab your attention. “It was always there. Like I said, it took me time but c’mon, Lil, you know it was always there. I begged you to stay, I brought you gifts, I called you nicknames, I got freaking jealous, I couldn’t even let you go even if it meant to risk the world I built so damn hard.” A sigh escapes Jimin’s lips. “I was so scared of you never coming back, I am still very scared. I did a whole lot of things I would’ve never done. It was always there. Spring Roll, I do love you. Even if you don’t-”

“But what if I do?” You inhale shakily. Jimin feels his heart throbbing. God! “You asked me to stay but I agreed right away, didn’t I? I wanted to stay away for both of our sake but I always ended back in your arms. I never wanted to leave. I was losing my mind every time something happened that made me realize I have to go back. Why do you think I keep wanting to live a life shifting between two worlds? Not belonging to either of them? Why do you think I want to risk everything to find a way to stay.” Tears that have been welling up your eyes finally fall down. Staining your cheeks. “So, please Jimin, be sure you mean what you’re saying.” 

Jimin feels thousands of pieces scattered inside him. It’s completely automatic how he pulls you into a tight hug. So lost in you. “I am sure, though. I am so fucking sure.” He mutters into your hair. And you melt into his touch. Jimin keeps you in his embrace for how long he has no idea. Seconds? Minutes? Hours? He could’ve gone days like that if you hadn't pulled away first. Peer into his eyes. Yours still glossy but he can see what’s under that. 

Your words can mean only one thing right? You said the same things as him. You want him to be sure because you feel the same right? Jimin kind of knows it. Yet he wants you to say it aloud. It would be nice to hear it fall from your lips. He can’t pressure you, however. He doesn't want to force it out of you. No. That’s not what he wants. So he says absolutely nothing. Just stare back at you. Basking in the feeling. Enchanting. You are so enchanting. 

“What are we gonna do?” You finally break the silence. 

“About what?” 

“About this? We- uh- Jimin we shouldn’t. We shouldn’t have started any of this in the first place.”

“But we did, didn’t we?”

“Look where it got us. What if it really doesn’t work? What if we don’t find a way?” 

“We are going to find a way. It is going to work.” 

“I’m so scared, Park.”

“It is going to work love. Trust me, hm?” 

“But if it doesn’t? I need a plan. I need to know you’ll stay even if we have an expiration date. I want to know what will happen if there’s no way this could work. If this isn’t going to end well-”

“If that’s the case, then we’ll write a tragedy.” Jimin shushes you with a kiss. He gets that you are scared. He is scared. Like you said, you shouldn’t have. This won’t be easy. But he’ll do everything to make it easy for you. Because in the end, he made his choice. To love you. So, even if it hurts, he’ll keep writing the story. Even if it means dying a little every day or a thousand times over, he’ll keep writing the story. Because, at the end of the day, he has always loved you. From the very day you called him a kidnapper. From the very day you called him a pervert. From the very day you called him, Park. Your Park. And he wants you to know it. So, he mutters it once again. 

“I love you.” 

You nod. 

“But I hope we'll write a happy ending.” Say against his mouth. 

“I’ll write the ending you want, I promise.” 

“I want a happy ending.”

“Then you’ll get a happy ending.”

A small smile appears on your hollow face. Oh, he’d write the ending you want no matter what. After all, you deserve it. He deserves it. He deserves you. 

His happy ending……….

..............................................................................................................................

a/n- Leave a note if you enjoyed this one!

..............................................................................................................................

Taglist - @chimmy-licious @graydolan12 @smoljimjim @likemeforme @sugas-baby-girl @canarystwin @jkayy @floboo6 @sunshinenmidnight @fiddlebiddls @unlikelycheesecakeenthusiast @mar-lo-pap @angelicsmilesworld @jimincrystal @datspjm @shakes0peare @butterymin @angellekookie @futuristicenemychaos @minijagiya @anumita-2007 @joulekanitz @llallaaa @fancypeacepersona @annyeongbitch7 @yunki-yunki-yunki

[yoongleboonglepie]

Pechsträhne Masterlist

Genre: Horror ish au, paranormal au, hurt/comfort, slow burn, romance, psychic au, friends to lovers, Mystery, BTS ot7 x reader

Rating: 18+: Keep that in mind as this is at its core a paranormal/heavy theme rooted in history and myth, and some things are emotionally disturbing or spooky (so be prepared for potential gore/violence or scary elements). Read at your own discretion as I will only be putting trigger warnings for things that can pose severe safety risks to those affected. All else, like I said it is a spooky and mystery au.

Y/n Wörner left the Wörner Hotel and Estate nearly 5 years ago in an attempt to run away from a family argument that put a firm divide between her and her parents. She was managing fine, for the most part -save for the constant existential crisis of what she should do with herself and her life. That was until an invitation for the 150th anniversary of their family hotel ended up shoved in her mailbox on Thursday morning, and for no rational reason she found herself running back; unable to stop the pull to return home to her family and friends who live on the grounds. Once she arrives, however, it becomes inarguably apparent that things are very wrong. The ghosts of her long past family who were once friendly, are now vengeful and violent. Her friends are divided by secrets, mystery, and fear- changed in tandem with the ghosts she used to love. She has to relearn how to balance who she knew her friends as children, and who they have become in the recent years as a result of the darkness that threatens to drown them in its wake. She knows that something is threatening her home and her friends, but she doesn't know what. And if there's one thing about Y/n Wörner, it's that she's not a quitter. No ghost or demon will stop her from getting the answers she needs- even if it means they have to try and kill her before she gets to them. Because what does she have to lose?

_________________________________________

Main story,

Chapter 1 - 2/16/2025

Chapter 2- 2/19/2025

Chapter 3- 2/22/2025

Chapter 4- 2/24/2025

Chapter 5- 3/1/2025

Chapter 6- 3/10/2025

Chapter 7- 3/15/2025

Chapter 8 - 3/20/2025

Chapter 9 - 3/28/25

Chapter 10 - 4/6/2025

Chapter 11 - 4/11/2025

Chapter 12 -4/21/2025

Chapter 13- 4/27/2025

Chapter 14 -5/4/2025

_________________________________________

Pieces of Red String for you to Follow if you Dare...

Namjoon Character Moodboard

Seokjin Character Moodboard

Yoongi Character Moodboard

Hoseok Character Moodboard

Jimin Character Moodboard

Taehyung Character Moodboard

Jungkook Character Moodboard

Pinterest Boards

?

Family Tree of Y/n Wörner

Historical Archives of the Wörner's and more (locked)

Photos of rough outline of the estate (not hotel)

Morse code clues, chapters 7 and up: x x x x x x x x x

?

Find chapter playlists here:

Spotify

Youtube music

_________________________________________

Do not repost anywhere or steal my writing/story. Thx.

Obvious disclaimer: this is just fiction and not actually about the bts members, they are simply face cards and names here. Enjoy, love you lots.

[essentiallyleaf]

day 06. dacryphilia. with. karina.

964 words.

tags.

kinktober ‘23, idol x male reader, friends to lovers(?), dacryphilia (that’s being aroused by tears btw), deepthroating, sex toys, choking, overstimulation, tit slapping, basically unedited, boring tags.

notes.

a little bit of a shorter one today, i was planning on releasing a different fic, but didn’t like how that was coming out and had to write this last second. hope it’s not too bad. weepily, leaf.

It was the exact moment you reached the back of her throat that Jimin’s eyes started to glisten. Not the same way they did when you suggested pizza night to her, no, it was obviously a lewder, more desperate way, but somehow still as affectionate, as enthusiastic do be able to spend time with you doing something that she loves. And while it was clear since you two were best buddies in high school that she loved eating an entire burrata pizza while watching baseball with you, it took a little longer for her to find out that she loved leaving cherry lipstick marks on the base of your cock while you deepthroated her, as well.

Then Chaehyun’s house party happened. Chaehyun was one of Jimin’s best friends since before you knew her, you weren’t particularly close to her, maybe she was jealous of you, the shiny, (only relatively) new boy that just popped up in high school, and quickly became the person Jimin shares her secrets with - one time, she told you, she was trying to flirt with this girl that was in her French class, so she made a paper plane with her number written on the inside and threw it at her, but the paper plane “got caught in the wind” (“It was poorly built, just say it!” “Bro, bet that if we built one each right now, mine would fall further!” - it did) and hit the teacher’s back; fortunately he didn’t open it and just threw it in the bin thinking it was a joke in bad taste, but when at the end of the class she asked the girl out, the girl completely freaked out, telling her that she wasn’t out yet and that if her parents found out she’d be dead; they never spoke again. Or maybe she wasn’t jealous and you were just trying to demean her because you felt that this competition for being Jimin’s one and only was a real thing.

Anyway, late into Chaehyun’s house party, you and Jimin started nosing around in her upper floor, and specifically her room, and she found this purple vibrator (she said she had no idea it was there, but you knew she had been in that room before plenty of times - you’re not trying to imply anything, just, she is the type of girl who might decide to pull someone else’s sex toy out in front of you, because she knows what would happen if she did). What happened after she did was you on top of Jimin with a hand on the vibrator circling around her clit and the other around her throat, choking her. Tears were falling down each side of her face when she came.

Jimin rocks your world. It took you a while to find out all the ways in which she does (well, all the ones you know thus far), but what matters is, you got to that conclusion. And you got to that conclusion in a flash, it took one moment. It was a normal school night, it doesn’t matter when. The two of you were having sex missionary in your shared apartment - the decision to rent one together when you’d be in college came at the end of 10th grade; it was already clear by then that you’d have to deal with each other’s presence for a while. She had just had her third orgasm, some tears already shed in the first two, and her eyes were now closed in absolute bliss. You grabbed her chin: “Open up - glistening, I tell you - and look at me. Don’t close them anymore, ‘kay?”

You resumed your pumping while she was still sensitive, you heard her whining because of it. Her huge, fluffy tits were bouncing in a hypnotizing motion, begging to be touched. That’s a euphemism, you thought, as you smacked her left boob with your right hand. The yell that left her throat was the loudest of the night. What would the neighbors think? (What would they be thinking? “They’re fucking. It’s the sixth time this week.” That’s no news.)

Your eyes went back to hers. She hadn’t closed them, the good girl. And now her lips were quivering. Slap her right mound. Then back to the left. As you kept thrusting your hips into hers, Jimin started weeping.

“Look at me. I am so close. You’ll need to endure for me just a little more”

You weren’t lying, but let’s just say you didn’t take the quickest route. You detoured by going back to smacking the girl’s tits repeatedly, and now she was bawling. You took her hands and lifted her up, now basically kneeling on the bed, then wrapped your arms around her back as you pumped upwards into her pussy. She screamed her lungs out, as she probably reached her fourth, but it wasn’t her voice, it was her legs instinctively meeting on your back that spoke to you. And what they were saying was “I need it inside”. You heard her loud and clear, and deposited buckets of cum in her belly. Still completely wrapped around each other, the two of you fell back onto the bed, panting. Her entire face was wet in tears, her mascara completely ruined.

Jimin rocks your world. It’s when you look at her in the eyes that you can just tell. One moment. You were so focused on her, on keeping her happy and on not sharing her with anyone else, that you never realized how good you felt around her, how good she made you feel.

“How about I help you clean your face from your make-up?”

“I think I’ll need to clean down there, too”

Some of your cum was already flowing out of her pussy.

“Shower with me?”

-

footnotes.

i wonder if you can make a smut only describing stills and never an actual scene. experimentally, leaf.

[pascaloverx]

OUR SECRET — MYG

chapter one

Summary: You and Yoongi are having an affair. No, you are not being his lover. But the world is not ready to know that an idol is dating someone. So you two were doing your best to make sure no one found out. Until he breaks up with you. His mistake.

Author's note: This fanfic will contain inappropriate language and intimate moments between some characters. Be warned. I will let you know if anything becomes inappropriate. Please enjoy this Yoongi fanfic.

AO3LINK NEXT

"You're in denial, you could just say you didn't want me anymore. But you prefer to pretend that..." You throw his favorite book out the window like it means nothing. 'Cause now it doesn't mean.

"You can't blame me, our romance should have ended a long time ago. But you and I..." Yoongi seems almost too serious saying this. Do you mean nothing to him?

"You and me what?" You respond from the balcony of your apartment. Luckily your neighbors aren't too curious to know why you're yelling at your ex-lover.

"You know I can't shout that here, some fans might be here." Poor little thing, at that moment you wonder where the brave man is who asked you to embark on this relationship even though you knew your worlds would never be the same.

"I thought the whole point of paying a lot of money to live in an apartment far from the big city and known for its discretion would be being able to yell at you at two in the morning." You don't care if he thinks he's going to leave you without anything more or less, and that you're going to come out of this situation smiling, he should have found someone else to have sex with.

"If you would let me come up, we could talk like adults." He speaks subtly with an impressive poker face. If he stops being a musician, perhaps he could try a career as an actor or a gambler.

"Like adults? I'll be waiting for the other adult to arrive." You say throwing some clothes that are in your apartment that belong to him.

"Like you're being mature about all this. Damn!" One of his belongings ends up breaking near his feet. In fright he lets out several swear words, you luckily end up laughing.

"You break up with me over the phone and I have to be mature. I gave up part of my freedom to be yours. And look what I get in return." Anger took over you initially but now all you can do is try to keep from crying.

"Y/N. Let me in, so we can talk. I can see you almost crying from here." You smile lightly as you feel tears fall down your cheek. What a humiliation.

"If you cared about me you would have had the decency to say that you wanted to finish it the last time you were here." His cowardice can only be explained by his fear of having to do this in person.

"I couldn't. I didn't..." That was exactly what was left of the two of you. An awkward silence and resentment.

"Do you know how frustrating it is not being able to curse your name or tell someone you broke my heart?" You say that sobbing. What a tragedy it is that has made you sentimental now.

"Just because we don't work anymore doesn't mean I don't love you." You look at him and for a moment you feel more sorry for him than for yourself.

"If this is how you love someone. I'm sorry to inform you that you don't know love." Ironically it makes you smile. Maybe this is all his fault, not yours.

"Love..." It's very painful to see the man you've been involved with for the last year, call you that and not be able to respond.

"I'll send the rest of your things to the company. Don't worry, I won't expose you any more than I already have. Now get out of here, you and your fake love." Using one of his songs as the grand finale was a majestic act. Crying yourself to sleep, unfortunately, is not so majestic.

Two Months Later...

"You were the only person I thought would understand my situation. Try not to judge me but I need an opinion." You say looking Namjoon in the eyes. You got really close to him during your secret relationship with Yoongi.

"Is it too big a secret?" He asks entering his new home. A home where you swore you would start over.

"You tell me..." You say, opening your coat and revealing your stomach.

"Did you call me here because you gained weight after the breakup or do you have worms?" Namjoon asks and you smile nervously. Until you shake your head denying.

"Let's say the weight gain is due to something prior to the breakup..." You try not to say the word. Maybe the situation will go away if you don't name it.

"You are pregnant?" He named his current situation. Now it means it's really happening.

"Surprise!" You say trying to liven up the situation but you know you're fucked. Namjoon seems really surprised. As soon as he assimilates the information, he hugs you. You knew you could lean on the friendship you two have.

[baelabong]

ʜɪᴅᴅᴇɴ ᴘᴛ.2

(ᴋᴀʀɪɴᴀ x ꜰᴇᴍ!ʀᴇᴀᴅᴇʀ)

rq; yes // wd: 5.5k words

Pairing: Knight!G!P!Karina x Princess!fem reader

note/warning: pt2 of hidden. ik that the anon requested something slightly differetn but i only saw the idea until after i wrote it BAHHHAHA. luckily it is slightly similar .... just a little yk. anyways. sex, g!p rina, creampie

Pt.1

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Y/N’s breath catches in her throat at Mark’s sudden proposal. The grand ballroom seems to quiet, as if the entire kingdom is waiting for her response. Mark’s eyes are filled with a mixture of hope and determination, but all Y/N can think about is Karina—her secret love, standing just out of sight.

Time seems to slow as Y/N processes the weight of the proposal. The alliance with Mark’s family would indeed be powerful, and it would secure her kingdom’s future. But at what cost? Her heart pounds as she contemplates the life she’d be forced to live—a life without Karina, where duty and appearances would take precedence over her own happiness.

Mark, sensing her hesitation, gently takes her hand. “Y/N,” he says softly, “I know this is sudden, but I believe we could be strong together. You and I could bring prosperity and peace to our kingdoms. Please, consider it.”

Y/N forces a smile, her mind racing for a response. She glances towards the shadows, where she knows Karina is watching. The thought of a life without her feels unbearable, yet she’s bound by duty and the expectations placed upon her. She can’t openly refuse Mark without risking scandal and unrest.

Finally, she speaks, her voice steady despite the turmoil inside. “Your Grace, this is a generous offer, and I am deeply honored by your proposal. But this is a significant decision, one that affects not just us, but our kingdoms. I must ask for time to consider it.”

Mark’s expression flickers with disappointment, but he quickly masks it with a gracious smile. “Of course, Princess. Take all the time you need. I’ll await your decision with hope.”

With a polite bow, Mark steps back, allowing Y/N a moment to breathe. She nods in response, her heart still racing as she watches him walk away. The court begins to buzz with whispers, but Y/N pays them no mind. All she can think about is getting to Karina.

As soon as she’s able, Y/N excuses herself from the ballroom. She quickly makes her way to the secluded corridor where she knows Karina is waiting. When she sees her knight, standing with an unreadable expression, the floodgates of her emotions break open.

“Karina…” Y/N begins, her voice trembling. “He proposed. I didn’t know what to say. I couldn’t… I couldn’t refuse him outright.”

Karina’s eyes darken, a mixture of pain and understanding evident in her gaze. She steps closer, taking Y/N’s hands in hers. “I know,” she says softly, her voice strained. “You’re doing what you have to for your kingdom. But what about us, Y/N? Where do we stand?”

Y/N’s heart aches at the uncertainty in Karina’s voice. “I don’t know,” she admits, tears welling up in her eyes. “I can’t imagine a life without you, but if I accept his proposal, I’d be bound to him. I’d lose you.”

Karina pulls Y/N into a tight embrace, her voice filled with quiet desperation. “Then don’t accept it. We can find a way, Y/N. We can leave—escape this life and start anew. I can’t stand the thought of losing you to him.”

Y/N closes her eyes, resting her head against Karina’s shoulder as she tries to calm the storm inside her. The weight of duty and love pulls her in opposite directions, and she feels utterly torn. But one thing is clear: she can’t make this decision alone.

“Give me time,” Y/N whispers, her voice breaking. “I need to think. I need to figure out what to do.”

Karina nods, though the pain in her eyes remains. “I’ll wait for you, Y/N. Whatever you decide, I’ll be here.”

With that, they share a tender, lingering kiss, a reminder of the love they share and the difficult choices ahead. Y/N knows that whatever path she choose, it will change her life forever—and she can only hope she has the strength to make the right one.

—------

The next morning, Y/N wakes up to the sound of frantic knocking on her chamber door. Her heart skips a beat as she sits up, feeling the weight of the previous night’s turmoil still heavy on her shoulders. But as she sees the pale, trembling face of her lady-in-waiting as she enters, a deep dread settles in her chest.

“Your Highness,” the lady stammers, “it’s your father… The king… He’s—he’s gone.”

Y/N’s breath catches, and she feels a cold wave of shock wash over her. “What do you mean?” she whispers, already fearing the answer.

“They found him in his chambers this morning,” the lady-in-waiting explains, her voice thick with tears. “The royal physician says… he was poisoned.”

The words hit Y/N like a physical blow, and she staggers back, feeling as if the ground has been ripped out from beneath her. “No,” she gasps, her mind reeling. “That can’t be… Who would do such a thing?”

Before the lady can respond, Y/N rushes out of her chambers, her heart pounding in her ears. She navigates the winding corridors, her mind racing with horror and confusion, until she finds herself at the one place she feels she might find answers: Karina’s quarters.

She bursts through the door, her breath coming in ragged gasps. Karina stands by the window, her back to Y/N, seemingly calm despite the chaos erupting in the palace.

“Karina,” Y/N calls out, her voice breaking. “Tell me you know nothing of this… Tell me you had nothing to do with my father’s death!”

Slowly, Karina turns to face her, her expression unreadable. But as she takes a step closer to Y/N, something cold and resolute flickers in her eyes.

“I did this all for you, my queen,” Karina says, her voice steady but laced with a dark intensity. “Everything I’ve done has been to protect you, to free you from the chains that bind you. He was never going to let you be with me—he would have forced you to marry Mark, to fulfill some duty you never asked for.”

Y/N stares at Karina in disbelief, her heart breaking all over again. “You… you poisoned him?” she whispers, the words barely making it past her lips. “You killed my father?”

Karina steps closer, reaching out to Y/N, but she recoils, feeling a wave of nausea rise within her. “He was going to take you away from me, Y/N,” Karina says, her voice now tinged with desperation. “I couldn’t let that happen. I couldn’t lose you.”

Y/N feels like she’s drowning, caught between the love she feels for Karina and the horror of what she’s done. “You think this is what I wanted?” she cries, tears streaming down her face. “I never wanted this, Karina! How could you do something so monstrous and think it would make things better?”

Karina’s face crumples in pain, but she doesn’t back down. “I did it for us,” she insists. “For you. Now you’re free, Y/N. You don’t have to marry Mark, or anyone else. You can be with me, the way we’ve always wanted.”

But Y/N shakes her head, stepping back toward the door. “I can’t… I can’t even look at you right now,” she chokes out. “You took away my father, my family—everything I’ve ever known. How am I supposed to live with that?”

Karina’s eyes fill with tears as she watches Y/N retreat. “Y/N, please… I love you. I did this because I love you.”

Y/N hesitates at the door, her heart shattered into a million pieces. “Love?” she whispers bitterly. “This isn’t love, Karina. This is something else entirely.”

Y/N’s world felt like it was crumbling beneath her feet. The shock of Karina’s confession, the horror of what she had done—it was all too much. She turns to leave, needing to escape, needing to think. But before she can take another step, Karina’s voice, laced with desperation, pierces through her like a knife.

“Y/N, wait!” Karina’s voice cracks, her eyes wide with frantic desperation as she rushes toward Y/N, grabbing her arm. “Please, you have to understand—I did this for you! Everything I’ve done, it was all for you!”

Y/N tries to pull away, shaking her head, her thoughts a chaotic mess. “Karina… you killed my father,” she whispers, the words tasting like ash in her mouth. “How could you think this was for me? How could you—”

Before she can finish, Karina’s face twists with a wild mix of hurt, frustration, and something darker. In a surge of raw emotion, she pounces on Y/N, pushing her back against the nearest wall, pinning her there with a force that makes Y/N’s breath hitch. 

“This is what you wanted!” Karina hisses through gritted teeth, her body pressing into Y/N’s, her hands gripping Y/N’s wrists tightly. “You said you didn’t want to marry Mark, you said you didn’t want to be queen—was that all a lie? Why can’t you just listen to me?”

Y/N’s mind is spinning, her heart racing as Karina’s words and touch overwhelm her senses. She feels trapped, not just by Karina’s physical hold, but by the intensity of the emotions crashing over her. “Karina, please, I—”

But Karina doesn’t let her finish. “Am I not enough for you, Y/N?” Karina’s voice is low and rough, trembling with barely contained fury. “Is that it? Do you want Mark instead? Is that what you want?” Her breath is hot against Y/N’s skin, and beads of sweat drip down Karina’s forehead, her eyes blazing with a desperate need for validation.

Y/N’s head feels foggy, the world spinning around her as Karina’s words sink in, tangling with her own confused emotions. Karina’s grip, her proximity, the raw intensity in her voice—it all leaves Y/N feeling lost, like she’s drowning in Karina’s desperation. “I… I don’t know, I…”

But Karina’s hold tightens, her nails digging into Y/N’s wrists as she pushes closer, her lips inches from Y/N’s ear. “If you wanted to marry Mark, just say it,” Karina growls, her voice harsh and desperate. “Tell me that everything we’ve had together meant nothing, that you’d throw it all away for him. Is that what you want, Y/N? Is it?”

Y/N’s resolve shatters under the weight of Karina’s onslaught, her mind clouded with confusion and a growing sense of helplessness. “No, no… Karina, I—” But the words that escape her lips are incoherent, lost in the storm of emotions tearing through her. She feels herself slipping, her mind giving way to the intensity of the moment, the lines between right and wrong blurring until all she can do is babble out whatever words come to her lips, desperate to calm Karina, to stop the spiraling chaos.

“I… I don’t want Mark, Karina… I don’t know… I just… I just want you…” The words spill out, barely making sense, driven by her overwhelming need to ease Karina’s pain, to make everything stop, even if just for a moment.

Karina’s grip softens slightly, a twisted sense of triumph flashing in her eyes as she hears Y/N’s words. “That’s right… It’s just us, Y/N… It’s always been just us,” she murmurs, her tone taking on a dangerous edge of satisfaction as she leans in closer, claiming Y/N in that moment, her breath hot against Y/N’s neck.

Y/N’s body reacts on instinct, her mind too lost in the whirlwind of emotions to resist, to think clearly. She clings to Karina, her words reduced to soft, incoherent murmurs, nodding weakly, her thoughts a chaotic mess of confusion, fear, and a deep, aching need for everything to be okay. But nothing is okay, and deep down, she knows it—she’s just too lost in Karina’s intensity to remember that right now.

Karina’s lips curl into a small, twisted smile as she presses herself against Y/N, her grip firm but no longer painful. “See?” she whispers, her voice almost soothing now, though it’s laced with a possessive edge. “This is what you wanted all along… just us… together…”

Y/N’s head lolls to the side, her breaths coming in shallow gasps as she clings to Karina, too overwhelmed, too lost to protest anymore. All she can do is nod and whisper, “Just us… just us…” as the room spins around her, and everything fades into the background, leaving only Karina and the suffocating weight of their twisted connection.

———-

The grand hall was filled with the muted murmur of anticipation as the nobles and courtiers gathered, their eyes fixed on the ornate throne that awaited its new ruler. Sunlight streamed through the stained glass windows, casting vibrant patterns across the stone floor, but the room’s beauty was marred by an undercurrent of unease. Whispers about the sudden death of the former king, the strange circumstances surrounding it, and the swift rise of the new queen were still fresh in everyone’s minds.

Y/N stood at the foot of the throne, her heart pounding in her chest. She was draped in a gown of deep crimson, the color of power and blood, with a heavy golden crown resting atop her head. It was a crown that felt too heavy, too large for her, yet she couldn’t afford to falter now. Not with everything that had happened, not with Karina at her side, her ever-watchful gaze fixed on Y/N, a silent reminder of everything they had sacrificed to reach this moment.

The royal advisor stepped forward, holding the ancient scepter of the kingdom, his expression neutral as he presented it to Y/N. “Do you, Y/N, swear to rule this kingdom with wisdom, justice, and mercy?” His voice echoed in the vast hall, the words carrying the weight of centuries of tradition.

Y/N’s throat was dry, but she managed a nod, her voice steady despite the storm of emotions raging inside her. “I swear it.”

The advisor inclined his head and placed the scepter in Y/N’s outstretched hand. The touch of the cold metal sent a shiver down her spine, but she gripped it tightly, willing herself to appear strong, composed, every inch the queen she was now expected to be.

“Then by the power vested in me,” the advisor continued, “I proclaim you, Y/N, Queen of this realm.”

A ripple of applause spread through the room, polite and restrained, but Y/N could sense the tension beneath it. She forced a smile as she ascended the steps to the throne, each movement measured and deliberate. As she reached the top, she hesitated for the briefest of moments before turning to sit upon the throne, the weight of the crown and scepter grounding her in the reality of her new position.

Beside her, Karina stood tall, dressed in regal attire that matched Y/N’s own, her eyes gleaming with a dangerous pride. As Y/N sat, Karina stepped forward, her hand lightly brushing against Y/N’s shoulder, a subtle but possessive gesture that sent a clear message to all who were watching: this was not just Y/N’s ascension to power; it was theirs.

The advisor, his expression betraying nothing, addressed the room once more. “And as tradition dictates, the queen’s chosen consort shall be named as reigning king, to rule beside her as her equal and protector.”

Y/N’s breath caught in her throat as Karina stepped forward to accept the crown of the reigning king. The whispers in the hall grew louder, a mix of surprise, disapproval, and grudging acceptance rippling through the gathered nobles. Karina’s rise had been swift and unexpected, but none could deny the bond between her and Y/N, or the power she now wielded at Y/N’s side.

The crown was placed upon Karina’s head, and she turned to face Y/N, her expression one of fierce, unyielding loyalty. Y/N met her gaze, the weight of the moment pressing down on her, but there was no turning back now. This was the path they had chosen, for better or for worse.

With Karina by her side, Y/N felt a strange mix of fear and reassurance. She knew that Karina’s ambition had no bounds, that her love was as dangerous as it was deep. But she also knew that Karina would protect her, would do anything to keep her on the throne—even if it meant sacrificing everything and everyone else.

As they stood before the gathered court, the new rulers of the realm, Y/N felt Karina’s hand slip into hers, the touch warm and possessive. “This is our moment, my queen,” Karina whispered, her voice low and intense, meant only for Y/N. “No one can stand against us now.”

Y/N swallowed hard, nodding slightly, even as doubts gnawed at the edges of her mind. She was a queen now, and Karina was her king. They were bound together, for better or for worse, and the kingdom would have to follow where they led.

The court erupted in a final round of applause, louder this time, though still tinged with uncertainty. Y/N raised her head, looking out over the sea of faces, forcing herself to wear the mask of confidence and authority that was now expected of her.

But as the cheers filled the hall, Y/N couldn’t shake the feeling that she had crossed a line she could never return from—that the price of power, of Karina’s love, was far higher than she had ever imagined.

And yet, with Karina by her side, her hand still gripping hers tightly, Y/N knew she had no choice but to continue down the path they had forged together. For better or for worse, they were now the rulers of this kingdom, and nothing would ever be the same again.

———-

The kingdom had been thrown into the chaos of war, the once peaceful lands now ravaged by the clashing forces of Y/N’s and Mark’s armies. The conflict had been inevitable, with tensions rising ever since Y/N had ascended the throne and Karina had claimed her place as reigning king. Mark, unable to accept Y/N’s swift rise to power and her sudden engagement to Karina, had rallied his forces, leading to a brutal confrontation that left the kingdom teetering on the edge of destruction.

The news of Karina’s injury reached Y/N like a bolt of lightning, striking her to her core. She had never imagined that the war would come so close to taking away the one person she had come to rely on so completely. As the battle raged on, Karina had been at the forefront, leading the charge with fierce determination, but the cost had been steep.

When Karina finally returned to the castle, bloodied and battered, Y/N’s heart clenched with fear and anger. She rushed to Karina’s side, her emotions a whirlwind as she scolded her for putting herself in such danger.

“What were you thinking, Karina?” Y/N’s voice trembled as she helped Karina into their chambers, her hands shaking as she began to treat the deep gashes and bruises that marred Karina’s body. “You could have been killed! I can’t lose you, too.”

Karina winced as Y/N’s fingers brushed over a particularly nasty wound on her side, but her gaze remained steady, locked onto Y/N’s. “I had to protect you, my queen. I promised I would always keep you safe.”

“But at what cost?” Y/N snapped, her frustration boiling over as she dabbed at the wound with a cloth. “You’re not invincible, Karina. I need you—alive.”

Karina’s lips quirked into a half-smile, despite the pain. “I’m still here, aren’t I?”

Y/N huffed, biting back a retort as she continued to clean and bandage Karina’s wounds. Her hands moved with practiced precision, but her mind was a storm of worry and fear. The thought of losing Karina, of being alone in this ruthless world, was too much to bear.

As Y/N worked, Karina’s gaze never left her. She could see the fear in Y/N’s eyes, the vulnerability that she rarely allowed herself to show. It tugged at something deep within Karina, a protective instinct that she couldn’t ignore.

“Y/N,” Karina said softly, her voice cutting through the tense silence. “Come here.”

Y/N looked up, her eyes meeting Karina’s. She hesitated for a moment before stepping closer, her breath hitching as Karina’s strong arms wrapped around her waist, pulling her onto her lap. The sudden closeness made Y/N’s heart race, her body pressing against Karina’s bare skin, the warmth of her lover’s body seeping into her own.

“I’ll never lose you,” Karina murmured, her voice thick with emotion. “Not like you lost your father. I’ll protect you with everything I have, even if it costs me my life.”

Y/N’s heart ached at the sincerity in Karina’s voice, but before she could respond, she felt a sudden shift beneath her. Karina’s length hardened against her thigh, the pressure sending a jolt of heat through Y/N’s body.

Both of them moaned at the same time, the tension between them crackling like electricity. Y/N’s breath quickened, her body reacting instinctively to the sensation. Without thinking, she reached down, fumbling with the ties of her gown, her hands trembling with urgency.

Karina watched her, her eyes darkening with desire as Y/N stripped off her clothes, leaving herself bare to Karina’s gaze. Y/N’s skin flushed with a mix of embarrassment and need, but she couldn’t stop herself, the intense connection between them driving her actions.

As soon as Y/N was fully undressed, she positioned herself over Karina, her breath coming in short, ragged gasps. The air between them was thick with tension, an electric charge that had been simmering for far too long. Karina’s hands gripped Y/N’s hips eagerly, pulling her down onto her hardened, thick length. The moment their bodies connected, both of them cried out, the sudden pressure sending shockwaves of pleasure through them.

But Y/N’s emotions were far from just pleasure. Beneath the surface, a storm of anger and frustration raged, fueled by Karina’s reckless actions. Without any warning, Y/N began to move, riding Karina with a brutal, punishing rhythm. Each thrust was hard and purposeful, as if Y/N was trying to imprint her fury onto Karina’s very soul.

“You reckless, stubborn fool,” Y/N spat, her hand shooting out to grip Karina’s neck. Her fingers tightened around Karina’s throat just enough to make her gasp, her eyes wide with a mix of surprise and arousal. “Do you have any idea how close you came to getting yourself killed?”

Karina’s response was a strangled moan, her body arching beneath Y/N’s relentless pace. She tried to speak, but Y/N wasn’t slowing down, each thrust deeper and more forceful than the last. “I-I’m sorry… I just… ahhh, Y/N…!”

“Sorry isn’t good enough,” Y/N growled, leaning in closer, her breath hot against Karina’s ear as she ground down harder, her body clenching around Karina with every downward thrust. “You almost left me alone, Karina. You think you can just risk your life like that? You think I’d just let you go?”

Karina’s hands clutched desperately at Y/N’s hips, trying and failing to match the brutal pace. Her voice was a desperate, breathy whine as she clung to Y/N, her words tumbling out in a frantic rush. “I-I’ll never do it again… please, Y/N… you’re so… so good… I’m yours, only yours…”

Y/N’s eyes flashed with a mix of anger and possessive need. She shifted her angle, grinding down with even more force, and Karina’s loud cry filled the room. “You like how good I’m riding you?” Y/N hissed, her voice laced with dominance as she continued to move with relentless intensity. “You like feeling me take you like this?”

Karina’s response was an incoherent moan, her body trembling beneath Y/N’s as the pleasure mounted to an unbearable peak. She tried to throw her head back, overwhelmed by the sensations coursing through her, but Y/N’s hand shot up, tangling in her hair, yanking her head forward until their eyes locked.

“Look at me while I fuck you,” Y/N demanded, her voice rough, her gaze burning into Karina’s. “If you die, you never get this again. You’ll never feel me like this, never have me like this.”

Karina’s eyes widened, her breath hitching at the raw, possessive intensity in Y/N’s voice. The force of Y/N’s words, coupled with the unyielding rhythm of her movements, sent Karina spiraling into a state of desperate need. Her body tightened around Y/N’s thick, girthy length, the heat between them building to an unbearable peak.

“Y/N… I-I can’t… please…!” Karina’s voice was high-pitched, almost frantic, as she teetered on the edge. Her body was on fire, the pleasure blurring the lines between pain and ecstasy. “Please… please… please let me come in you… I need you…”

Y/N’s grip on Karina’s hair tightened, forcing her to maintain eye contact. “Promise me,” Y/N snarled, her hips slamming down with brutal force, each thrust sending shockwaves through Karina’s body. “Promise me you’ll never be so reckless again. You belong to me, Karina. No one else gets to have you.”

“I promise! I promise!” Karina’s voice was breathless, her words tumbling out in a desperate plea. “I’m yours, Y/N… only yours… I’ll never do it again… please…!”

Y/N’s eyes blazed as she leaned in even closer, her breath hot against Karina’s lips. “You promised me babies,” she hissed, her tone possessive and filled with raw emotion. “You can’t give them to me if you die, you dumbass. I’m your queen, Karina. You live for me, understand?”

Karina’s heart raced, her eyes wide with a mix of arousal and desperation. “I-I understand… Y/N, I’ll do anything… please… fill me up so good… I need you…”

With one final, punishing thrust, Y/N sent them both over the edge. Karina’s orgasm hit her like a tidal wave, her body convulsing as she cried out, her release crashing over her with a force that left her breathless. Her thick, girthy length throbbed inside Y/N, pumping so much that it spilled out, warm and slick, even as Y/N’s own climax ripped through her with such intensity that she almost couldn’t breathe, her body shaking as she milked every last drop of pleasure from their connection.

Even as they came down from their high, Y/N didn’t let go of Karina’s hair, her eyes still locked on hers, a silent reminder of the promise she had extracted. Y/N leaned back slightly, looking down at the mess between them, a satisfied smirk playing on her lips. “Oops,” she murmured, her tone teasing as she took her finger and scooped up some of the cum that had spilled out of her. “I guess you’ll have to fill me up again.”

Before Karina could respond, Y/N brought her finger to Karina’s lips, watching with satisfaction as Karina’s eyes fluttered shut, her tongue darting out to taste the mixture of their fluids. The sight only fueled the fire inside Karina, a growl rumbling in her chest as she grabbed Y/N and flipped her onto the bed.

Without wasting a second, Karina positioned herself over Y/N, her eyes dark with hunger and need. “You want me to fill you up again?” she asked, her voice low and filled with a dangerous edge. “Then you’re going to take every last drop.”

With that, Karina positioned herself over Y/N once again, her eyes burning with a fierce, possessive heat. She plunged back into Y/N with a renewed vigor, her thrusts hard and deep, each movement a testament to her unyielding desire. The room was filled with their passionate cries and the sounds of their bodies colliding, a testament to the intense, unbreakable bond that had been forged between them.

And with that, Karina thrust back into Y/N with renewed intensity, her pace rough and unyielding, determined to claim her all over again. The room was filled with the sounds of their bodies colliding, moans and cries echoing as they both lost themselves in the raw, primal connection between them. Karina’s movements were driven by a wild need, her body demanding more, giving more, as she pushed them both to the brink again and again, determined to make Y/N hers completely, to leave no doubt who she belonged to.

Y/N’s moans were high and breathless, punctuated by gasps and whimpers as Karina’s powerful thrusts drove her to the edge once more. Each movement was a blend of fierce passion and raw, unrestrained energy. “Karina… yes… just like that,” Y/N gasped, her voice trembling with a mix of pleasure and desperation. “You’re mine, remember? Don’t you dare hold back.”

Karina’s face was flushed, her eyes glazed with a primal hunger as she looked down at Y/N. “I’m yours,” she growled, her voice ragged. “I’m yours, Y/N. I’ll always be yours. I’ll give you everything, just… just keep taking it.”

Y/N’s fingers dug into Karina’s shoulders as she tried to steady herself, her body moving in sync with Karina’s relentless thrusts. “If you really mean that,” she panted, “then you’ll show me, won’t you? Fill me up completely. Show me how much you want me.”

Karina’s breath hitched as she accelerated her pace, the intensity of her movements making her entire body tremble. “I want you so much,” Karina moaned, her voice cracking with the effort. “I need you. I need to feel you, to make you mine. I want to hear you scream my name.”

Y/N’s body tensed with each powerful thrust, the pleasure coursing through her as Karina took her with a voracious hunger. “That’s it,” Y/N encouraged, her voice a mixture of command and supplication. “Don’t stop. Make me yours again and again. Let everyone know who I belong to.”

Karina’s pace became even more frenzied, her hands gripping Y/N’s hips with a force that bordered on desperate. “I’m going to make you come so hard,” Karina growled, her voice barely more than a whisper as she pressed her forehead against Y/N’s. “You’ll be filled with me, every inch. I’m going to make sure you’re completely mine.”

The heat between them was palpable, their bodies slick with sweat as Karina’s thrusts grew even more erratic, driven by an all-consuming need. Y/N’s cries grew louder, more urgent, each sound a testament to the overwhelming pleasure that was coursing through her.

“I’m so close,” Y/N gasped, her eyes locking onto Karina’s with a fierce intensity. “I need to come… I need you to make me come again. Don’t stop until you’ve filled me up.”

Karina’s eyes widened with a mixture of determination and lust, her entire being focused on bringing Y/N to the brink once more. “I won’t stop,” Karina promised, her voice raw with emotion. “I’ll give you everything, every last drop. I need to see you fall apart for me.”

With a final, forceful thrust, Karina’s climax hit her like a tidal wave. She gasped and cried out, her body convulsing as her release spilled over Y/N, warm and thick. The sensation was so intense that it spilled out of Y/N, dripping down between them, mixing with their sweat and desire.

Y/N’s body tensed and shuddered as she reached her peak, her cries merging with Karina’s as they both rode the waves of their mutual ecstasy. The pleasure was almost overwhelming, their bodies entangled in a primal dance of need and fulfillment.

—--------

The aftermath of the battle left the kingdom in shambles, but amid the chaos and bloodshed, Y/N and Karina emerged as the rulers of a fractured realm. The grandeur of their coronation was shadowed by the scars they bore from their tumultuous path to power. As they stood side by side in the grand hall, the atmosphere was a mixture of reluctant respect and underlying tension from the nobility.

Years had passed since that fateful day when Y/N had ascended the throne and Karina had become her consort. The kingdom had been rebuilt, and Y/N and Karina had forged a new legacy—one marked by both triumphs and sacrifices. Their love had weathered the storm of political intrigue and personal tragedy, evolving into a bond that was both powerful and tumultuous.

Now, in the serene setting of their private garden, Y/N and Karina stood with their two children. The royal family was a portrait of unity and strength. Their son, a lively boy with a crown of tousled hair, played at their feet, while their daughter, a serene and observant child, clung to Y/N's hand.

Y/N looked over at Karina, her gaze softening as she watched her partner interact with their children. The intense, often turbulent passion that had defined their relationship had transformed into a deep, abiding love, tempered by the challenges they had faced together. The shadows of their past were still present, but they were now overshadowed by the light of their family and their shared future.

As Y/N knelt beside their children, her heart swelled with pride and contentment. Karina joined her, wrapping an arm around Y/N's shoulders, pulling her close. The warmth of their embrace spoke volumes about the journey they had traveled together and the strength of their bond.

Their children, innocent and unaware of the complexities of their parents' rise to power, played happily in the garden, their laughter a symbol of hope and renewal. Y/N and Karina exchanged a look of quiet understanding, knowing that despite everything, they had built something beautiful and lasting.

“Look at them,” Karina said softly, her voice filled with a mixture of awe and tenderness. “They’re everything we fought for.”

Y/N nodded, a smile touching her lips. “Yes, they are. And they’ll be our legacy, a reminder of everything we’ve overcome.”

Together, they watched their children play, their hands intertwined as they stood side by side. The garden was a place of peace and reflection, a haven where they could momentarily forget the struggles and focus on the life they had built together.

As the sun set, casting a golden glow over the garden, Y/N and Karina knew that their path had been fraught with trials, but it had led them to a place where they could finally find solace. Their love, once fierce and consuming, had matured into a steady, enduring force that would guide them through whatever lay ahead.

[melancholy-of-nadia]

love u lately (m) #11 | myg/knj/pjm

title: love u lately​ chapter title: #11 - love u lately pairing: yoongi x f. reader, namjoon x f. reader, jimin x f. reader (yoonminjoon x f. reader) rating/genre: m (18+) ; smut ; college/university au , pseudo frat! bts; best friends! yoonminjoon friends to lovers; summary: jin, hoseok, taehyung and jungkook leave the house to you, jimin, namjoon and yoongi for the next few hours after yoongi's kbbq birthday dinner. perhaps now that you four have decided to be together, there's only one thing left to do to really seal the deal. warnings:  HEAVY SMUT (if you are a minor, please leave immediately. idk why you would be here in the first place as the story has been smut all long!), the long awaited FOURSOME, oh god how will i touch upon all the things in this, french kissing, SLIGHT mlm mentions/exploration, blowjob, breast play, eating out, multiple orgasms, creampies, cum play?, multiple positions, dirty talk, pet names, rough s*x, soft s*x, tears from deep throat, reassurance, and consent, slight size kink if you wink, double vag*nal pen*tration, hickeys, good ending, playful banter from yoonminjoon, A LOT OF FLUFF, DEEP TALKS, WE HAVE ONE MORE CHAPTER PEOPLE! note: @daegudrama has been the hero editor of this fic series. please all send her love to her fics as well!! she is an amazing writer!!! total word count: 8.1k drop date:  June 28th, 2024, 2PM PST cross posted on AO3 here ← #10 | Series Masterlist | #12

March 9 [Saturday]

“Sometimes I can’t believe you guys are so down bad for me to be doing this.” You say, muffled as you are squished in a hug between Namjoon and Yoongi on the living room couch.

It's early in the morning, but sleep has eluded you, replaced by the bubbling excitement over your poly relationship with your three best friends. Unable to stay in bed any longer, you crept downstairs and started watching an episode of One Piece on Netflix, which Jimin and Taehyung convinced you to watch. You’re barely a few episodes into the Alabasta Arc, but you fear you’ll never make it to the most recent arcs, hundreds of episodes away. To your surprise, you weren't the only one not feeling tired anymore. Your three best friends had the same idea, joining you one by one. Now, you’re sandwiched between two of them, while Jimin sits contentedly on the floor in front of you, leaning back against your legs.

"I don't see any issue with it," Yoongi says nonchalantly, pressing a gentle kiss to your neck. "We love you, after all."

Namjoon nods in agreement, with one arm around you and his other hand resting comfortably on your thigh. "Exactly. Plus, we wanted to be in this poly relationship!"

Jimin chuckles from his spot on the floor, turning his head to look up at you. "And who wouldn't want to be down bad for you? You're pretty cute, you know."

You feel your cheeks heat up at their words, a warm glow spreading through you. "You guys are too sweet," you murmur, reaching down to ruffle Jimin's hair affectionately.

“Let’s just hope we don’t scare Namjoon out of this.” Jimin snickers. “We already had a threesome, just to let you know.” He turns to him and wiggles his eyebrows.

You turn to see Namjoon’s eyes widen for a few seconds. Wait, was this ever mentioned to him? You thought you already mentioned it to him before, but it seems like you hadn’t. None of you had. Fuck... 

A small internal panic occurs between the three of you.

Despite the sudden revelation, Namjoon doesn’t falter. “And? That’s not going to scare me away.” He smirks, his eyes twinkling with mischief. “If anything, it just makes things more interesting.” 

You raise an eyebrow, feeling a playful spark ignite in the air. “Oh, really?” you tease, leaning closer to him, your lips brushing against his ear. “Are you saying you’re down for a foursome?”

Namjoon’s smirk widens as he turns to face you, his gaze intense. “If you guys want, I’ll try anything. Just say the word and I’m down,” he murmurs, his voice low and seductive. His hand slides a little higher on your thigh, sending a shiver through you.

Your heart races at his words, excitement and desire mixing in a heady cocktail. “You guys are unbelievable,” you say, your voice letting out a sigh. “But I guess that’s why I love you.”

Yoongi’s hand moves to cup your chin, lifting your face to his. “We love you too,” he says, and then his lips are on yours, kissing you deeply, possessively. “But you better love me more today because it’s my birthday.” He teases.

“Of course, my love.” You reply to him cutely, making the other two roll their eyes in slight jealousy of Yoongi today.

++++++

“Everyone! Aside from celebrating Yoongi’s 21st birthday tonight, I have gathered you here at Baekjeong KBBQ to announce some big news!” 

All the guys from the Beta Tau Sigma house turn to look at you, who has gotten up from your seat. Namjoon, seemingly knowing what you’re going to say, begins to panic and quickly signals you to sit back down. You give him a puzzled look before realizing that you can’t just announce that you’re in a polycule with your three guy best friends at a restaurant. Jimin, Jungkook and Taehyung laugh when your excited demeanor deflates once you sit back down in realization.

“We decided to be together…” you mumble, your words trailing off. Your face feels hot as embarrassment overcomes you, but all the guys think that’s adorable. This is so embarrassingly anticlimactic!

“Good for you. Now, can you pass over that big piece of short rib-eye on your side?” Seokjin says seriously, his deadpan request making the other guys burst out giggling.

You sigh and use your chopsticks to grab the piece, placing it on Seokjin’s plate. Yoongi, sitting next to you, puts his arm around you, pulling you closer and kissing your temple.

“Don’t worry, love, he’s just jealous he isn’t getting any pussy,” Yoongi snides, his tone playful. The comment sends another wave of laughter around the table.

“Shut the fuck up, I totally am!” Seokjin barks back, but the guys stare at him in disbelief, their skepticism obvious.

“Sure, hyung, whatever helps you sleep at night,” Taehyung teases, winking at him.

The laughter and chatter continue around the table, making the atmosphere cozy and lively. Namjoon, still chuckling, reaches over to turn the meat on the grill, the sizzling sound blending with the background noise of the bustling restaurant.

“So, you guys really decided to be together?” Jungkook asks, popping a piece of marinated beef into his mouth, his eyes sparkling with curiosity.

You look at Yoongi, who gives you an encouraging nod. “Yep,” you repeat, feeling a bit more confident this time. “Me, Yoongi, Namjoon, and Jimin. We’re trying out this polycule thing.”

The guys blink at you, taking the time to actually process your words. Hoseok is the first to react, his eyes widening with excitement. “Whoa, that’s actually really cool! So, like, you’re all dating each other?”

You nod, feeling the initial awkwardness dissipate. “Yeah? Technically. it’s a bit unconventional, but we think it could work for us.”

Jimin, who’s been quietly enjoying his food, finally chimes in. “It’s something we’ve all talked about with her first and agreed on. We want to make it work.”

You recall about 12 hours earlier, when you, Namjoon, Jimin and Yoongi talked early in the morning about the shared agreement to start this polycule. You all knew you should announce it to the other residents at your not-so-frat house, which you so excitedly tried to bring up, albeit at the wrong place.

Seokjin, chewing thoughtfully on a piece of short rib, finally swallows and gives a nod of approval. “As long as you’re all happy and on the same page, that’s what matters. Plus, it’s not like any of us are in a position to judge your relationships anyways.” 

“Exactly,” Namjoon adds, his voice steady and reassuring. “We’re all here to support each other, no matter what.”

Yoongi tightens his arm around you, his fingers gently tracing patterns on your shoulder. “And we’ll figure things out as we go. We’ve said communication is key.”

Jungkook, ever the curious one, leans forward, resting his chin on his hand. “So, how does this work? Will you, like, all go on dates together, or will you split your time?”

You laugh, appreciating Jungkook’s genuine interest. “We’re going to figure that part out. It’s going to be a learning experience, not gonna lie.”

Taehyung, always the romantic, sighs dreamily. “I think it’s beautiful. Love doesn’t have to fit into a box. As long as it’s real, that’s what counts.”

The server arrives with another platter of meat, breaking the contemplative mood, but leaves soon after. Seokjin eagerly takes the tongs and starts placing the meat on the grill, the sizzling sound bringing everyone back to the present.

“So are you guys going to sexile us after this or…?” Taehyung asks bluntly, his words cutting through the laughter and conversation.

You start choking on your kimchi from the shock of his question, your face turning red. Jimin quickly pats your back, trying to help you breathe again, his eyes wide with concern.

“Taehyung!” Namjoon yells, his voice stern and disbelieving.

“It’s an honest question!” Taehyung defends himself, holding up his hands. “Hoseok and I were already planning to go frat house hopping tonight anyway.”

Seokjin, shaking his head, rolls his eyes. “I’ve got to go to a bar fundraising event for Kappa Psi Pi since I’m the president, after all.” He ends his words sarcastically, groaning as he finishes.

“And I’m tagging along because he said there would be cute girls from the frat there, and I can’t miss that!” Jungkook exclaims, a cheeky grin spreading across his face. 

The tension eases, and you finally catch your breath, giving Taehyung a half-amused, half-exasperated look. “O-Okay then maybe give us two and half hours and then you’re free to come home?”

Now, it’s Namjoon, Yoongi, and Jimin’s turns to start choking dramatically on their food, drawing the attention of surrounding tables. Jungkook, Taehyung, Jin, and Hoseok make sounds of awe at your boldness. Yoongi immediately grabs a cup of cold tea and downs it, while Jimin and Namjoon opt for downing a shot each.

“Jesus… fucking… Christ… Y/N,” Yoongi exclaims, exasperated.

You smirk at them, feeling a mix of amusement and satisfaction at their reactions.

“Hey, if we’re going to do this, we might as well have some fun, right?” you say, trying to keep a straight face as you meet their stunned gazes.

Jungkook chuckles, shaking his head. “Damn, Y/N, you really know how to keep things interesting.”

“Yeah, no kidding,” Taehyung adds, a wide grin spreading across his face. “I’m impressed.”

Seokjin, still recovering from his own laughter, nods. “Alright, two and a half hours it is. We’ll make ourselves scarce.”

Hoseok leans back in his chair, giving you a thumbs-up. “Just make sure to clean up after yourselves. I don’t want to come back to the house smelling like sex and cum.”

You giggle, feeling happy that the guys are supportive of everything despite initial worries. Yoongi, Namjoon, and Jimin exchange glances, their initial shock giving way to amusement and a shared understanding.

“Alright, alright,” Namjoon concedes, still a bit red in the face. “We’ll take it one step at a time.”

Jimin shakes his head, a smirk tugging at his lips. “You really are something else, Y/N.”

Yoongi, finally regaining his composure, leans in closer to you. “You never cease to surprise me,” he murmurs, a hint of admiration in his voice.

The evening continues with more laughter and teasing, the air filled with the mouthwatering aroma of grilled meat and the sound of clinking glasses. You raise your own glass once more, toasting to the unique and wonderful dynamic you share with your lovers.

++++++

The four of you come home, while the others decide to go elsewhere unanimously. You can’t believe they all agreed to let you guys have the house to yourselves for the next few hours…and to have a foursome much less. 

Before you parted ways at the restaurant, leaving in Jimin’s car to head back home, Taehyung said, “Good luck with the foursome. Don’t be too loud, alright? Let us know when you’re done!” He winked, a playful grin on his face, as he rushed toward Jungkook’s car where the other 3 guys were calling out to him.

You guys haven’t even decided if it is going to happen tonight. 

You’re going to owe the guys big time.

But now you are filled with nerves as you sit on your bed with Namjoon to your right and Jimin on your left, while Yoongi remains standing in front of you.

“A-Are we actually doing this right now?” you ask, your voice barely above a whisper.

“If you don’t want to do this, you don’t have to,” Namjoon reassures, his voice gentle and soothing. He reaches out, taking your hand in his. “We’re here because we love and care about you, not because we want to pressure you into anything.”

Yoongi nods, his expression softening. “We can just hang out and watch a movie if that’s what you prefer,” he says, patting the bed. “Save this for another time!”

Jimin smiles at you, his eyes full of understanding. “Right! Like Hyung said! Whatever you’re comfortable with! We’re here for you, no matter what.”

You take a deep breath, trying to steady your racing heart. “I know,” you say, your voice wavering slightly. “I am willing to do this, but I just...I want to make sure this is something we all want.”

“We wouldn’t be here if we didn’t want this,” Yoongi says softly, reaching out to touch your arm. “But we mostly care about you wanting this too.”

You look at each of them in turn, seeing nothing but love and reassurance in their eyes as they nod along to Yoongi’s words. “Okay,” you say, finally letting out the breath you’d been holding. “I want this too. I need to hear that you’re all on the same page too.”

Namjoon squeezes your hand gently. “We are. We’re in this together, Tiny.” The other two nod in response.

You nod, feeling a bit of the tension leave your body. “Alright,” you say, smiling nervously and taking a deep breath. “Let’s take it slow, okay?”

The three men lean in towards you, starting with Jimin peppering your neck with kisses and fondling your left breast. Namjoon takes note of the younger man’s actions and copies the same movements, with his lips on your jawline and his hand kneading your right breast slightly harder. Yoongi takes the opportunity to go directly for your lips first, his hand on your thigh as it inches closer until he’s under your dress and rubbing your panty-covered clit.

His lips feel incredibly soft against yours, the gentle pressure sending shivers down your spine. You moan softly into Yoongi's mouth, your body responding to the multitude of sensations. Not wanting to miss out on your lips too, Namjoon and Jimin inch closer, their eyes dark with desire. and then, suddenly, you're sharing a four-way kiss.

It's like a dance of lips and tongues, a medley of tastes and textures. Yoongi's kisses are gentle yet insistent, a contrast to Namjoon's firmer, more dominant touch. Jimin's approach is playful and teasing, his lips brushing against yours and the others', adding an element of unpredictability to the mix.

You always can’t help but feel turned on seeing their own tongues make contact with one another. You make a mental note to bring this up in the future.

But the intoxicating feeling brings you back to the situation you’re in, making your head spin in the most delightful way. Your hands reach out, finding purchase on Namjoon's broad shoulders and Jimin's firm chest. Yoongi pulls away from the kiss, but his hands continue his skilled ministrations on your swollen clit and beneath your dress.

He leans down, spreads your legs open, and slides your panties to the side, directly flicking your clit back and forth.

“Such a pretty pussy, just for us.” Yoongi chuckles, lust taking over him.

Jimin and Namjoon pull away from the kiss as well, deciding to nibble at your ear while  continuing to massage your breasts.

“That’s our baby.” Namjoon whispers in your ears.

“Hyung, help me undress her,” Jimin says with an impatient. “Darling looks so much better naked.” He winks at you, which makes you blush. If this were any other time, you’d die of embarassment, but being bared to Yoongi like this right now, nothing else matters.

Namjoon unzip the back of your cherry spaghetti strap sundress, and the two men push the straps down your arms and chest to reveal you’re braless, with only pebbled nipples out in the open. 

“Wearing no bra out to KBBQ with the other guys? You’re such a minx.” Jimin giggles.

“S-Shut up! Bras don’t look go– A-Ah…!” You argue back, and he suddenly leans down and latches onto your nipples, sucking them with his plump lips. You squirm in response, feeling Jimin’s tongue tease and flick your left nipple. You place a hand on the back of his head, indulging as you push him further into your chest. 

Namjoon quickly follows by pressing his tongue against your right nipple, flicking at it in a desperate attempt to get it harder. His lips lick against your breast and suckle at your tit. Lovely, warm strokes follow, with your whines snuffed by biting at your lower lip.

Yoongi’s impatience to see you come undone takes over as he watches you three. He proceeds to slide off your panties, as well as the remaining half of your dress scrunched at your waist, and hastily opens your legs further. He wastes no time diving in to lick at your cunt.

Your eyes widen with surprise at the sudden invasion. Yoongi’s tongue darts out, swirling around your clit and then sliding down to taste your folds before pushing inside you. You moan softly, your hands reaching out for something to grasp again. Yoongi wraps his arms around your thighs, holding you close as he continues his exploration. You can feel his warm breath on your sensitive skin, a contrast to the coolness of the room.

"F-Fuck Yoongi…feels so good," you manage to gasp out, your eyes fluttering closed and your hands automatically going to Namjoon's shoulders.

“Just wait until I make you cum.” He smiles, his signature slight lopsided smile giving you goosebumps. That’s the confident Min Yoongi talking, and you are definitely scared. Yoongi pulls away from your pussy, opting to insert two fingers inside your throbbing pussy. He begins thrusting them inside and out at a rapid pace. Each thrust of his fingers drives you closer to the edge, and your body responds eagerly to the relentless pleasure he is giving you along with what Jimin and Namjoon are doing. You feel your juices coat his fingers, the slickness allowing him to move even faster. The pressure builds within you, a tight coil of desire ready to snap.

There’s a brief pause in the build-up as Yoongi removes his fingers and goes back to eating you out. You realize he was doing that because he wants you to get more wet, in preparation for all of them entering you later. You wish he would keep going with his fingers, but coming undone by his tongue has been your favorite thing in the past year.

Yoongi swipes against your aching clit each time your tongue darts up and down your folds. He savors each little sound you make, relishing in the feeling of your thighs gently squeezing the sides of his head. He sucks your bud a few times before dipping back down, sliding his tongue into your pussy as your body signals to him that you’re seconds from your first orgasm of the night. “Yoongi…!” your voice and breathing is shaky.  “I-I’m gonna cum!” The familiar pressure of a nearing orgasm slowly dissipates as a wave of pure euphoria crashes over you. Yoongi groans at the feeling of your juices soaking his mouth and continues to lick up the remains, thighs still wrapped around his head and shoulder. He really never wants these moments with you to end. He’d be fine if he died, drowning in your juice, but he won’t admit that to you.

When the waves of pleasure finally subside, you collapse your back onto the bed, panting and spent. But this is not the end! You know you have to and want to keep going. They haven't orgasmed yet and you want to make sure they feel just as good as they are making you feel. Namjoon, Yoongi, and Jimin gather around you on the bed, their hands caressing your skin, their expressions filled with love and adoration.

“Did we overdo it already?” Namjoon worries as he looks at you, completely fucked out.

“That’s because Yoongi hyung was fingering and eating her out too fast! You should’ve edged her out a little more.” Jimin groans, glaring at Yoongi which makes you laugh. “Now we have to wait for round two,” 

“It’s fine. Let her rest for now,” Yoongi says, turning onto his side, his hand reaches out and rubs your stomach to comfort you. “Do you want more, my angel?”

You nod before you can even process his words in your brain. Namjoon laughs at your eagerness.

“Want…more…please,” You finally word out, softly.

“Aw, darling is so cute,” Jimin coos, “Don’t worry, I’ll be the one to give you what you need.”

“Hey, what makes you think your fucking her first?” Yoongi says, with a jealous tone in his voice.

“Because I deserve it? Plus I was the one who kissed her first too!” Jimin giggles, pulling you to the edge of the bed and putting a pillow under your ass to lift you a little. “You can let her suck you off for now if you want. Namjoon hyung can get a hand job in the meantime and watch how it’s done.”

Yoongi sighs, but complies, getting on the right side of the bed and positioning himself by your head. “Fine, but only because I want to see her mouth wrapped around me again after so long.”

You feel a shiver of anticipation run through your body as Yoongi’s length comes into view. Your eyes lock onto him as he pulls down his black dress pants and boxers, beginning to stroke himself, his gaze dark and hungry. He sits down next to you and leans his cock next to your mouth. You open your mouth automatically, ready to take him in, and he slowly guides himself between your lips. It’s been a while since you’ve had him, and you remember how girthy his dick is. The taste of him is still as intoxicating as ever, and you hum around him as he thrusts slowly, earning a groan of pleasure from above. 

Namjoon quickly makes his move to position himself on the opposite side, unbuckling his belt, pulling down his jeans and boxers. He swiftly slips out his cock. He gently takes your hand in his own rough, warm grip and spits into your palm, before wrapping it around himself. For some reason, this makes your heart flutter. You believe it’s the fact that you learn something new about your best friends every time you fuck them, it seems.

You start by giving a few, testing strokes. You hold as much of his cock as you can manage in your fist. You move at a moderate pace, from tip to base. He shutters a bit, hips threatening to snap into your hand as he’s eager to reach his high.

Meanwhile, Jimin quickly removes his clothes, shrugging off his red-white varsity jacket, pulling off his white t-shirt, and sliding out of his black jeans, his eyes never leaving yours. When he’s completely bare, He places your ankles up on his shoulders and lines himself up with your entrance, teasing your folds with the head of his cock. “Are you ready, darling?” he asks, his voice soft but full of desire.

Yoongi pulls his cock out of your mouth briefly so you can respond. “Y-Yes, please,” you shyly respond, trying to catch your breath as you wiggle your cunt against him. Your body aches for more. 

Jimin doesn’t make you wait any longer. He pushes into you slowly, filling you inch by inch until he’s fully seated inside you. Yoongi slides in between your lips once again. You remember how this feeling is beyond overwhelming, and you moan around Yoongi’s cock, the vibrations sending shivers through his body.

“Fuck, she’s still so tight,” Jimin murmurs, his eyes rolling back in pleasure. He starts to move, setting a steady pace that has you seeing stars.

“You’re doing so well, baby,” Namjoon praises, his voice deep and soothing as he gently rubs your cheek feeling Yoongi’s length just on the other side.

Yoongi thrusts are quickly going in and out of your mouth as Jimin pumps into you faster, your senses are overwhelmed with pleasure. The sounds of their moans and the sensation of pleasure being fulfilled in two areas edge you to the brink.

Holy fuck.

Even after coming once, you already feel yourself reaching your orgasm once again, and you enter, what you call, a bimbo-like state. Your mind is purely a fog of pleasure, every thought consumed by the sensations coursing through your body, mainly the one from your core.

Namjoon, noticing the dazed look in your eyes, chuckles softly. "Look at you, baby, already gone in the pleasure," he murmurs, his voice filled with adoration. “So fucking cute,”

Jimin’s movements become more urgent and sloppy, his thrusts faster and harder. “I’m so close,” he warns, his voice strained.

Yoongi, seeing that you’re close as well, removes himself so you don’t choke once you start to squirm and shake during your orgasm. Namjoon continues stroking himself as well.

“C-Cum inside me!” You plead out to Jimin, now that your lips are freed to speak your desires. Jimin doesn’t argue with your wish, instead smirking as he feels his own wave of pleasure crashing down.

“F-Fuck…Ah!” With a final, deep thrust, Jimin spills into you, his moans echoing in the room. Being filled is the trigger for you to come undone. A warmth spreads through your body like a radiating glow. You completely surrender to the otherworldly pleasure, that you still don’t understand.

Tears run down your cheeks, mouth agape, as you melt away in bliss. And once again, you lay there, catching your breath. Jimin pulls out as his high dissipates, and once he’s out, he watches both your cums slowly drip out. Namjoon and Yoongi scoot over towards your pussy to watch the sight in awe.

“Fucking hot," Yoongi murmurs, his voice low and husky. He uses his fingers to push the mixture of yours and Jimin's juices back inside you, a wicked smile on his lips. "Save it for later."

Namjoon chuckles, his deep voice sending a thrill through you. "Be good and you'll get a reward later."

You look up at them innocently, your eyes wide and teasing. "Yes.. my loves," you murmur, glancing at each of your lovers. "Um, is it okay if I try something new… like giving one of you a boob job?"

"A boob job?" Yoongi's eyebrows raise in interest as he looks at your breasts, anticipation clear in his eyes. Why the fuck didn’t he think of this before, he thinks. You have perfectly sized breasts to do this.

"I volunteer," Namjoon chimes in, his eyes gleaming with anticipation. Yoongi rolls his eyes as he’s interrupted by the eager golden retriever-like man. It’s his birthday, and he wants to do more with you, but he’ll settle and be patient for now. He knows he’ll be the one to deliver you a better orgasm than them later on. 

As you all delve deeper into this arrangement, Namjoon and Yoongi take off all their clothes, standing naked before you. Their muscles ripple under the dim light, showcasing their strength and definition. With all your boyfriends bare like this, the sight of their toned bodies, every curve and line accentuated, turns you on even more, sending a fresh wave of desire coursing through you.

You get up in a sitting position, waiting for Namjoon to hold onto your chest to support himself as you use your fingers to prevent the cum from sliding out of you. At times like this, Jimin wishes he had a plug for you, but he makes a mental note to buy it for next time.

Namjoon couldn’t wait to have his dick between your tits instead. He had dreamt about this at some point previously, but never thought it could happen. The supple skin indulges him, and when he holds your breasts, his cock twitches as your breasts pressed tightly around him. He feels himself discovering a new kink when he starts stroking himself up and down with your chest.

“There you go,” Yoongi mutters, a hand coming up to push a few strands of hair behind your ear. “Such a precious, doll.” Yoongi pats your head, making your cheeks redden at such innocent praise in the middle of seeing his best friend breast fuck you.

This scene alone is enough to make Yoongi and Jimin turned on, but Namjoon actually feeling his cock in between your tits is driving him mad. 

Initially, he felt very nervous going into this as he hadn’t done anything like this before. Nor did he understand whatever sexual dynamic you had going on already with Jimin and Yoongi, but he was willing to do anything to understand you more. To love you more. The skin of your breasts feels so soft and silky to him. He feels himself become much harder than he thought he would, almost painfully so. Mainly because of this image: the way you are staring up at him with a sweet look on your face that is incredibly sinful as he watches his cock thrusting in between your tits.

If he continues rocking his hips, he will come. He needs to be inside you. Now.

“Get on all fours,” Namjoon commands with a mix of authority and need. His voice is deep and husky, sending a shiver down your spine. You comply, positioning yourself on your hands and knees, your heart pounding excitedly.

Namjoon moves behind you, his hands gripping your hips firmly as he aligns himself with your entrance. The sensation of his tip pressing against you makes you gasp, your body trembling with need and urgency. “D-Daddy… gimme…now!” You nod eagerly, pushing your ass back slightly to show your readiness. 

He pauses for a moment, glancing at you and chuckling. Oh? Oh god, that came out so suddenly. While a part of you began to panic, worried that he might find this weird, he seems to not feel repulsed by it. Instead, you hit a nail.

His breath is hot against your skin as he leans forward, whispering in your ear, “Daddy? Oh baby, just wait just a minute. I'm going to give you exactly what you need.”

With a low growl, Namjoon slowly enters you, filling you. The stretch is delicious, and you moan loudly, your fingers digging into the sheets beneath you.

Then suddenly, his hips snap into your cunt and you feel his tip kiss your g-spot within seconds. You tense and curl your back inwards, feeling the sensation grow with every thrust. Namjoon is just a god at this position, easily fucking you as if it is second nature. His cock thrusts in and out of you in perfect rhythm, slapping against your ass loudly. But you both don’t seem to care. 

“F-fuck…D-Daddy!” You gasp, burying your head against your mattress, “A-ah.. I- mm ha-...f-fuck.” Your words aren’t exactly a sentence, but it is music to his ears. You can’t help it. Namjoon being inside you just makes you want to scream ever since the first time you had sex with him about a week ago. The fact he just keeps going and going, without a care for how sensitive you are turns you on beyond belief.

Namjoon’s hand brushes against your hip and presses down at the small of your back, pushing your back from curling inwards to arching back again, “There we go… good girl. I want you to stay arched for me, okay pretty girl?” You whimper and nod a few times, looking back to see him intensely staring at your form. He rubs small circles into your back and holds you there, keeping you arched for his big cock. 

Jimin and Yoongi sit in front of you against the headboard, stroking their dicks as they watch Namjoon have his way with you. They are just as turned on as you are, their eyes never leaving the sight of Namjoon's hard cock sliding inside you and your breasts jiggling from the movement. Both of their cocks throb with need, pre-cum dripping down their shafts.

"You're such a good girl," Yoongi purrs, his voice heavy with lust. "Let your other daddy prepare you for me."

Jimin nods in agreement, stroking his dick faster. The sight of you taking Namjoon's cock like this, so eagerly and willingly, is a huge turn-on for him. He wants to be inside you again, to feel you wrap your tight walls around his dick. So he gets up moving right in front of your mouth, grabbing your chin to guide it to his cock, which remains hard once again.

Your lips open immediately, eager to please Jimin. Jimin loves to be the center of attention, and you don’t mind that. You want to make him feel good. But once it’s Yoongi’s turn, you’re going to ravish him with so much love and attention for his patience.

As Jimin thrusts into your mouth, Namjoon continues to fuck you from behind, your bodies moving in sync. He repeatedly slams his girthy length deep in your cunt, practically begging you to squirt on his shaft. And god you are so close to cumming. You notice Namjoon is getting close too. You can tell from how his thrusts are getting sloppier, or how his hand presses deeper into your back, forcing your arch lower and lower. 

“Fuck…” Namjoon groans, leaning forward to rest his head against your mid back. You feel his balls smack against your cunt, with his body pressing down against yours as you two become one. He can tell you were close, muttering, “You’re going to cum…huh, baby girl?” 

You let out a loud moan rumbling against Jimin’s cock as a response, with your hips jerking up. It feels so good to the point where you can't control your bodily movements anymore. Namjoon sits back up, growling under his breath and then stiffens. You don’t realize what is happening until you feel a warm load shoot deep into your pussy, the sensation tips you over the edge causing you to cum as well. You hold onto Jimin’s thighs for dear life as he continues his moments, tears pooling at your eyes as you try your best not to choke. 

Load after load shoots into your walls and coats you in white, milking him completely dry. Namjoon’s cum now mixes with yours and Jimin’s juices.

But holy shit... and you thought the first time with him was crazy, but Namjoon is just constantly filled with surprises. His hand presses into your back again, keeping you arched as he rides out his high. 

Jimin pulls out first, followed by Namjoon, who slowly comes to a stop before withdrawing from inside you. The sudden emptiness leaves you breathless, and you collapse onto the bed, utterly spent.

Your body feels sore and exhausted, every muscle aching from the intensity of the experience. Maybe you should start working out if you're going to be engaging in these types of activities moving forward, you think with a wry smile. 

"You were amazing," Namjoon murmurs, his voice tender as he presses a kiss to your forehead. “Yoongi, you’re up.” He gives a head nod signaling towards the other man who has been patiently waiting his turn.

However, Yoongi shakes his head. “Not yet. Doll just had like three orgasms in the last 40 minutes.” He gets up from the bed and grabs a water bottle, opening it before lifting your head gently to feed it to you. “Gotta keep you hydrated because the last round is going to be a tough one.”

You take a grateful sip of water, feeling the cool liquid soothe your dry throat. Yoongi’s thoughtful gesture brings a smile to your lips, and you can see the concern and care in his eyes. He sets the bottle aside, his fingers brushing your hair back gently.

“You okay?” he asks softly, his thumb stroking your cheek.

You nod, feeling a bit of your energy return. “Yeah, I’m okay. Thank you.”

Yoongi smiles, his gaze warm and reassuring. “No problem, love. Just wanted to make sure.”

Namjoon and Jimin settle beside you, their hands gently caressing your skin, helping you relax further. God, you really chose the right men to fall in love with.

You already anticipate what you want to do next, which is riding Yoongi and letting someone else squeeze in. You want it to be Namjoon again, but his size is a little bigger than theirs, so you’re nervous to try. But that deep desire to feel them inside of you together, to feel them come undone with nothing separating them, was twisting and surging through your body.

“Can you lay down for me, baby? I’m getting on top,” you say to Yoongi, and he complies immediately, stretching out on the bed beneath you.

You straddle Yoongi, positioning yourself over him, with slow trails of cum starting to drip down. He looks up at you with dark, hungry eyes, his hands resting on your hips. You lower yourself slowly, feeling the delicious stretch as he fills you, coating himself with the cum of all his best friends. You moan softly, adjusting to the sensation of his girth, and Yoongi groans, his grip on your hips tightening.

As you begin to move, rocking your hips gently at first, you feel Namjoon and Jimin's hands on you, their touches encouraging and reassuring. The rhythm builds, and you lose yourself in the pleasure, the connection between you and Yoongi deepening with every movement.

“Is this what you wanted, doll?” Yoongi asks, his voice husky and deep.

“Yes,” you breathe, your hands resting on his chest for support as you increase the pace. “Feels good.”

“Had to save the best for last.” Yoongi chuckles confidently, his side smirk peaking out which only drives you insane.

Namjoon and Jimin continue to caress you, their hands roaming over your back, your thighs, your breasts, adding to the sensory overload. You feel a hand slip between your legs, and you realize it's Namjoon's, his fingers expertly finding your clit and adding to the intense pleasure.

You gasp, the combined sensations driving you closer to the edge. “I want more,” you manage to say, your voice trembling with need.

Namjoon leans in, his breath hot against your ear. “Tell us what you need, baby.”

“I want you… inside me too,” you confess, feeling a mix of anticipation and nervousness.

Namjoon and Yoongi exchange a look, understanding and excitement in their eyes. Namjoon positions himself behind you, his hands gentle but firm as he prepares to join you. Your mouth runs dry and you wriggle your ass, begging without words for what you know he is about to give you. A gasp falls from your lips as you feel the tip of his cock press against the place where you are already full. Your wetness drips down Yoongi’s shaft covering him in that cum mixture and making things ready for Namjoon to join the two of you.

“I'm so desperate to be inside of you, baby, but I don't want to hurt you,” he whispers, thrusting his hips just enough for you to feel his swollen head pressing into your entrance, the pressure forcing Yoongi’s cock more firmly against the other side of you, your clit throbbing mercilessly at the press of him so near to your clit.

“You won't,” you moan, lost in the thrill of what your lovers were promising to you, the tip of Namjoon’s cock throbbing just inside of your folds as Yoongi’s shaft swells deep within, his hand rising to lift your chin and bring your mouth to his.

“Tell us if it's too much,” Yoongi breathes against your lips, as he holds steady while Namjoon pushes slowly into you, your body stretching around him as you whimper at the tight burn of him slipping further in.

A poem of moans falls from all three of them as Namjoon’s hard cock slides against Yoongi’s as he seeks to join you two inside. The first few inches of him finally enveloped in your heat and pressed tightly against the firm underside of his best friend’s cock. His upper body falls lightly against your back as he trembles, fighting the urge to push himself further in. He knows both his and Yoongi’s sizes are on the bigger side, which makes him worried about hurting you. But in your fucked out haze, you plead for him to go on.

You revel in the thickness pressing against you from both sides, burning you from within. Your breasts rub against Yoongi’s chest as you kiss each other lazily, tasting Jimin lightly as well. Namjoon’s lips trace your upper back, mouthing pecks against your skin and carefully flexing his hips, his cock throbbing mercilessly as it stretches your walls even more, sliding another inch into your leaking pussy.

"Even after fucking two of us, you're still so tight," Namjoon murmurs, his voice wrecked and breath shuddering against your skin. He’s struggling to hold himself back, unable to push any more of his length into you but unwilling to relinquish the tight grip of your walls that he's already claimed. “Tiny…”

“There,” Yoongi murmurs roughly, his hand pressing more firmly against your body as he pulls out his hips, his cock slips from your heat just enough that its head rubs against Namjoon’s. They both growl profanities as they meet within you.

Yoongi continues to move beneath you, his thrusts deep and steady, his hands gripping your hips to guide your movements. The feeling of both of them inside you is almost too much, but the pleasure is overwhelming, drowning out everything else.

"Oh my god..." Your eyes widen as they start moving inside you together. You feel Namjoon shifting on top of you, sliding himself forward as Yoongi pulls out momentarily. The sinful sounds of your wetness coating them both mix with the harmony of their moans as they find a natural rhythm. Yoongi thrusts deeply within you as Namjoon pulls nearly free, the thick muscles of their cocks stroking one another as they claim you entirely. Namjoon plunges back into your pussy as Yoongi retreats, the pleasant burn that accompanies their movements fading into a latent heat that only stokes the neediness within you.

Jimin leans in, his lips brushing against your ear as he whispers, “You’re doing so well, doll. Just a little more.”

He takes this time to make you take his dick in your mouth once more. You open your mouth eagerly, wrapping your lips around him, the familiar taste and feel of him sending a fresh wave of arousal through you. Jimin groans softly, his hand gently cradling the back of your head as you move from Yoongi and Namjoon’s thrusts, your tongue swirling around his tip before taking him deeper.

Yoongi can feel his climax nearing quickly, the tightness throbbing and pulsing with a need to break free, Namjoon’s thick member stroking along the ridge of his shaft before withdrawing and sliding deep once again. The pressure is amplified by the mixture of all your cums running down his shaft and slicking his balls where they slap against each other.

“Oh God, fuck...!” Yoongi roughly growls, thrusting to completion.

“Mmh..!” You could only manage to rumble out at Yoongi’s sudden spurts of white coating you and Namjoon. Then, as if all timed, Namjoon releases himself inside you again and Jimin comes in your mouth as well. This is truly an out of body experience at this point as your holes are filled to the brim by your best friends turned lovers.

And to end it all up, your own coil of pleasure inside you snaps, sending waves through your body almost painfully as you finally come. Your neck arches, a cry of euphoria pouring from your mouth as your core clenches around them. Namjoon's thrusts slow as your walls throb erratically, squeezing them within you. Yoongi bucks beneath you, his cock swelling, his balls drawing up and tightening as he erupts into you. Namjoon groans brokenly on top of you both, following suit, his nails digging into Yoongi's arm as they pump you full of their seed. The heat and rush of their essences painting your walls only heighten their joint pleasure, their cocks throbbing as their cum leaks around their shafts and drips from your pink folds.

They all pull out slowly, gently placing you on the bed with your head elevated by a pillow. You can barely keep your eyes open—holy shit, you’re tapping out for the night. There are other things you want to try, but for now, you’ll call it a night.

However, they're not done. They gather at the foot of the bed, their eyes fixated on the final sight of their combined release dripping out from inside you.

"Kinda want to taste it," Jimin adds, making you blush deeply. You're starting to sober up from the haze, and a part of you thinks this is actually kind of gross. But a couple gentle licks won't hurt, right?

"We should do it as a pact and then give her hickeys to solidify this deal that we're going to be with her forever," Namjoon suggests, winking at you from below.

They exchange looks, a mix of mischief and sincerity in their eyes, and then lean in towards your heat and pepper out kitten-like licks towards your pussy. The slight overstimulation makes you wiggle in place, and they hold you down to prevent you from accidentally crushing them with your thighs. Their tongues take turns entering you as well, with Jimin’s long tongue making it further inside to clean the remnants

After a bit of licking, they clean you up perfectly, and climb up your body to leave hickeys. Namjoon opts for your neck. Yoongi opts for your left shoulder. And Jimin opts for your right breast.

"There we go, all marked up so all the guys on campus know you’re ours,” Jimin giggles, his fingers lightly tracing over the hickey he left on your breast.

“T-That… wasn’t necessary… guys,” you stutter, trying to argue with him. Despite the undeniable pleasure you felt moments ago, the marks on your skin now pose a practical problem with warmer weather approaching. You will definitely not be able to go out without having eyes questioning you. Oh well.

“Gotta take precautions so we don’t have Jaebeom trying to get at you again,” Yoongi chuckles, his eyes crinkling with amusement as he recalls the memorable party that initiated this passionate turn of events.

“And Mingyu from Sigma Lambda Tau,” Jimin adds quietly, his voice tinged with a hint of possessiveness. “Heard from Jackson and Matthew that two Nu Kappa guys were crushing on you in the library too.”

“Oh, fuck no,” Namjoon declares firmly, crossing his arms and clenching his jaw in frustration, while Yoongi’s expression darkens slightly. “I had seen them looking at her before too.”

“Huh?” You're genuinely surprised at this revelation of admirers. Where were they before all of this? Why are guys like this?

You sigh, “I’m too tired for this… Let’s save it for another time.” Despite the playful banter and the curiosity sparked by your boyfriends’ reactions, exhaustion is starting to creep in, urging you toward sleep after four orgasms. The attention of other men no longer matters when you're nestled among your closest friends.

“Anyways, how do you feel, princess?” Yoongi’s tone softens as he brings his attention back to you, poking your cheek gently with a mix of curiosity and satisfaction.

You open your eyes slowly, feeling a warm glow in their presence. "That was...fucking incredible," you reply softly, your voice still tinged with lingering pleasure. "Best fuck of my life."

Namjoon chuckles beside you, his fingertips now gently tracing patterns on your skin. "Good to hear," he murmurs, his gaze tender as he looks at you with affection.

“I’ll grab a washcloth from your bathroom and give you a quick clean before we cuddle up and sleep,” Jimin offers, his voice warm and reassuring as he moves to take care of you, ensuring comfort and intimacy in the aftermath of your shared experience.

Jimin returns with a warm, damp washcloth, gently cleaning your core with care, ensuring you're comfortable and cared for. Meanwhile, Namjoon and Yoongi lay beside you, their hands offering soothing rubs to ease any residual tension. The gentle touches and the quiet intimacy of the moment slowly lull you into a deep, restful slumber. Jimin joins the bed on Yoongi’s side after he finishes. 

You don't remember much afterward, the warmth of their legs wrapped around you and the security of their presence cocooning you into a profound sense of peace. You haven’t felt like this in the longest time. Probably since that time you spent with your ex-boyfriend. But now…

Everything has fallen into place.

“I love you guys so much.” You mumble, pressed against Namjoon and Yoongi’s chests and before you drift into sleep, you hear all three of your boyfriends respond back with the same words.

But whatever happens in the future, you think you will be alright, just by having Namjoon, Yoongi and Jimin by your side. 

Who would’ve thought that this all began when you realized you started to really love them, lately?

Finally, they let you love them too.

—

—

—

ONE LAST tbc !!!!! :D

a/n: as i mentioned previously, we only have one more chapter to go! it is the epilogue: shift (outro). we are past the angst, so don't worry about that (i think...). I had a lot of left over smut scenes i initially wrote for this, but didn't want to be repetitive so i will insert it into the epilogue heheheheh. ch 12/epilogue will come out in the next 2 weeks. I'm almost done writing it, but I still need to add a little more and fix some things, plus editor rae proofreading. i hope you guys enjoyed the ride this far, and i'll see you in the epilogue! i will be adding more notes regarding the series later on!

➸ let me know what you think OR join the taglist! ➸ love u lately series masterlist

[aliceintheworld]

PURE ATTRACTION | JJK | TATTOO ARTIST

Pairing: TattooArtistJungkook X NaiveReader

Summary: "I shouldn’t be watching a man undressing, specially not from the house next door."

Warning: Angst 🥺 conversation about suicide, depression, uncertainty about oneself, Misuk being the best character of all 🫶 Namjoon finally makes an appearance (he appears a little, but then a little more, I promise) Jungkook being an idiot – forgive him, for he doesn't know what he's doing.

A/N: I'm back!! First, I wanted to thank you all for the affection I've been receiving. Thank you so much for the messages and interactions! If you want to send non-anonymous messages, I even prefer it, because I can follow you 🥰 Pure Attraction is a not very elaborate story, I know, but it has become an important part of my life, so I thank you for reading all these chapters, you don't know how much this means. Without further ado, here is the chapter.

P.S.: Later, still today, I will post the next chapter 🤌

Previous Chapter | Next Chapter

Chapter 10

The journey back home has never felt so long. Minutes pass, yet it feels as if the clock's hands are stuck. I try to take a deep breath, but I can't. My head is filled with memories, occasions when I could have done something different. I was so foolish, so stupid. Filled with regret, I can't even look at myself in the reflection of the window. I remember my father, my mother, and I wonder what they would say if they knew I made a mistake with no way to turn back. My eyes fill with tears, almost instantly, for the fourth time today alone. Mrs. Jeon remains silent, looking through the coffee table of her house.

She sighs and gaze at her own hands before locking eyes with me, as if she understands me in some way. But I don’t know if anyone could comprehend what I’m going through at this moment. I feel... used. As if, even with my consent, Jungkook took advantage of me, of my innocence and of my inexperience. At the same time, I can't place all the blame on him. I made a mistake, I should have been more cautious and I let him inside of my life.

"Are you okay?" Misuk asks, almost in a whisper. I try to shake my head and force a smile, but I can't. She sways her hair and clicks her tongue nervously. "I can't believe Jungkook did this to you, dear. He’s my son, but I don’t agree with any of this."

"He’s not the only one to blame," I deny; I barely recognize my own voice, weak and trembling.

The last time I saw myself this way was when, during a difficult year, I didn't want to visit my father's grave, and my mother opposed it. The anguish is different, but equally overwhelming.

"Can you explain how you two got so… close?" she questions. "I mean, it hasn’t been long since he came to Busan. Did you have many opportunities to talk?"

"A few." I shrug. That doesn’t matter now. I’m angry and don’t want to talk to anyone. I want to lock myself in my room and pretend everything was a terrible nightmare. "Sorry, I don't even know where to begin. I feel awful."

"You can talk to me."

"You’re his mother."

"I am." She smiles, placing a hand on mine, gently caressing my skin. I immediately feel a maternal love and care I haven’t experince in years. My crying intensifies as I realize that the person I need right now isn’t with me—my mother. Even if she were here, she wouldn’t help. She would judge me, make me feel bad about my mistakes, just as she has done in the past, and I don't need this right now. "Y/N, I’m Jungkook’s mother, but I understand what you’re going through. You have no idea."

"What do you mean?" I frown, confused. Her dark eyes fill with tears, just like mine.

"When I was around your age, I fell in love with a man. He was two years older, and so handsome. He seemed like a dream, someone so different from me, yet so similar—almost like he was a part of me." She tells me looking ahead, as if she could see the memories playing out before her. "He is Jungkook’s father. He was my first love."

"What do you mean?" I whisper. "Mr. Jeon isn’t Jungkook’s father?"

"He isn’t." She shakes her head. "That’s why I say I understand you. It was the first time I fell in love with someone. It was also the first time my trust was broken. When he found out I was pregnant, he left. I was alone, working a part-time job I didn’t even like, that paid poorly and had no support. Those were the worst years of my life."

"Misuk, I don’t know what to say," I respond, with a knot in my throat. She had never shared this while we talked about the past. But I understand her, in a way. It must be hard to relive those memories, and even harder to confide them to someone.

"You don’t have to say anything. I, after all this time, have moved on. The fear of being abandoned, however, still hasn’t healed, even with twenty-six years gone by." She smiles again, but I know she’s more hurt than she wants to show. "Dear, I care about you. I love you like a daughter, even. You’ve been with me during these days, and we’ve grown so close. I see parts of myself in you. The way my mother treated me, the absence of my father. It’s all so similar. That’s why I say I understand you."

"It all happened so… suddenly." I comment to myself, looking down. The shame of crying, and the shame of what I did, prevent me from looking her in the eyes. "I know I should have been more careful, but I was so happy... I don't get it."

"Jungkook, being more experienced than you, should have talked to you, asked what your expectations were, and told you what his intentions were. If he didn’t want something serious, a commitment, he should have warned you." She argues, not letting me continue. It’s as if she wants to lift the guilt I’m feeling, and I'm really thankful for that.

"Yes, but I was so naive. I was a fool to think he could like me the same way I like him." I groan, covering my face as more tears come. My chest hurts just remembering him. His kisses, his touches. He was so gentle with me, treating me like no one else ever had. He listened to me, and that was enough for me.

"Did you... did you have sex?" Misuk asks, running her hand along my back in a comforting gesture that soothes my pain, at least a little.

"I-I... Misuk..."

"It’s okay. You can trust me. You can open up and tell me." She smiles, without judgment. I just shake my head embarrassed, exposed, somewhat humiliated.

"We did it last night. It was very sudden." I try to explain, even if I don’t have many words to do it.

"Was it your first time? Is that why Eunji thinks you slept at my house? She said that yesterday, and I didn’t understand."

"Yes, but that night was the first time I slept at his apartament and we hadn’t done... you know."

"You hadn’t had sex, just other things." She concludes with a smile, tucking my hair behind my ear.

My cheeks burn, even when I try not to. It’s very difficult to talk about this kind of subject, even with Misuk, because I never had anyone to talk to when I was a teenager. My view of sex always came from books, whether educational or romantic.

"That’s it." I confirm, shaking my head.

"Are you in love?" Mrs. Jeon asks me when a silence falls between us.

I take a moment, reflecting about the question as if it were the most difficult one of my life. What does it mean to be in love? Is it feeling a flutter in your chest every time you see the person? Is it having a wild rush of energy that courses through your body uncontrollably? Is it standing still and feeling your heart race a thousand miles an hour? Is it missing that person and wanting to hear from them every day? If that’s the case, then yes, I’m in love. The realization of this fact hurts me even more. It makes me feel weaker. How could I be so foolish? How could I think someone would be interested in me when no one else had?

A flood of memories overwhelms me. If I had known I’d feel this pain, I would have never gotten close to Jungkook. I would have shut my window the first time I saw him, and never opened up again.

"It’s okay." She reassures me, hugging me. I hug her back, trying to purge the feeling of rejection that’s almost lodged in my chest.

"He just turned his back on me. He didn’t even see me when I left. It’s as if he got what he wanted and then I wasn’t worth the effort anymore." I vent, hurt, too wounded to stop the words pouring out.

"Jungkook is a fool." She shakes her head, pressing her lips together. "At the same time, he’s stuck in this messed-up relationship. I’ve told him millions of times that they’re not good for each other. I told him that true love doesn’t hurt, doesn’t deceive, but he’s stubborn like no one else."

"Does he really talk to his ex?" I ask, hoping it’s not as I imagine. That maybe they talk, but not as much as I’ve put in my head.

"The last time we talked about this was two days ago. He told me Namjoon called him, and they had a conversation for twenty minutes. He’s very deluded." She shakes her head, angry. Two days ago we were texting. I know we had no commitment and hadn’t established anything, but to me it’s worse to know he didn’t respect this moment. That it didn’t mean anything to him. While I melted over our messages and smiled like a fool for his attention, he was with his ex, doing the same with someone else.

"Did Namjoon really cheat on Jungkook? Why does he still try? Why does he still talk to him?"

"Namjoon was his first boyfriend. They were together for almost five years, and at one point, they practically lived together. When Jungkook was alone in Seoul, working in a tattoo studio, he met Namjoon and fell in love almost at first sight. He was very shy, introverted, with few friends in the new city. I think that helped them form a strong connection." Misuk explains. She seems to know a lot about the situation, as if she followed everything in detail, even from a distance.

"Have you ever met him... I mean, have you met Namjoon?" I ask, hesitant. My heart races for some reason. My hands feel cold with anxiety.

"Yes." She nods, sighing. "He’s a great guy, I can’t deny that. He works at a book publishing company, very intelligent and kind. I think that’s why Jungkook fell for him. At the same time, Namjoon is someone who wants more. He wants to achieve other things, and when the relationship got in the way of his goals, he didn’t think twice before stepping on everything they built together. Jungkook was devastated."

"How long ago was that?"

"About three months." She says; her body suddenly tenses. "That’s when I tried to take my own life."

"Mrs. Jeon... Jungkook told me what happened." I say, not really knowing if it’s right to tell her the truth. But it’s the first time she’s opened up about the subject, and I don’t think it’s fair, especially now that she told me so much about her past, to hide this from her. Her eyes widen, and then she smiles awkwardly.

"He really is an idiot. He must have told you to keep an eye on me." She says, shaking her head as if recalling her son’s actions, however she doesn't seen to hold any resentment towards him, regarding this. "He’s always been very careful. Always very protective. Jungkook has his flaws, but I think I understand why you fell for him. He’s stubborn but takes care of those he loves. I feel guilty for, even unknowingly, adding this weight to his shoulders. I’ve been feeling better now."

"Are you really okay?" I ask, somewhat uncertain.

"I am. I’m taking my medication, going to therapy, and visiting support groups once a week. Sometimes when I feel bad, I seek comfort. I know that ending my life isn’t an option. I don’t want to leave my son alone." She states. I search her eyes for any hint of untruth, anything that tells me she’s not okay, but I find nothing. I’m glad to know that, at least she, is evolving and improving. "But you know what’s making me feel better, Y/N?"

"What?" I ask, eager to know the answer. Whatever it is, I need an urgent dose of what is making her feel better.

"You." She smiles; more tears appear in her eyes, this time from happiness. "You’ve made my days better. I want you to know you can count on me. For everything." She confesses. Her voice deepens as I break down again.

"Thank you so much." I say sincerely. I have a friend. I have someone I can count on, and that brings me such a great relief that it feels like I could die.

"It’s okay. No more crying Y/N." She gets up from the couch, smiling. She raises her arms and wipes her face with her shirt. "Dear, tell me. Did you use protection? Did you take precautions?"

"No." I flush at the confession, feeling like a child who has no idea of the consequences of her actions. "He went out to buy a morning-after pill, but you arrived and..."

"It’s fine. Don’t worry." She holds her hands up, as if all of this doesn’t matter. "You don’t need to explain. I know that in the heat of the moment, you don’t think about anything. That’s why I had Jungkook when I was twenty." She laughs, making me feel even more embarrassed. "I’ll buy you a pill. Don’t worry; everything will be fine."

"Mrs. Jeon, you don’t have to. I'm going to do it."

"I don’t want to be a grandma so young, Y/N." She jokes, making me laugh too. "And it’s not a problem at all. I want to see you well, and that’s what matters."

"Thank you." I express my gratitude. Not just for the pill, but for everything. Even though it hurts, being here with her alleviates, at least a little, the torment I’m feeling.

"You don’t need to thank me. Everything will be okay." She assures me, and I accept it. I pray to God that all of this I’m feeling will soon come to an end.

"Y/N, what are you doing here?" I hear a voice behind me. I don’t look right away, afraid to fall.

Since the library shelves are very high, I usually use a mobile ladder to organize the books, so before I make sure who it is, I carefully step down the rungs. When I finally reach the ground, I regret coming down. It’s Hayun, Jungkook’s friend. Not because of her, of course, as I enjoyed meeting her, but because of him, who has kept me awake for the past three days.

"Are you okay? It’s been a while since we last saw each other." She smiles. She approaches and kisses my cheek suddenly. She seems to genuinely like me, and I’m grateful for that. Her outgoing personality couldn’t be better right now. My energy, ever since that argument happened, has been dwindling.

"I’m okay." I say, putting on my best smile. "And you? How have you been?"

"Busier every day. With the move and everything."

"You’re moving?" I ask, curious.

"Yes, didn’t Jungkook tell you?" She asks, and just the mention of his name makes my chest ache. The crying and tears have passed, but I’m far from normal with everything that happened. He hasn’t sent me any messages, and I can’t stop thinking that somehow, I was just a conquest for him. A night of sex that is already forgotten.

"No, he didn’t tell me. We haven’t... talked."

"Seriously? He’s been talking a lot about you." I raise an eyebrow, startled.

"What do you mean? What has he said?" The words fly out of my mouth before I can control myself. Hayun laughs, as if she notices my sudden interest.

"He says random things. That you like to read, or that you’re in college and you cook well. Random stuff like that." She comments, approaching one of the shelves to take a look at a book. "Anyway, I’m moving soon. Me and the guys, we’re all going to Seoul."

"With Jungkook?" I bite my lower lip, intrigued.

"Yeah, I’m from Seoul and wanted to go anyway, but we’ve been talking about everyone moving there for years. We were just waiting for Bora and Taehyung to finish college." She closes the book and puts it back, shrugging. I nod in agreement. Good for them. It feels like I’ll be the only one stuck here, stagnant for the rest of my life. I feel bad. I should make a list of topics I can’t discuss without feeling like a fraud. Damn it.

"That’s great... Hayun, I have to go now. I’m working. But it was nice to see you again." I say sincerely. It’s like seeing her again makes me a little closer to Jungkook. I don’t want to think about him, yet simultaneously, I can’t get enough of him. I’m going to go crazy.

"It was nice to see you too, really." She says, smiling. "I don’t want to bother you or anything, but before you go... I wanted to ask, are you going to the party tonight?"

"What party?" I frown, confused.

"The celebration. The studio opened, and we’re having a party at Yoongi’s house. It’ll be the last one before we move to Seoul. What do you think?" She grabs my arm, full of excitement. I shake my head immediately, flustered. Jungkook probably hasn’t told his friends what happened between us, and I don’t know if I should be sad or happy about that.

"I can’t, really." I respond, trying my best expression.

"Come on! Let’s go, Y/N, it’ll be fun. It’s for Jungkook. It’s important to him."

"It’s precisely because of him I’m not going." I whisper to her, softly. Hayun stops smiling and glares at me intently.

"Did something happen? You can tell me. Did the idiot do something to you?"

"He didn’t do anything." I half-lie, half-try to hide. Him sleeping with me while still talking to his ex isn’t exactly a huge thing. We hadn’t established anything serious yet. Though, in my head, he is wrong in any case.

"If he didn’t do anything, you should go. He’s really happy about the studio. He worked for about four years to save the money he needed."

"Hayun..." I sigh, embarrassed. "Actually, something did happen. I don’t think it’s a good idea for me to go. It’s to avoid ruining his night that I’m saying no." I finish, somewhat nervously. My body trembles with sadness and bitterness.

"Hey, you can count on me. I won’t tell the idiot anything you say. I’m a jerk, but not a bad friend." She rolls her eyes, clapping her hands together. I chuckle helplessly. She’s funny. I had forgotten this little detail.

"Alright, but I’ll be brief. I really need to get to work." I say. Hayun nods silently in agreement. "Jungkook and I did have a thing."

"I knew it!" She exclaims, in the middle of the hallway. Since it’s a library, her loud voice echoes throughout the place, drawing the attention of the few customers to us. I laugh in despair, covering my mouth with my hand. "Sorry, I spoke too loud. But I knew it! the way he talks about you... he likes you."

"I don’t think he likes me that much." I whisper, losing my smile. "He doesn’t want commitment, and that’s why we drifted apart. He still seems to care a lot about his ex."

"Namjoon." Hayun grunts his name without enthusiasm, rolling her eyes. Her once cheerful face, suddenly tightens. "I know. I liked him until I found out what he did to Jungkook. No one has spoken to him since."

"Yeah. Well. That’s why I think it’s better not to go. I want this to be a good moment for him, anyway. I don’t want to cause any discomfort." I vent, gathering my hands that get sweaty, every time I think about this topic. I have to swallow hard to avoid more tears and appearing like a fool in front of his friend.

"I still think you should go. You won’t ruin anyone’s night; I’m sure of that. And it's Yoongi’s house, it’s not like you can’t go." The brunette argues.

"Even so, the party is for him."

"Y/N, Jungkook won’t be in Busan for long. Don’t you think it’s better for you to talk, whether to end whatever it is you have, so you can both move on without resentment?" She suggests, making me think.

I shake my head for the tenth time in this conversation. I don’t know if it would be a good idea. It’s the first time I’ve ever had feelings for someone, and I don’t know if to end what I feel, I should talk to him. My romantic experiences are based on books, and in books, the heroines are never rejected. Just imagining even for a second, if I go to this party Jungkook will show discomfort or indifference, makes me panic. A strong shiver runs through my whole body with the thought.

"I don’t know if it’s a good idea." I reply, shrugging. Hayun sighs, tapping her boot on the wooden floor.

"Okay. Let’s do this: you’ll go. Stay for five minutes. If you see it’s better not to force things and forget all of this, I’ll take you home myself." She says, putting her hands together as if in prayer.

"You’re quite persistent, huh." I murmur, laughing. I roll my eyes, reflecting. Should I talk to him? Should I give myself a chance to hear him out and maybe understand his side? Even if we don’t end up together, and I end up sad, wouldn’t it be better to finish whatever it is we had, so I can move on?

For the past three days, all I could think about was him. There hasn’t been a single hour where I could relax, read, or watch something like I always did. I sigh, groaning. Then I nod my head, still unsure. My mother is still out of town, and that gives me a little more freedom than usual. Hayun lets out a high-pitched scream and bounces around, hugging me. It’s as if with my decision alone, I’ve made her day happier.

"You’re going to love it! Yoongi’s parties are always so much fun." She assures me with a confidence I don’t have. I went to a party once, and I remember hating everything. Both the music and the people.

"I hope so." I laugh, not very sure about what I’m doing. I want to give up on this idea because it makes no sense, and at the same time, I want to show that I’m brave. That I can face my fears. I don’t want to run away of everything forever.

I can do this!

I can’t do this. I can’t do this!

I look at my outfit and feel like going back outside, running after the taxi I took to get here. My long dress, made of thick fabric, has nothing to do with what these people wear. It’s as if I live on another planet, literally. The music is upbeat, playing from two speakers in the middle of the room. It’s good, considering the bizarre things I’ve heard out there. The lights are all purple, giving the place a sensual and enigmatic look. There are many people, and none of them I know. On one hand, I thank God for not running into Jungkook. On the other, I wish he’d appear before me out of nowhere, just so I could put an end to all of this, once and for all.

But what would I say? You’re a bastard, Jungkook. You didn’t promise me anything, but actions speak louder than words. Your actions didn’t show me you still loved your ex. I could say all of that, but how would it help me? Being honest with myself, I came because I felt afraid that, that morning, three days ago, would be the last time I would see him. The last time I could look into his eyes and feel his presence. I am truly in love, and I don’t want to hold onto another regret in my life.

I look side to side, trying to find Hayun, but in the middle of so many people, it’s hard to recognize anyone. I walk through the room, bumping into a few women. They don’t mind, though. I don’t know the environment very well, but the further I get from the crowd, the more I can enter the open backyard, which has a huge pool. Hayun sent me the address an hour ago; maybe if I called her, I could find her more easily. When I take my phone out of my small bag, determined to complete the call, I spot a red-haired figure that catches my attention. Yoongi. It must be him. I walk slowly towards his group of friends, feeling apprehensive, afraid of accidentally colliding into Jungkook.

"Y/N! Over here!" I confirm my suspicions when Hayun waves her arms in the air, as she recognizes me despite the low light. I smile faintly, walking closer to everyone. They all seem unbelievably beautiful, well-dressed, with an air of excitement that I don’t possess. "You made it! I thought you got lost."

"I took a taxi. It’s just far from where I live." I apologize, shrugging.

"Don’t worry. I haven’t had anything to drink. If you need anything, I’ll take you home, okay?" She smiles, placing her sunglasses on the top of her head. Hayun looks prettier when she does that. "Guys, look who’s here. Y/N!"

I shake my head, greeting them. They seem happy to see me, which relieves 50% of my worries. My stiff and tense shoulders, from imagining scenarios where none of them wanted to see me. I’m relieved to realize that this isn’t happening in reality.

"Y/N, how are you?" Bora kisses my cheek, just like the other girls. Yoongi, Jimin and Taehyung nod, sipping something from their cups.

"I’m good." I smile, feeling awkward. I look around for Jungkook, but he’s nowhere in sight. At least not as far as I can see. "It’s been a while since we’ve seen each other."

"Right? What have you been up to, Y/N?" Yoori, Taehyung’s girlfriend, asks. I open my mouth to respond, but I don’t have much to say.

"I’ve been working a lot." I say, honestly. Partly because it’s true, and partly because I don’t know how far I can tell. Do Yoongi, Jimin or Taehyung know that I was with Jungkook? I’m so paranoid about this I can hardly look them in their eyes.

"She works at the Dongseo University bookstore. When I went to pick up some books, I found her there." Hayun circles her arm around my shoulder, smiling. I nod in agreement. "Y/N, Jungkook is around here; he went to get something to drink." She whispers the last part in my ear, trying to keep everyone else from hearing, and with all this noise, it’s not too hard.

My breath catches when I think I might run into him at any moment. My heart beats like it’s going to burst out of my chest, and my legs feel like jelly from so much nervousness. When I think of a mantra to calm me down and finally face things like a normal person, head held high, I see him coming toward his friends, not really seeing them. It’s as if he’s so lost in thought that he can’t see anyone a foot in front of him. Hayun beside me suddenly gasps. She mutters something near me, and I only feel her tense body, because she is pressed against mine. Everyone looks at Jungkook with expressions of discomfort that I can't quite understand.

"Y/N, I’m sorry. I didn’t... I didn’t know." She says, shaking her head. I frown, confused. What’s happening?

"What’s wrong? Is everything okay?" I ask, anxious, feeling all kinds of emotions at once.

"That guy next to Jungkook." She says, discreetly pointing to a very handsome man, just a few inches taller than him. "That guy is..."

"Namjoon? What’s he doing here?" Jimin questions, crossing his arms over his chest, interrupting his friend. My eyes widen as they approach. My whole body pulls back, and I want to disappear. To be swallowed by the earth and never inhabit this world again. But it’s too late. Jungkook is already here. And his dark, big eyes grow wider when they see me.

"Y/N?" He asks, confused.

Fuck.

"J-Jungkook. Hi." I nod my head. The fear of making any move and embarrassing myself in front of everyone, is overwhelming. The fear that he might just ignore me and pretend I don’t exist, is even greater. I swallow hard, frozen in place. I can’t even greet him properly.

Jungkook doesn’t move either. He stares at me in a static way, and everyone in the group seems to notice. Even Namjoon, his ex-boyfriend. He’s handsome. With his black hair, lean strong body, and a masculine perfume that exudes confidence. My insecurities about myself intensifies. If I had known he would be here, I would have never come. I was a fool to think this would be a good closure. Jungkook hasn’t wanted to talk to me for the past three days. Why would he want to talk to me now? The urge to cry returns, and I’m tired of this situation.

"I didn’t know you’d come, Namjoon." Hayun says beside me, still with her arms around my shoulders. I lower my head, embarrassed.

"I decided at the last minute. I had to come to support Jungkook." He smiles, and he’s even more attractive when he does, forming charming dimples on his cheeks.

"Wonderful." Yoongi grins, but I have the feeling it’s not very sincere. His dark eyes show feelings far from happiness. "I hope you came to stay for a short time. I don’t want certain people in my house."

"Yoongi!" Jungkook scolds his friend, and my throat tightens. Is he defending his ex-boyfriend? Doesn’t he realize the gravity of what Namjoon did? He cheated on him!

"Don’t worry." He places a hand on Jungkook’s shoulder and squeezes it with an intimacy that makes me extremely uncomfortable. "I came just to see you; I won’t stay long, anyway."

"He was kidding." Jungkook clarifies to him, his voice somewhat hoarse. Then he lowers his head and looks at me again. His eyes are so intense that I have to take a deep breath, struggling to breathe normally. "Actually, I need to talk to Y/N."

"What?" I ask, surprised. My body tenses up again, stiff. Hayun lets out a small smile that everyone notices, and shakes her hair, almost as if the whole situation were a movie, and she’s the spectator.

"I told you it would be a good idea for you to come." She says, and her voice is so loud that it’s as if she wants everyone to hear, especially Namjoon, who bites his lips and watches me. His gaze is enigmatic. I can’t tell if he feels anger or discomfort. Or neither.

"Hayun, please..." I whisper. "And Jungkook, I was actually leaving."

"You weren’t." Hayun argues, furrowing her brow. "You just got here, and you’re staying. You’re welcome here."

"I don’t know..."

"Please, Y/N, I wanted to talk to you. Stay a little longer." Jungkook whispers, biting his rosy lips. His face looks sad, but I can’t believe it’s because of me. If he liked me, even a little, he wouldn’t be standing next to his ex with almost an intimate proximity. I can’t understand him. Not at all.

"Okay." I agree, uncomfortable with everyone watching us, as if we’re animals in a zoo. I don’t want to imagine what they’re thinking.

"Namjoon, I’ll talk to Y/N. I’ll be back soon." He smiles faintly, looking at the dark-haired man. Namjoon just nods and gaze at me one more time.

"Okay. No problem. I’ll stay here with your friends." He says, and I catch a glimpse of Jimin sighing as he takes a large gulp of his drink.

We move away from the group in silence. His hand approaches the end of my back, but he doesn’t touch me. My brain feels like it’s going to fry. There’s so much I want to say, and at the same time, so much that isn’t worth saying. I feel so bad. The way he said he would return to his ex is one of those reasons. Why does he stay in this relationship? Doesn’t he realize he would be happier if he just distanced himself from Namjoon? But that’s my opinion, and he clearly doesn’t think that way. We approach a tree, further away from the party, in the backyard. I lean my back against it, fearing I won’t have strength in my legs. I can’t even look him in the eyes. I don’t have the courage for that. We stand in silence for a few seconds, but it feels like an eternity.

"Are you okay?" He asks me quietly. If he weren’t so close and we weren’t so far from the music, I wouldn’t be able to hear him.

"I am." I respond, trying to form a smile that isn’t real. "And you?"

"Yeah." He smiles too; he tosses his hair back, closes his eyes and sighs, watching me. "You look very beautiful."

"Thank you." I say, feeling awkward. I don’t feel beautiful; I feel terrible.

"Y/N, I don’t know what to say." He says, placing his hand on the trunk of the tree, behind me. His scent invades my nose whether I like it or not. I have to use all my self-control not to respond to any of his movements. "I haven’t been well since that morning. I don’t feel good."

"You don’t feel good." I repeat his words, finding it amusing. He doesn’t feel good? Seriously?

"You may not believe it, but I had to hold myself back from calling you."

"You could have called." I shrug, speaking. My voice sounds ironic, but I can’t be any different. I’m angry. So angry and sad. It’s as if all the bad feelings are inside my chest right now.

"I could, but I shouldn’t. I wanted to take some time to think, and you needed that too." He argues, furrowing his brow. "I want you to know that Namjoon is here, but I didn’t know he would come. It was a surprise to me too."

"You must have been thrilled." I respond with a not-so-happy smile. Jungkook runs his tongue along the inside of his cheek, and tightens his jaw, irritated.

"I wasn’t thrilled. I’m not happy, if that’s what you're saying."

"Jungkook... I get it. You want to be with him. I may be inexperienced, but I can read the situation. You don’t need to explain yourself to me. There’s nothing to explain. I just came because I wanted to say I’m happy for you. To congratulate you. Just that."

"You didn’t come just for that." He says in denial. "I can see it in your eyes."

"You know me so well, don’t you?" I respond ironically, trying to hide the extent to which I’m affected. I want to leave. I shouldn’t have come to this party. I shouldn’t be here with him.

"Y/N, please..."

"Jungkook, what are you doing here with me?" I lose my patience, finally reaching my limit. I push away from the tree, my stomach churning. "Why aren’t you with him? With Namjoon? I’m not important to you, so why are you pretending like I am?!"

"I already told you to stop acting like you know me better than I know myself." He grunts, his face reddening with anger.

"It doesn’t matter what you say. I’ve already told you: actions speak louder than words, and you’ve proven that to me since that morning. You didn’t call me for three days simply because you didn’t want to!"

"Y/N..."

"You don’t want to be with me, and that’s fine. You don’t have to be. I already understand where your limits are; just... just don’t pretend to like me if you don’t care about me!" I finish, trembling. My eyes fill with tears, and I feel so vulnerable, anxious. Jungkook has always brought out the best in me, and now I don’t even recognize myself.

"I care about you." He moves closer, furrowing his brows. His dark eyes grow bright. If it weren’t for the lack of light, I could swear he’s about to cry too. He gets even closer and touches my cheek with his hand, gently caressing my skin, sending chills down my spine. I want to pull away from him, but I can’t. "Y/N, I really like you. I didn’t call because I needed some time."

"Stop..." I plead, in a whisper. Both for his words and for his touches. I wrap my hand around his wrist, but I don’t halt him from continuing. I don’t move, half weak, half uncertain, afraid he’ll stop and nervous he’ll keep going.

"I missed you." Jungkook says softly in my ear. His body almost fully pressed against mine. His breath hits my neck; his strong chest touching my breasts. And I don’t know if it’s his heart or mine, racing a thousand miles an hour, so fast and strong.

"Jungkook, stop." I beg, but I can’t pull away myself. He takes his face away from my neck and looks at me once more. His pupils dilate, and they go straight to my mouth. A shiver runs through my entire body as he moistens his lips with his tongue, with a desire so exposed that I can’t mistake it for anything else. And I let him come closer, so damn slowly, as if we’re in slow motion. When I finally close my eyes, surrendered, hypnotized, I hear someone calling him.

"Jungkook?"

Ask for a TAGLIST in the comments

@joonwater @ane102 @ttipa @kookienooki

[wwilloww]

sh. | chapter twenty two | pjm

PAIRING ot7 x reader RATING Explicit. 18+. GENRE smut. fluff. angst. nonidol au. wildnerness au. roommates au. friends to lovers. SUMMARY Six months of quarantine have kept you apart. Somehow the distance sparks something new in each of you: questions, unfinished conversations, threads once chased now left cold. So when your roommate invites you to come with him to a mysterious house in the mountains with your friends, how could you even think of saying no? WC 4.8k WARNINGS AND TAGS no use of gendered pronouns to refer to reader. consensual objectification. d/s dynamic. over the panty sex (is this just called dry humping?) fucktoy-ification? teasing. orgasm denial.

AN hi :) i'm so sorry i made you wait so long for this. it's been a rollercoaster these last two years, and i hope you can forgive me for my long absence. if you enjoyed this chapter, i'd love to hear from you: what stuck out to you, what you're hoping will happen in future chapters, or just how you've been. i've missed you. and, as always, thank you for reading <3

← || series m.list || →

CHAPTER TWENTY TWO: RULE BREAKER

You don’t talk or think much about your childhood. You like to imagine that when you turned eighteen those years whispered away into the ether of time, as irrelevant and dusty as the old photobook that stays on the shelf, eternally unopened. 

As a child, home was multiplied and many. It was the many places you lived, as you moved often, following your father around with his job. But it was also many in the sense that you learned at a young age that home didn’t have to be a place you lived. Home was between the worn and finger-marred pages of the books you fell in love with, home was the wisping scent of fresh (if not often burnt) pastry in your grandmother’s kitchen each time you visited, home was the place you yearned to travel to but never made the time to visit. 

But as you close the book in your hands, the words echo in your mind: 

Are you going to come home? 

You feel far away from home, even though you find a great deal of comfort in the walls of Namjoon’s mountain house. Ahem, mansion. Confusion riddles little holes of worry through you. Where is home, anyways? The small apartment you left empty in the city? The question opens a void in you. Why bother with home anyways? Sure, home could be anything if you tried hard enough, but couldn’t the opposite be true too? That if you tried hard enough, you wouldn’t need a home?

Still, void and all, the question nudges you. 

Unsettled, you clamber down the tree and make your way back towards the house. The sun has risen higher in the sky and breaks through the chill ever so slightly. Worried that you’ve just abandoned Jimin this morning and that he’ll wake up alone, you quicken your pace. You creak the door open, waving at Jungkook and Jin and Taehyung in the kitchen, who are huddled over the coffee, waiting for it to finish brewing. 

“A watched pot never boils,” you call out to them, noting that Jungkook looks a little cheerier than he had the past several days. Jin’s hand rests on Jungkook’s lower back and a little wave of joy jolts through you as the older man throws you a little smile. 

“Watching it actually makes it go faster,” Jungkook says, his eyes glued to the coffee. “A little motivation and encouragement always lends a helping hand.” 

You smile at that and continue making your way towards Jimin’s bedroom. You pass one room—a gym of sorts filled with a few cardio machines, a set of free weights, and a large mirror, and you’re surprised you didn’t notice it before—and pause. 

Namjoon is spotting Hoseok as the latter bench presses what looks like an unreasonably heavy weight. 

As you watch them, the dream from last night floods back to you. 

The music filtering through the night. The tightness of each man’s grip on you as they spun you through the ballroom, the floorboards creaking beneath you, the high of attention sitting heady in your chest. 

And too, you can’t forget, the way they stared at each other in single-minded competition, hackles raised, teeth gritted. You can’t forget the darkness that swirled at their feet, and you wonder too, if you’re letting your dream drift into the world of the living too.

But here they are, fondly smiling at one another. Had you made it all up? Well, of course you made it up. It was a regency-era dream for god's sake. But the tension? The competition? As Namjoon helps Hoseok lower the weights to the bar and hauls him to his feet, you’re sure it’s all in your head. 

“Nice, man,” Namjoon says, grinning and clasping Hoseok on the back. 

Before they see you, you continue on. Just as you’re about to open the door to the bedroom you’ve been searching for, it swings open before you. Jimin steps out. 

“Oh. You’re awake!” you say.

“I am indeed.” 

“I’m sorry I left this morning—“ 

“It’s okay,” he says, but there’s a tinge of sadness in his voice, a little dust mote of it that you catch. 

“I went to go read in a tree,” you offer quickly as an explanation, hoping it will make up for the disappointment of waking up alone after not spending a night together in a while. 

“In a tree?” 

“In a tree,” you confirm. 

He chuckles. “That seems like a good enough reason to abandon me. I gotta be honest though—“ He steps closer, lets his gaze flicker down, and toys with the hem of your shirt. “I was looking forward to waking up beside you.” 

“Were you?” you smile. 

“I was. I was even looking forward to potentially getting to wake you up.” He says it with a mischievous grin. 

“Oh? And how would you have woken me up?”

His hand drifts lower, beneath the band of your leggings. “You know, it’s really easier to show you, rather than tell you—” His hands pause. “What’s this?” Jimin sends you a knowing look. 

“What?” Your mind sputters as you struggle to come up with what he might be talking about. But he steps closer to you, a hand drifting down to your hips, a finger pulling your shirt up. With his other hand he plucks at the band of your panties. 

“This,” he emphasizes. 

“Oh.” 

You’d nearly forgotten the promise you’d made to Jimin. But now it all comes rushing back, how he’d made you promise in those early days in the house to forgo any underwear. At the time it’d been a silly dare, but the seriousness in his eyes makes you reconsider. 

“What? Do I have to remind you every day?” he says gently. “Or perhaps I haven’t been spending enough time around you, and you’ve forgotten your promise to me?”

“N-no,” you say. “I mean maybe. Maybe I want you around more.” You sidle up to him, running a finger up his chest. “Maybe… I want you to remind me.” 

Jimin steps closer to you, pressing you against the bedroom door. You gasp when he leans in close, close enough to kiss you, but doesn’t. 

“I think you forget too quickly that  I told you there’d be a punishment if you ‘forgot’ about our little rule.” 

“Oh?” You tilt your head as you look at him. “What kind of punishment?” Panties or not, it seems like you win. 

“Like I mentioned earlier, I think I’d rather show you than explain it to you. Let’s just say I’m a hands-on kind of teacher.” 

You think he’s going to kiss you, but instead he presses close, his lips a centimeter away from yours, his hands cupping your cheeks before wandering down to explore your body. You reach for him, struggle to bring his lips to yours, but he shifts his attention elsewhere, leaving you hanging. His hands rove over your body, his lips dip out of reach. So you change your plan of attack too. You let your hands wander over him. When you feel his breath quicken against you, you release him, dipping your head below his chin.

You glide your lips down Jimin’s neck, slow and intentional; a calculated move. You let your breath whisper against his skin, and you can’t help but think back to that night with Yoongi and Namjoon in which sensation—even the lightest of touches—had meant so much to you. To your body. You want to play Jimin like they played you. 

His hands tighten in your shirt, knuckles whitening. 

“Inside,” he gasps, and the desperation in his voice makes you think that he’s lost a bit of his fine-tuned control. His eyes are blown wide. He looks like he could eat you up. “Inside,” he repeats, but enacts the command himself as he pulls you through the door with him, making it sound a little more like a plea than you think he intends.

The pair of you tumble onto the bed, a mess of limbs and lips, teeth, hands. 

He captures your lips, finally, kissing you. The kiss is anything but gentle, nearing the edge of pain, his teeth knocking against yours, nipping at your lips. You groan into his mouth as his hips cant against you. 

It’s not long before he begins to tug at your clothes. 

Then he pauses, lifting your head from his lips. You’re sprawled atop him and you lift yourself up on your hands. 

“What?” you inquire curiously.

“I’m going to ask you to do something.” 

“Alright.”

With a leveled gaze, he says, “Strip.” 

He pushes you off of him, and you kneel at the foot of the bed, pausing a second, before making the executive decision to stand and undress. It’ll be more, well, graceful that way, you think. The alternative is flopping around on the sheets like a beached hammerhead shark trying to get your pants off. 

So you do as you’re told. There’s something about undressing before him, as he leans back against the headboard, watching you. There’s something about undressing for him, while he watches on, his gaze drinking you in that has sparks running through your body.

Slowly, slowly you slip off your top, and wiggle your leggings off your legs. You try to make it a little sexy, glancing up at him from time to time, to find that warm darkness swirling in his gaze that you love so much. You trip once, because you’re staring too much. 

“Keep the panties on,” he says when you go to pull them down.  

“Oh. Okay.”  Your brow furrows and you can’t help but let a little bit of the disappointment you’re feeling into your voice. You’re a little confused why he would ask you to keep them on when they were the problem that started all of this. 

He stands then, walking towards you. You hold your breath. He finally arrives before you and places his hands on your hips. His fingers toy with the trim of the panties, and goosebumps race along your skin from the delicate touch. 

“What are you going to do?” you ask, your voice breathy.

“You’ll see.” 

With that he hooks a finger under the band of your underwear and lets it snap against your skin. You cry out, more in surprise than anything else. 

“Did that hurt?” 

“No, not really.” 

“Good.” He grins. “Now, I want you to be honest.” 

“I’m always honest.” You correct yourself: “Most of the time. Most of the time I’m always honest.” 

Jimin chuckles at that. 

“Fair enough. But I need your most-of-the-time-always honesty now.” You nod, your hand drifting upward to grip his forearm. 

“Of course.” 

“I want to try something out with you. Something new.” 

“New?”

“A new kind of play.”

Your mind reels with the possibilities. What could he possibly suggest? Chastity kink? Tittyfucking? Technojizz? Ballcuzzi?  

“I want to use you like a toy,” he whispers. “I want to fuck you like a toy. I want to talk to you like a toy, treat you like one.” Your eyes widen when he says it. His eyes go wide too, drinking in your every microexpression, as he waits for you to respond. 

“A toy?” 

“Yes.”

“Where did this come from?” you say it with a little smile, and trace your finger along his jawline. He relaxes at the touch. 

“I saw the way you reacted during group play. When Jin was talking to you, saying things like, ‘You want to be our slut. You want to be our whore.’” Just hearing Jimin repeating Jin’s words sends a shiver through your body. “He didn’t say it like I would have said it, but I knew he wanted to.” He presses his lips to your ear while his hands rove over your body. “You want to be our toy, don’t you?”  

The answer is easy. “Yes.” 

“You want to be used by us, don’t you?” 

“Y-yes.” 

He chuckles. “That’s what I thought. So tell me. Tell me what you want to be.” 

“I want to be your toy.” 

“Good.” He grins. 

He lets his hand drift down to your underwear again, fingers trailing along the inside the elastic hem before plucking at them once more. He seems to like the way you flinch. 

His fingers wander down your skin. He traces your hip, before flicking his fingers beneath the hem that circles your thigh. Slowly, he creeps closer to where you want his fingers most, but before he can touch you, he pulls his fingers away. You nearly groan, and a fleeting grimace crosses your face. Jimin catches it. 

“Patience would look so pretty on you,” he says, and the sting of his words is delightful. 

“Hmph.” 

His fingers continue to explore the thin piece of fabric that separates you from total nudity. They’re not a particularly pretty pair of underwear: they’re nothing more than a tan color brief. 

You say as much to Jimin, and tell him you wish you were wearing something sexier. Lace, maybe. Something black. 

“True,” he replies. “But you know why I like these?” 

“Why?” 

“Because I can see you dripping through them.” 

You warm at the implication.   

“And when I push my cock against them, I’ll see me on them too. I’m a visual man, you know.” He kind of chuckles at that last bit, like it’s some sort of inside joke with himself. 

When he drops to his knees, like that first day in the forest with him, you gasp. Finally, finally, he’s going to touch you. 

But when his tongue presses against you through the fabric of your underwear, it’s only half the sensation you need from him. Still, it feels good, a gentle warmth spreading through your abdomen as he licks and presses against your clit and vulva. 

“You taste so good,” he murmurs against you. 

“I’m—“ 

“You’ve soaked your panties through.” 

You warm at the thought, such little stimulation getting you so ready for him. You wonder if he’ll fuck you hard and fast or if he’ll take you sweet and slow. If he’ll take his time with you. Whatever he decides to do, you know you’ll be happy to have him fill you as you currently clench and tighten around nothing. It’s an empty feeling that sifts through you. 

When he’s thoroughly soaked your underwear with his mouth, he stands and kisses you. You can taste the ghost of yourself on him, and it reminds you of the smell of first summer light hitting the ground at dawn. A space when it is neither day, nor night, but some third plane of existence. Like that, in this moment, you feel like some third kind of creature. Neither yourself entirely, nor Jimin, but some other, third thing that you could only become in his presence. You can feel the shit-eating grin that glides across his lips and presses into yours as he walks backwards, leading you back to the bed. 

There’s something different, too, about all of this, about the way he kisses you today. There’s an edge of desperation, of frustration that you can taste on him. His movements are quicker, less languid. His lids are lidded. His breath comes quicker.  It’s delightful. 

But it’s also brand new. It feels like he has let a part of himself loose from under his usual state of control, and you wonder if your most recent conversation with your friends—where you discussed emotionality and feeling—had anything to do with what he was going through. What he wanted. 

An edge of anxiety tickles at your throat as you think of it. Does he want something more? 

He seems to notice your hesitation. 

“I just want you right now,” he says, as if he’s read your mind. He stops you at the edge of the bed, turns you so that the back of your knees hit the mattress.  You’re not sure if he’s a mind reader or what. 

You fall back into the bed, Jimin leading you down gently with a hand against your back until you sink into the soft bedding. You can’t help but giggle at the gentleness. Not that you have anything against it, but in this moment you feel anything but a toy. The way he looks at you makes you feel, well, precious. 

He breaks his gaze to kiss you again, tongue pressing against your lips. 

“Open up for me,” he says. “Like a good kitten—Like a good toy.” 

You do as you’ve been told, opening your mouth and letting him swirl his tongue through you, swiping at the roof of your mouth and sending tingles down your spine. 

His hands drift down your body before slipping beneath your panties. You glow, so eager for his touch, groaning as his fingers swipe against your clit. Just once. But as if he’s just realized a mistake he’s made, he rapidly pulls his hand out. 

“Oops. Got a little caught up.” 

You pout. “What, you’re not going to touch me like that? There? At all?” 

He pulls back enough to flick his gaze between your eyes and your lips. “Be a good toy and just do what you’re told.” 

“Oh?” The bratty part of you flickers and rises up.

He silences you with a kiss, his fingers circling around your clothed entrance before trying to press in through the thin fabric of your underwear. It’s like he’s trying to finger fuck you through the wet cotton, pushing it into you with his fingers. The pressure surely is something, but it’s not even a hint of enough, and you find your hips bucking up against him, seeking more attention, seeking more pressure. 

“So needy. So desperate.” 

He continues until the yearn within you aches.

“Stop playing,” you gasp. “Just give me your cock. Want you. Want your cock. I’ll be your toy, just–just use me like one.” 

“Don’t good toys say please?” 

“Please, sir.”

He freezes above you. 

“Sir?” 

“I—I… It just slipped out!” 

He grins. “I kinda like it.” He hums, as if contemplating it, then nods. “And since you’ve asked so nicely—“  

Jimin leans back enough to begin unbuttoning his shirt. He takes his time, while the knot in your belly begins to recede. You sit up, eager to help him out of it, but he quickly swats your hands away. 

“Patience, kitten.” 

You don’t say it, but your crossed arms and pout say, “Fine, sir,”  loud and clear. He laughs at your expression. 

“Don’t you worry,” he says, tilting your chin up. “I’ve always taken care of you, haven’t I?” 

He takes his cock out, stroking it once, twice, his hand gliding expertly over the soft and sensitive skin. 

“I’m going to use you like you’re good for.”

“Like I’m good for?” You echo, desperate for him. 

“All you’re good for,” he whispers in your ear and the words send a shiver of pleasure down your spine.  

With one hand, he takes your ankles and pushes them over your head.

“Hold them.” 

He then settles between your legs, hand wrapped tightly around his cock. With a movement that seems far too familiar to him, he slaps your pussy with his hard and dripping cock, and you groan. Fuck. 

Lowering himself to you, so your thighs press into his shoulders, he finally aligns his cock with your clothed vulva. 

And then with one careful movement, he grinds against you. The simple movement is enough to make you cry out. 

“Fuck, Jimin.” 

At first it’s slow, his cock pressing against your vulva in rhythmic pulses, your clit. At one point he pulls back and presses the head of his cock to your clothed entrance and presses in. 

You whine against him, but he doesn’t acknowledge you. He simply returns to continuing his thrusts. You’re just as wet as he is hard, soaking your panties, his precome painting them too. 

“Maybe I would have woken you up like this. Wouldn’t you have liked that? Waking up to my hard cock pressing against your clit, me ready to come, just from rutting against you? Wouldn’t that make you happy, to know how good you make me feel?”

You look down to where your bodies are pressed together. His cock rhythmically pokes up, the head dark and heavy. Sometimes though, the head of his cock gets stuck on your underwear, pushing the fabric higher and tighter around you. You groan at the sight. 

“Don’t you love how good you make me feel?”  

Your hips buck together, finding a desperate, shared rhythm. Your breath, too, matches up. 

For a moment, your eyes lock. All you can think about is how damn pretty he looks when he fucks, his dark hair falling into his face, his cheeks flushed, his plush lower lip caught between his teeth. And he looks back. 

But then his eyes flicker away from yours. 

He fucks you over your panties, murmuring how good of a toy you are for him, how he wishes he could fuck you properly, fill you up.

“Please,” you gasp, desperate for more. “Fuck me.”

“When you behave,” he grunts. “I will.” Another thrust. “When you follow my rules, I will.” 

When he comes, he presses the head of his cock to your clit. You can feel it twitching against you as he groans and sighs, his come painting your panties white. 

With the head of his cock pressing so rhythmically against your clit, you’ve built up to a delicious pleasure, so close to coming. 

“Jimin, Jimin, I’m so close. Please.” Your hips tilt up, searching out the pleasure he keeps denying you. 

But Jimin just grins at you and sighs dramatically. His breath still comes a little quickly, he seems a little winded.  

“If only you hadn’t been so intent on misbehaving earlier. Maybe I could have let you come.” 

“Oh, come on,” you groan, about a second away from throwing your fists on the bed in proper tantrum form. “You’re in charge. You write the rules. Who said you can’t let me come?” 

“The rules I wrote say so, actually.” 

You huff. 

“Well then. Maybe I’ll just have to take care of it myself.” 

In a swift action, Jimin leans over you, pinning your hands above your head. Your breath leaves your lungs in a quick gasp. 

“Wha—” 

“I think you know you’re not even supposed to be thinking about that, let alone doing it.” 

You tilt your head.

Jimin laughs, a hint of playful hardness in his voice. “Don’t you remember?” You shake your head. “You’re forgetting all of your promises today, aren’t you? Jin had you promise that you wouldn’t be coming unless it was because of one of us.” 

Your eyes widen. 

“Shit. I forgot.” 

“I know you forgot.” 

You throw your head back and groan. “But I thought you said you’d always take care of me.” 

“I did. And I do. But sometimes it’s good for you to wait a little for your reward. Today you took your punishment—” He tilts your head up so you’re looking at him and the pout that had taken over your face fades a little. “And tomorrow, I’ll give you your reward.” 

You roll your eyes. 

“Fine.”

“You think you can do that? Wait until tomorrow?” 

“Yeah.” You sigh. 

“You’re so good for me,” he says, pressing a kiss to your lips. His hands glide down to your hips, dipping beneath the band and you think, oh, maybe he’ll do it now. But your hopes are quickly dashed when he tugs on them and says, “Maybe it was a good thing I had you wear these afterall.” He shimmies your come-stained underwear down your thighs. “Easy cleanup.” 

You can’t help but laugh at that, always surprised when Jimin’s practical side pops out alongside his gregariousness. But he balls the panties up, and before tossing them into the laundry basket near the door, holds them up in his hand, shaking them, as if directing attention to them. 

 “I should remind you why I asked you to do this?” 

“I know why you asked me to. You liked the secret of it—?” You think back to what he had said to you, all those days ago, though it feels like a lifetime ago:

“I like walking around, knowing I’m the only one who has your sweetness on my tongue. I love talking to the others while getting to taste you still. Getting to remember the way you squirm underneath my touch. I do it because I want to.”

You still shiver, thinking of those words. But that had been before everyone knew about you and Jimin. 

“I did like the secret of it,” Jimin says, breaking through your reverie. “But there’s more than that, too.” 

You raise an eyebrow, prompting him to go on. 

“There’s knowing you do it for me.” 

He grins, before strutting to the bathroom. You watch his ass as he goes. Plump, you think. When he returns, he’s cleaned up and still grinning. Mulling on what he’s said—”for me”—an image of all eight of you on the living room floor arises. What are the boundaries between one person and another with this set up? What are the lines? What is owed? Your head spins, and you settle into the pillow. You’re still humming in the sensation of your dwindling pleasure, receding far away from your orgasm, and you sigh. 

“If the only way people are going to punish one another around here is by giving them blue balls, I’m going to get tired reeeeal quick,” you murmur to yourself.

“Is that so?” Jimin says from behind you as he collects your clothes. “If that’s the case, we better start coming up with new forms of punishment.” 

“Yes, maybe you should,” you say, mock-grouchily. 

“I’ll start thinking up new and innovative ways. Maybe I’ll consult Jin—he seems creative when it comes to this stuff—especially if you’re going to be so quick to forget what you promised him.” He helps you into your clothes again, but remains naked himself. 

“But—” 

“No buts.” He seals your silence with a kiss. “Just do what you’re told.” The statement stings through you like a bolt of electricity. As much as you hate to admit it, you love when he tells you what to do. Even if you love fighting against it just as much. “You know why you should do what you’re told?” He continues, as he kisses down your throat.

“Why?” 

“Because then I can reward you. I can make you come again and again until you’re crying to stop, or hold you at the edge long enough that when you’re finally ready to tip over, it’s the best fucking orgasm in your whole life.” 

You can’t help but giggle. “Are you saying you’re the best fuck of my life?” 

“No. Not yet. But I can be.” He pulls away from you enough to see the shit-eating grin on your face. 

“I think some of your friends might fight you for that position.” 

“Maybe they should.” 

“Maybe they should what?” a voice comes from the door. 

“Hoseok—” 

Hoseok stands in the doorway, a confused look on his face. You imagine what he must be seeing, a naked Jimin in bed, and you, now entirely naked, too, now that Jimin stripped you of your panties, tangled up in each other. 

“What’s going on here?” Hoseok asks. 

“Do you really want to know?” Jimin asks.

“Um. Not really.” Then his gaze focuses on you. He lingers on your face, reading you, trying to figure you out. But then he catches himself. “Uh, maybe I should come back later.” 

“No!” you say, perhaps a little too eagerly, sitting up. “What is it?” 

“I just was looking for you,” Hoseok says, a little shyly. “I was hoping to steal you away.”  

“Let me get dressed.” 

You stand up, and pull your clothes back on, noting how Hoseok’s gaze flickers to you just in time to see you pull on your leggings without any panties on underneath.  

Jimin sits up quickly, pulling a pillow over his crotch for the sake of Hoseok’s modesty. “Just so you know—if you’re going to go together—I already said that if someone was going to wear panties that someone wasn’t going to be able to come.” He turns to you. “So don’t you go running off to lover boy, thinking you can get your rocks off.” Jimin turns his attention back to Hobi. “This one is very much not allowed to come. At least for the rest of the day.” 

Hoseok coughs. 

“Oh, I, uh, I wasn’t, I wasn’t presuming.” 

“Yes you were, asshole,” Jimin laughs. “We’re all presuming.” 

Hoseok flushes red all the way to the tips of his ears at the implication, but you find it charming. 

“You didn’t answer my question,” Hoseok says.

You glance at Jimin, who leans back with his hands laced behind his head. He looks like the perfect image of relaxation and… is that pride? There’s a soft smile curving at the corner of his lip, a kind of jesting smirk. 

“Go on,” Jimin says. “I’m already taken care of.” 

You roll your eyes. 

“Asshole.” 

But you stand and make your way to Hoseok nonetheless. 

“You have time?” he asks.

“I have all the time in the world.” 

← || series m.list || →

©wwilloww Do not repost, translate, or use my stories without my permission.

THANK YOU FOR READING! 🔆 if you enjoyed this, please consider telling me what you think by leaving a comment, sending an ask, or reblogging! i love chatting with you all! 🔆 want to read more stories?

PERMANENT TAG LIST @spicykoreantatertots @usuallynervoussheep @myimaginationsrunningwild @lucedelsole97 @yoong-i @kookieskiwi @ries-universe @minyoongiboongi @shameless-army @frisianqueen @emmmui @rm4lyf @kelly-luvya @baby-g @hobivore @elyte @twobirdsinabox @peonymoonchild @sweetmustardleduc @rkivian @boubourella @sugalaritae @herecomesjoon @hopelesslylivv @parkdatjimin @blairscott @mo0nchild21 @blueversaillesdreams @starlostjimin @augustbutwinter @illneverrecover @sugalaritae @minisugakoobies @bloviating-vy